The Cover and the Table of Contents were created by the Transcriber
and placed in the Public Domain.

The Table of Contents was created by the Transcriber
and placed in the Public Domain.

CONTENTS


1

AINSLEE’S

VOL. XVI.SEPTEMBER, 1905.No. 2.

The Maintenance of Jane
By MARGARET G. FAWCETT

The Maintenance of Jane by Margaret G. Fawcett

CHAPTER I.

T

THE total,” began
Jacob Willoughby,
adjusting his
pince-nez and
regarding with
near-sighted
attention the
scrap of paper he had selected
from a little white heap on the
table in front of him—“the total
is just four thousand five
hundred and seventy-six dollars
and ninety-seven cents.”

The figures froze the features
of the Willoughby connection
into immobility for a second,
but only for a second.

“I agreed to buy her wraps,”
spoke up crisply Miss Willoughby,
a maiden lady of vinegary
aspect, who sat on the extreme
edge of the horsehair and mahogany
chair and glowered at the white heap
on the table. “Read the bill, Jacob.”

Obediently Jacob searched through
the heap and extracted another scrap.
“Total, one thousand five hundred and
forty-three dollars and eighty-three
cents,” he announced, ponderously.

If she hadn’t been a Willoughby, one
would have said that the lady of vinegary
aspect snorted. All the Willoughbys,
however, prided themselves on
never doing anything low. “That for
wraps,” muttered this one, acidulously.
“And she wheedled a set of
sables out of Jacob at Christmas
time.”

Mr. Willoughby coughed
deprecatingly and avoided the
eye of his wife, a woman with
an appallingly firm chin who
sat opposite him. She now
spoke sharply. “It’s Jacob’s
ridiculous lack of backbone
that’s to blame for all this foolish
extravagance,” she declared.
“Why did he consent in the first
place to Jane’s furnishing that
expensive flat? Why did he
get us to agree to divide the expense
of her clothes among us,
and make us the victim of her
spendthrift habits? For what
she calls lingerie”—Mrs. Jacob
Willoughby pronounced the
French word with ineffable
scorn, as though it suggested a
multitude of moral lapses—“she has run
up a bill of—— What’s the amount,
Jacob?”

Her husband, who was beginning to
look crushed, searched with pathetic
haste through the white drift of papers,
selected another slip and readjusted his
pince-nez. Suddenly a wave of red
swept over his distressed features.

“Well?” queried his wife, sharply.

“She’s—she’s itemized it!” murmured
the unresourceful Jacob, faintly.

Thomas Willoughby, bachelor, who
was a trifle hard of hearing, but whose
other faculties were very sharp, leaned2
forward and put his hand behind his
ear. “What say?” he demanded, querulously.
“Speak up louder, man, can’t
you?” Thomas, who was sixty, regretted
his affliction chiefly because it
so frequently prevented his hearing the
recital of some fresh deviltry of Jane’s.

Mrs. Jacob now interposed. “The total’s
on the other side,” she said, eying
her husband suspiciously, and, with a
guilty air, he hastily reversed the paper.
“The amount is eight hundred and seventeen
dollars and sixteen cents,” he informed
his auditors, lifelessly.

“And just for one season,” supplemented
Mrs. Willoughby. “It’s more
than I spend—it’s more, I’m sure, than
any of us spend”—she surveyed the
Willoughby connection virtuously—“in
five years.”

“Oh, well,” gurgled the youngest
and most attractive of the Willoughbys
that were present, a placid, fair-haired
woman, to whom any account of Jane
and her doings always read like a page
out of a thrilling novel, “she’s only
twenty-four, you know, and it costs
more to live in New York than in the
country.” The lady sighed. Her country
home was luxurious, but in her soul
she longed for the flesh pots represented
by a New York season. Her husband,
however, devoted to his Alderney cows,
his Berkshire hogs and his fancy fowls,
put his foot down firmly whenever the
subject of a town house, or even a brief
month at one of the quieter hotels, was
mentioned.

“Of course it costs more to live in
New York,” snapped Miss Willoughby,
“and I’ve contended all along that Jane
has no business keeping up that flat
in town. In the first place, ’tisn’t proper.
A young woman with her flighty
ideas and without a chaperon or any
female relation to give her countenance!
Mark my words”—with acrid
emphasis—“Jane will yet trail the Willoughby
name in the dust.”

“Why doesn’t she marry again?”
queried the Willoughby bachelor, impatiently.
“Deuce take it, De Mille’s
been dead a year and six months. Is
the girl determined to wear widow’s
weeds forever. Gad!” he chuckled,
shrilly, “I’d marry her myself to-morrow
if I wasn’t sixty and her uncle.
Not,” he added, hastily, for he, like most
of the Willoughbys, was notoriously
close-fisted, “that I countenance her extravagance.
But she needs a husband’s
discipline.”

The depressed Jacob Willoughby
here saw an opportunity to put in a
word in vindication of himself.

“You all know perfectly well,” he began,
with dignity, “that when De Mille
up and died, just when his affairs were
in the most critical condition, and when
a little firmness on his part would have
kept him alive long enough to save
something out of the wreck for his widow,
Jane declared that she wouldn’t be
bored with another husband, and that if
the connection couldn’t support her in
the style to which she was accustomed,
she would go on the stage. When I
said she might spend her time with us,
visiting each of us in turn, you know
she flatly refused, and insisted upon an
apartment. She said that, though He
was a Willoughby Himself”—Jacob repeated
this Janeism with peculiar relish—“God
never intended relations to
be lived with, that they were generally
people you’d have nothing to do with
if the accident of birth hadn’t made
them cousins, uncles and aunts.” As
a matter of fact, when Jane had uttered
this impertinence, she had excepted
Jacob, but the senior Willoughby was
too wise to hint at the exception in the
presence of his wife, who was also a
Willoughby.

“You should have been firm,” she observed,
witheringly. “That threat about
her going on the stage was all nonsense.”

“It was not nonsense,” retorted her
husband, with unexpected spirit, “and
I had to think of the bishop.”

Jacob’s retort told as he meant that
it should, and a painful pause ensued.
It was the bachelor Willoughby who
broke it. “Well,” he exclaimed, pettishly,
drawing out his watch, “Jane will
be here in five minutes, and dinner in
half an hour. The question is, what
are we going to do?”

“We are going to tell her,” snapped3
Miss Willoughby, “that the apartment
must be given up, and that she must
live with each of us in turn. Since she’s
here—or will soon be here—she can
remain a while with you, Susan, and
then she can come to me. In the meantime,
Jacob can see about subletting
her apartment. Hark! There’s wheels!
Now”—turning to her brother—“be
firm, Jacob. Let us”—encouragingly,
and glancing in turn at each of the
Willoughbys, who, strange to relate,
looked ill at ease, if not frightened—“let
us all be firm.”

The door opened and everybody
started. But it was only the butler.

“A telegram for you, sir,” he said to
Mr. Jacob Willoughby, extending a
yellow slip. The latter took it and
hastily opened it. “It’s from Jane,” he
announced, glancing up. Did the other
Willoughbys imagine it or did his voice
express relief?

“Read it,” commanded his wife,
crisply.

You dear, good people, I’m the biggest
wretch on earth. Did so want to get to you
before the house party broke up, but there’s
the Reffolds’ dinner for to-night which I
had entirely forgotten. Hope to get down
for a week end later. Love to all.

Jane.

For fully half a minute not a sound
was heard in the stuffily furnished Willoughby
library. Then Miss Willoughby,
in a voice ominously calm, asked:
“Will you kindly tell us the number of
words in that telegram, Jacob?”

“Total, fifty,” murmured Jacob, reluctantly,
dropping the yellow slip on
the white heap and surveying it ruefully.

“Fifty!” echoed the Willoughby
connection, feebly.

Susan Willoughby, Jacob’s wife, was
the first to regain her mental equilibrium.
“You will write this evening,
Jacob?” she questioned, with stony
composure.

“I will write this evening,” responded
her husband, firmly.

The bachelor Willoughby suddenly
chuckled. The outraged connection
stared at him in astonishment. “I—I
was just thinking,” he giggled, “that
economy doesn’t seem to be Jane’s
strong point.”

At its best, the Willoughby connection’s
sense of humor was the reverse
of keen, and the situation was not one,
in their opinion, that invited levity. But
whatever crushing blow threatened the
frivolous member—and Mrs. Susan
Willoughby and Miss Willoughby both
looked primed—was happily averted by
the opportune reappearance of the butler.

“Dinner is served,” he announced,
solemnly, and Jacob Willoughby sprang
with alacrity to offer his arm to the
most attractive of the female Willoughbys.

“I will summon the bishop to wrestle
with Jane,” announced Susan, magisterially,
as she led the way to the dining
room. And the connection realized
that Jane had, indeed, become a problem.

CHAPTER II.

Jane balanced her spoon on the brim
of the shell-like cup and smiled at Mr.
Scott.

“Yesterday, Billie, I received another
of those Willoughby epistles—about my
extravagance, you know.”

“The idea of anybody thinking you
extravagant,” murmured Mr. Scott,
with an adoring glance.

“Oh, as to that,” observed Jane,
airily, “I admit I’m extravagant, but
I’m purposely so. Listen, my child, and
I’ll tell you the story of my life. But
first let me put a drop more rum in your
tea.” Mr. Scott held out his cup.

“It does taste of tea,” he admitted.
“And you know I’ve always cracked up
the flavor of your—er—tea, Jane.” She
dropped the rum out of a silver filigree
bottle with an amethyst in the stopper.

“You see,” she continued, thoughtfully,
“before my eyes were opened or
my teeth cut, those Willoughby relations
of mine married me to De Mille
because he had money. He was—oh,
well, Billie, he was the biggest bore I
ever met. However, I saw as little of
him as possible, but you can imagine4
that I did my best to make life miserable
for those Willoughbys who blighted
my youth. What are you laughing at,
Billie? Well, De Mille got into financial
difficulties, and selfishly took to his
bed. I got the best nurse in town, and
went to see him every day. Yes, I did.
It was good for me, of course!”—Jane’s
conversation usually took the
form of a monologue. “Finally, he had
the good taste to die. When one of
the Willoughbys, who came up to town
to help me bear my grief, came in and
told me that he had passed to a better
land, I said: ‘Well, God knows best.’”
Mr. Scott tittered. “Aunt Susan—that
was the Willoughby—assured the family
that I was showing a beautiful spirit.
As a matter of fact, I really could have
danced up and down, I was so relieved.
You see, Billie, if the man had ever pretended
to love me, I should not have
been such a wretch. But he just wanted
a good-looking woman to preside over
his house, and he wanted to marry into
the Willoughby family, and the Willoughby
family wanted to get me married
to money and off their hands, so
it was just a disgraceful bargain, about
which your humble servant had no
more to say than the dress goods on a
bargain counter. When it was discovered
that De Mille had left me nothing
but debts, I refused to worry, and informed
my beloved relations that my
support was their business. Otherwise,
the stage for Jane, and the Willoughbys’
view of the stage is very similar
to the devil’s view of holy water.”

“Well, they’ve got plenty of this
world’s goods,” commented Mr. Scott,
who was quite content to have Jane do
most of the talking, an arrangement
that suited her to perfection.

“They’re rolling in wealth!” she exclaimed,
filling her own cup. “But
they’re as close as bark on a tree, and
how to bring them to time after De
Mille’s death kept me awake nights. I
made up my mind to get even with
them for marrying me off like a slave,
and the first thing I did was to order
the most expensive mourning New
York affords. I still cling to it, for
black is so becoming to me.”

“I should think it was,” said Mr.
Scott, fervently. “You are simply ravishing
in that cap.”

“The cap was my own idea,” observed
Jane, sweetly. “The real lace
ones are so stunning and so—er—expensive.
But where was I? Oh, yes.
The Willoughbys held a mass meeting,
or convocation, or something, to talk
me over. Finally it was decided that
they would pay my bills among them—if
I was not too extravagant—and
that I should spend my time with each
of them in turn, handed around from
house to house like a poor relation. But
it was at that point in their proceedings
that Jane rose and gave them an
ultimatum.”

“I put my money on Jane,” spoke up
Mr. Scott, promptly.

“You won’t lose,” answered that
young woman. “I rose, wiped my eyes
with a handkerchief—black border, two
inches; price, three dollars—and spoke
my mind. I said that I had married to
suit them, and that henceforth I would
live to suit myself; that I was perfectly
willing they should pay my
bills, but that I intended to take an
apartment in town and go on living as
before. I said it was not my fault that
my poor, dear husband—I shed a tear
or two—had met with financial reverses
and was not able to leave me anything.
I said, further, that I would not be dictated
to about the size of my bills, that
everyone knew I was not extravagant—yes,
Billie, I said that with a straight
face—and that I was in deep grief, and
could not bear any more discussion of
my affairs, and so I would just take my
leave and send in the bills.”

“Bet they were paralyzed,” observed
Billie.

“That’s not the word for it. I left
them gasping for breath. But they hate
gossip, and that’s where I had them.
They hate to be called mean, though
being mean doesn’t worry them. That’s
the way with some people, you know.
So I rented this apartment, moved my
things in, drew a few checks on uncle
Jacob—the best of the lot, by the way—and
here I have lived in my deep
grief.”

5
Jane smiled at Mr. Scott and leaned
back in her chair.

“That’s the first chapter,” he said.

“Yes,” she answered, “and yesterday’s
letter, which I’m coming to, is the
beginning of the second. This letter
informed me that my bills were becoming
outrageously large, that I
needed a chaperon—fancy a widow in
her first grief needing a chaperon, Billie—and
the long and short of it is that
I must give up this apartment and go
and live among them as originally proposed.

“Well?” queried Mr. Scott.

“Well, what?” demanded Jane. “You
certainly didn’t for a moment think I
would do it?”

“No,” he responded. “There’s a
very simple way out, you know. Marry
me and let the Willoughbys go to——”

“Thunder,” finished Jane. “Oh, Billie,
I do appreciate the fact that you
love me and want me. And if I loved
you, I’d live in a cottage with you—though
I hate cottages—and work like
a slave. But the awful fact must be
faced that I do not love you. I am
horribly fond of you, though, Billie, and
I wish I could marry you, but I never
could make you understand how I hate
being married. I was knocked down
to the highest bidder, and the experience
was too disagreeable to permit me
to marry again or to fall in love with
anyone.”

“But you’re flirting awfully with
Kingston and Maitland—and there’s
Dick Thomas—oh, Jane, it’s pretty
tough on me!” The boy—for Mr. Scott
wasn’t much more—looked as though
he were going to cry.

“Fiddlesticks!” exclaimed Jane, contemptuously.
“Nothing in the world
would induce me to marry one of those
men—or any other. Freedom is the
breath of life to me, Billie, but I must
have my little recreations. You can’t
understand—no man can—how flirting
to a woman is a justifiable evening up
of the sufferings that some women have
to endure. Why, I’m leading Jack
Maitland an awful existence because
he flirted desperately with Betty Lockwood,
who loves him to distraction.
I’m doing it for Betty’s sake, and it’s
good for him. Betty married Maurice
just out of pique.” Jane put down her
cup. “I’m really trying to do good, in
my own way, Billie.”

“You should join the Humane Society,”
observed Mr. Scott, sarcastically.

“The Society for the Prevention of
Cruelty to Children will rescue you
from my clutches if you persist in coming
here all the time,” she retorted, severely.
“I’ll tell you what I am going
to do”—changing the subject, swiftly.
“I’ll answer the Willoughby epistle in
person. I’ll go down to Rosemount
to-morrow and tell them things that I
hope will do them good. I do not intend
to reduce my bills, or live with
them. Whenever I get a letter from
them like this last one, I go out and
buy something.”

“What did you buy yesterday?”
queried Mr. Scott, with lively interest.

“A pair of high-boys—genuine colonials!
I’ve no place for them here, of
course, but the Willoughbys needed
them for a lesson.”

“Let me drive you down to Rosemount
in my car,” said Mr. Scott, with
sudden inspiration.

“Um—I’d like the car and the chauffeur,
but you, Billie, cannot come. It
might cause gossip.”

“Let ’em talk, who cares?” exclaimed
Mr. Scott, defiantly.

“I do,” said Jane, decidedly. “No,
you can’t come, Billie, but if you’ll have
the car here to-morrow, at ten, I’ll drive
down in it, stay all night, and come
back the next day.”

“I’m afraid they’ll persuade you to
live with them,” murmured Mr. Scott,
miserably.

“To think that you would say that to
me,” said Jane, reproachfully. “I intend
to live alone from this time on. I
hate living with anybody.”

“Wait until you’re in love!” warned
Billie.

“Yes, I’ll wait,” responded his hostess,
briskly. “A woman who has had
my luck would be an ungrateful wretch
if she permitted herself to become entangled
again. Why, it isn’t one woman6
in ten who marries for money whose
husband dies in two years. No wonder
I’ve clung to deep mourning. It’s an
expression of thankfulness—of the
warmest gratitude on my part. No one
can say of me, Billie, that I do not
realize my blessings!”

Mr. Scott rose and tried to kiss
Jane’s hand, but she put it determinedly
behind her.

“Respect my mourning, my child,”
she said, rebukingly.

After Mr. Scott had taken his departure,
she ordered two suit cases
packed, gave orders to her two servants
about the care of the apartment
during her absence, and telegraphed a
lengthy message to the Willoughbys.

CHAPTER III.

It was a glorious May day. Jane,
whose sound digestion and general superlatively
good health enabled her always
to front life genially, even when
she was most convinced that it was
nothing but a heartless farce, was in
rollicking spirits. She let Johnson, Billie’s
chauffeur, take full charge of the
car, while she lay back luxuriously,
humming snatches of gay song or planning
fresh audacities that would humble
the proud spirit of the Willoughbys.
But silence for any length of time when
there was somebody to talk to was always
irksome to Jane.

“You have heard of Elijah, of
course?” she observed, presently, to the
smug-faced driver.

“Mrs. Carruth’s man, mum?” he
asked, stolidly.

“Goodness, no, Johnson!” exclaimed
Jane, in a horrified voice. “Though,
really”—judiciously—“if Polly insists
on his keeping up that awful pace with
her car, I think he, too, will go to
heaven in a chariot of fire. But”—this
to the chauffeur—“I was not referring
to Mrs. Carruth’s man, Elihu, but to
Elijah, a Bible character. Don’t you”—severely—“read
your Bible, Johnson?”

“Well, mum,” began Johnson, cautiously,
“seeing as how I didn’t take
much to books when I was a kid, and
seeing as how big words always kind
of floor me now, I don’t go in much for
readin’, ’cept about the sports in the
papers.”

“They should publish the Bible in
words of one syllable,” reflected Jane.
“I must speak to the bishop about it.
Elijah, Johnson, was a prophet who
went to heaven in a chariot of fire.
I’ve always liked to think that it was
a kind of superior motor car, and that
it took Elijah several days to reach his
destination, and that he had a perfectly
delicious time whizzing up through the
air, past the stars and the moon, and I
wouldn’t be a bit surprised, Johnson,
if he leaned out and jabbed at the moon
as he passed, just to see what it was
really made of. Personally, I take no
stock in what the scientists tell us, and
I’ve often thought that if Elijah had
come back and told about his ride, they
wouldn’t have a leg to stand on. Now,
it’s my private opinion, Johnson, that
the world is flat, as flat as a—goodness
gracious, what’s that!”

“It’s somethin’ gone wrong, mum,”
said Johnson, resignedly. “There was
a bolt I was suspectin’ of this morning,
but Mr. Scott said that on no account
was you to be kept waitin’, and that,
bolt or no bolt, I was to be at your door
at ten sharp. An’ you’ll remember,
mum”—reproachfully—“that I waited
in front of those steps one hour by th’
watch Mr. Scott gave me Christmas,
and if it wasn’t for the fact that every
minute I was expectin’ to see you come
runnin’ down them, I could have put
in a new bolt——”

“Of course it’s all my fault, Johnson,”
interrupted Jane, “but I never
was on time in my life, and I’m too old
to begin now. Here’s a nice secluded
bit of road where you can overhaul the
car, and I’ll just walk about a bit for
exercise. But don’t let it take long,
Johnson, for I’m simply famished, and
we have to go ten miles yet before we
get any luncheon.”

By this time the driver was under the
car, and only a pair of tremendous boots
was visible. After giving them an
amused look, Jane divested herself of
her motor rig, shook out her skirts, and,7
with a parting warning to Johnson to
blow the horn when he was ready,
sauntered slowly down the country
road, which reminded her of one of the
picturesque lanes in English Surrey.

“It’s a queer thing,” she communed
with herself, as she walked along, “that
the first day I’m in the country I adore
it, and resolve firmly never, never to
leave it again; and the second day I
begin to pick flaws in it, and take notice
of all the hideous little creeping things,
and the third I loathe it, and feel that
I will die instantly if I can’t get back
to where there are lots of people and a
great deal of noise and plenty of dirt.
I suppose I——”

Jane’s saunter and reflections both
came to an abrupt end, for a turn in
the lane had disclosed to her a man sitting
on a log by the roadside, munching
hungrily at an appetizing-looking
sandwich, the most appetizing one, the
hungry Mrs. De Mille instantly decided,
that she had ever seen. Beside the man
was a small hamper of straw, and leaning
against the log was a bottle. He
was reading out of a small book, and
utterly oblivious, apparently, to his surroundings.
He finished in a few bites
the sandwich, and, without lifting his
eyes, thrust his hand in the hamper,
drew forth another, and proceeded deliberately
to devour that, too. More
and more envious grew Jane’s eyes as
she watched the rapid shrinking of the
thing she most coveted just then. The
second sandwich disappeared like its
predecessor, and once more the long,
brown hand sought the hamper. Another
sandwich was drawn forth, it was
raised to the man’s mouth, but before
he had a chance to take a bite Jane
cried out, impulsively: “Oh, please don’t
eat them all!”

The man looked up, bewildered, and
then, catching sight of Jane, sprang to
his feet and pulled off his cap. “I—beg
your pardon,” he began, uncertainly;
“did you speak?”

“Yes,” calmly answered Mrs. De
Mille, who was always prepared to back
her own imprudent impulses. “I asked
you to please not eat that other sandwich.
I’m terribly hungry!”

A smile lighted up the man’s serious
face. “Oh, there are more in the hamper,”
he answered. “My appetite is big
enough, but it is not as big as Mrs.
Moore thinks it is. Please help yourself.”
He held out the hamper.

“Thanks,” said Jane, taking a sandwich
and beginning to devour it hungrily.
“If Mrs. Moore made these,” she
observed, presently, “I think she has
very good taste—in sandwiches.”

“It’s her specialty,” he responded.
“Everybody, you know, has a specialty.
But won’t you be seated?” With a
gesture he indicated the log, and Jane,
frankly delighted with her adventure,
seated herself.

“Have they?” she queried, helping
herself to another sandwich. “Now, I
wonder what mine is?”

The man regarded her with interest.
“If you have just fallen from the
sky——” he began.

“No, it was a motor car,” interrupted
Jane. “That is, I didn’t fall from it,
but something happened to a bolt. The
chauffeur is working at it down the
road a bit. I didn’t stay to examine it,
for I always get a smudge on my nose
when I look at the works of a motor
car. Perhaps that’s my specialty—getting
smudges on my nose.” She looked
at the man and smiled. “It isn’t a very
useful one, is it?”

“There are practical specialties and
ornamental specialties,” he observed,
“and it’s——”

“Oh, well, you know getting a
smudge on one’s nose is neither ornamental
nor practical,” broke in Jane,
with a laugh. Then, changing the subject
quickly: “It’s awfully good of you
to feed the hungry.”

“Pray let me give drink to the thirsty,
too,” he said. Picking up a small silver
cup, he walked over to a brook that
purled behind them, rinsed it out and,
coming back, filled it from the bottle of
wine that rested against the log.

Jane drank it gratefully. “I never
in my life had a more delicious meal,”
she said, quite truthfully. Then she
looked at him inquisitively. “Do you
live some place around here, or did your
car break down, too?” she asked.

8
“I’m not so lucky as to own a car.
I’m stopping for a time at Rosemount—the
village, you know.”

“Oh, then, perhaps you know the
Willoughbys,” said Jane. “The Willoughbys,
of Willoughby Hall.”

“Do they live in an ugly mass of
architecture on a hill, and does the lady
look like a grenadier and the man like
a drummer boy in his first engagement?”

Jane threw back her head and
laughed. “That’s Aunt Susan and Uncle
Jacob to a T,” she exclaimed. The
man flushed with embarrassment.

“I beg your pardon,” he said. “Of
course I had no idea they were relatives
of yours.”

“You haven’t offended me,” Jane
hastened to assure him. “I know they’re
impossible, though Uncle Jacob really
means well. I’m on my way down
there now.”

“For a visit?” queried the man, who
was staring at her in an impersonal
sort of way that rather piqued her.

“Not if I know myself, and I flatter
myself I do,” she responded, decidedly.
“No, I’m going down to give them—Aunt
Susan particularly—a piece of my
mind.”

“Lucky Aunt Susan!” commented
the man, still regarding her with that
air of detached interest.

“You say that because you’ve never
had a piece of my mind,” observed
Jane, darkly. “Because I’m desperately
poor——”

“Poor!” exclaimed the man, disbelievingly,
as his eye took in the details
of her exceedingly smart get-up.

“As poor as a church mouse,” said
Jane, impressively. “I’m supported by
contributions made by the Willoughby
connection, and because my bills for
the past season have been a—a trifle
large, they wrote me an abusive letter.
Fancy!”

“Fancy!” echoed the man, absent-mindedly.
“Why don’t you——”

But an explosive blast on a horn interrupted
him. Jane rose hastily.
“That’s Johnson,” she said. “I must
go. But how are you going to get back
to Rosemount?” she demanded.

“Oh, I’ll pick up one of the market
gardeners along the road,” he answered,
indifferently. “Besides, I came out on
a quest, and I can’t return until it is
successfully consummated.”

“A quest!” echoed Jane, and promptly
sat down again. “It sounds interesting,”
she said; “tell me about it.”

“I’m looking for a heroine,” he explained.

“A heroine!” repeated Mrs. De Mille,
blankly, wondering for the first time if
he was as sane as he looked.

“Yes, for a book, you know,” he said,
in a matter-of-fact way. “I scribble
for a living, and lately my publishers
have complained that I never draw a
real flesh-and-blood woman. I’ve determined
to put one in the new book
I’m writing.”

“So you’re strolling around the country
in search of one,” mused Jane. “I
should think you’d stand a better
chance of finding one in town.” There
was another blast on the horn, short
and angry this time, but Mrs. De Mille
waved it airily aside.

“I can’t work in town,” he answered.
“I’ve just come back from Alaska, and
it seems so shut-in there.” He nodded
in the direction of the skyscrapers of
New York.

“What would a heroine have to do?”
queried Jane. “I mean a model heroine?”

“Oh, just give me a chance to study
her, and let me pay her for it,” he answered,
coolly. “I work in a small
bungalow, and if she’d give me some
sittings——” But once more the voice
of the horn broke in—a long, reproachful,
plaintive note this time. Mrs. De
Mille rose, reluctantly. “I really must
go, or Johnson will ruin his voice,” she
said. Then she had a sudden inspiration.
“You’re going to Rosemount,”
she said to the man. “Why can’t we
take you there? I’d like to do something
to pay for that delicious meal.”

“You’ve paid me a thousandfold by
accepting it,” he answered, quickly. “I
couldn’t think of putting you to any
trouble.”

“It isn’t any trouble,” she answered,
positively. “There’s plenty of room in9
the car.” The man’s face showed signs
of yielding.

“Come,” she commanded, imperiously;
and he stooped and gathered up the
hamper and his book and followed her
down the road.

“Johnson,” Mrs. De Mille called to
the chauffeur, who was sitting in the
car like patience on a monument, but
without the smile, “this gentleman has
saved me from starvation, and he’s now
going to save you; for in this hamper,
Johnson, are three of the most delicious
sandwiches you ever ate. Hustle them
down as quickly as you can, and then
we’ll repay his generosity by giving him
a lift to Rosemount.”

When the car was well under way,
Jane turned impressively to her new
acquaintance. “And now I want to ask
you,” she said, “if you think I’d do for
the heroine?”

“It’s been my wish ever since I first
set eyes on you,” he answered, calmly.
“I’m in great luck.”

“And the Willoughbys,” said Jane,
cheerfully, “will be in a rage, so it’s a
delightful arrangement all around.”

CHAPTER IV.

Mrs. Willoughby and Miss Willoughby—the
latter had driven over from her
country home to discuss Jane—sat in
the library listening to the shrieks of
laughter that floated across the hall
from the music room, laughter interspersed
with the sharp yelping of a dog
and bars of music.

“They’ve kept that up,” said Mrs.
Willoughby, crisply, “since luncheon.”

“What did you say his name was?”
asked Miss Willoughby, whose patent
disgust made her look more vinegary
than ever.

“She calls him Dick,” said aunt
Susan, disdainfully. “His last name is
Thomas. A flighty idiot, who talks
with a lisp.”

“Where’s the bishop?” demanded the
guest, suddenly.

“He’s packing,” answered her sister-in-law,
with an air of repressed anger.
“Jane took him out in a motor car,
some man’s motor car that she came
down in, and he came back looking
much upset, and said he had to pack
and return to town immediately. And
he had promised to stay two days!”

“Must have been her doings,” commented
Miss Willoughby.

“I don’t know,” said Aunt Susan,
drearily. “He did say something about
fleeing temptation.”

“The hussy!” Miss Willoughby’s
voice expressed virtuous scorn. “Wait
until she comes to me.” She closed her
lips, grimly.

“I was going to tell you about that,”
said her hostess. “Jane has what she
calls a job.”

“A—a job!” echoed Miss Willoughby,
faintly.

Susan Willoughby nodded her head,
vigorously. “That’s what she calls it,”
she said, indignation revealed in every
monosyllable. “She’s hired out as a
model!”

Miss Willoughby shrieked and fumbled
feebly for her smelling salts.

“Oh, I don’t mean the—er—Trilby
kind, you know,” said Mrs. Willoughby,
hastily. “Some wretched creature
whom she picked up with on her way
down here is writing a book, and he’s
offered to pay her if she’ll let him study
her in order to get material for his heroine.”

“I never heard of such a thing!”
gasped Miss Willoughby. “It isn’t respectable,
and you don’t need to try to
convince me that it is. What does Jacob
say?”

“Jacob!” There was indescribable
contempt expressed in Mrs. Willoughby’s
voice as she uttered the name.
“Jane simply twists him around her little
finger.”

Miss Willoughby rose suddenly, with
the air of one having made up her mind
to perform an unpleasant task.

“Where are you going?” demanded
her hostess.

“To tell Jane what I think of her
conduct and to warn——”

But before the spinster had a chance
to finish her sentence, the door across
the hall was flung open suddenly, and
Jane, laughter in her eyes and on her10
lips, her hair disheveled, emerged. Under
her arm was tucked a yelping skye
terrier, and close behind her followed
an immaculately attired and rather
good-looking young man, who appeared
to be thoroughly enjoying himself. As
usual, Jane was talking.

“You’re not musical, Bijou, and it’s a
waste of time trying to make you musical!
Here Mr. Thomas and I have
spent the greater part of an hour trying
to impress upon you the difference between
Wagner and ragtime, but it’s been
a miserable failure. I want to think
you have a soul, Bijou, though the bishop
doesn’t believe you have, but after
the painful lack of discrimination you
have just shown—Aunt Mary! When
in the world did you come, and what
a delightful surprise!”

Jane, who had suddenly espied her
two aunts, unceremoniously dropped
the skye terrier and darted into the library,
leaving the young man hovering
uncertainly in the doorway. She seized
the spinster’s two mitt-clad hands and
kissed her heartily on each withered
cheek. Then she stood back a pace or
two and surveyed her with rapt admiration.

“I’m terribly jealous of you, Aunt
Mary,” she exclaimed. “Look at your
complexion! Peaches and cream!”—as
a matter of fact, it more closely resembled
sole leather, but Miss Willoughby
brightened up, nevertheless. “And
your figure! What in the world have
you been doing to your figure? Such
curves!”

The spinster, conscious of the strange
young man in the doorway, blushed
painfully.

“My dear——” she began, in a stage
whisper, motioning stealthily in the direction
of Mr. Thomas.

“Oh, pardon me,” said Jane, willfully
misunderstanding her aunt’s meaning.
“Aunt Mary, this is Mr. Thomas. I
shall have to ask you to entertain him
for a while, for I have a business engagement.”
She pulled out a tiny,
jeweled watch and gave an exclamation.
“Half an hour late! Dick, what is
it they do to working people when they
are half an hour late? Though why,
indeed, I should ask you I don’t know,
for I’m sure you never did half an
hour’s real work in your life! Oh, yes,
dock them—that’s it, isn’t it? I
thought of yacht, for I knew the term
was nautical, and then I instantly
thought of ‘docked’”—triumphantly;
Jane was always intensely interested in
her mental processes. “Did you know
I had become a working person, Aunt
Mary? Earning my living by the sweat
of my brow, and that sort of thing?”
Miss Willoughby smiled, weakly.
“Well, ta, ta,” continued Jane. “Remember”—shaking
a warning finger at
the spinster—“Mr. Thomas is young
and unsophisticated, and I’ll not have
his young affections trifled with.”

“Oh, I thay——” began Mr. Thomas,
protestingly, and making a motion as
though he were bent on accompanying
Mrs. De Mille.

“No, Dickie,” she said, firmly, “bosses
don’t like to have young men a-followin’
of their gells.” This was said with
an inimitable cockney accent that caused
Mr. Thomas to grin appreciatively.
Jane made a wicked moue at him,
nodded to her aunts and hurried away,
leaving the two ladies speechless, and
the guest she had thrust upon them
looking decidedly uncomfortable.

As she sauntered down the road that
led past the bungalow which had been
erected in the rear of the Moore cottage,
and which her new acquaintance
had pointed out as his workshop, Jane
looked as though she hadn’t a care in
the world. As a matter of fact, however,
she was not without her misgivings
in regard to the outcome of the
engagement she had entered into. She
had done it chiefly to torment the Willoughbys,
but she was honest enough
to admit to herself, as she walked leisurely
on, that the man himself had
aroused her curiosity, and that this had
something to do with her obeying that
reckless impulse to offer herself as a
model.

“He’s doubtless a counterfeiter or a
gentleman burglar who’s planning to
steal the Willoughby spoons,” she communed
with herself, cheerfully, “and
it’s very likely that he’ll insist on my11
becoming his accomplice, and then
Aunt Mary will have a chance to say:
‘Didn’t I tell you Jane would come to
a bad end.’ I really believe they’d——”

But the quaint-looking bungalow
had suddenly loomed up in Mrs. De
Mille’s path, and put an end to her reflections.
Half hesitatingly she knocked
on the door, and it was instantly thrown
open by the man whom she chose to
call her employer.

“Please don’t tell me I’m late,” she
said, as she gave him her hand and
stepped across the threshold. “Being
late, you know, is a weakness one is
born with, I think, like not being able
to spell, or having a thirst for strong
drink. In town they call me ‘the late
Mrs. De Mille.’ The only occasion I
was ever known to be on time was at
poor De Mille’s funeral. Billie Scott
said—— But how delightfully cozy
it is here!”

Jane paused and surveyed the room
with interest. It was simply furnished
with some good rugs, several well-filled
bookcases, two or three comfortable-looking
chairs, and a long table that
apparently served for a desk, for it was
covered with papers; but there was a
cheerful fire in the great fireplace—a
comfort that Mrs. De Mille appreciated,
for the day, though bright, was chilly—and
in front of this was a tea table, on
which a copper kettle was singing merrily
over a blue, alcohol flame.

“I’m glad you like it,” said the man,
gravely. “Can I take your hat and
jacket?”

“Oh, I’ll just toss them over this
chair,” said Jane, carelessly, suiting the
action to her words. “I hope you’re not
one of those people who must have everything
just so. De Mille was like
that. He found me a terrible trial. His
idea of a well-ordered existence was a
place for everything and everything in
its place. I don’t mind having a place
for everything, you know, but I think
having everything in its place robs life
of a great deal of uncertainty, and it’s
the uncertainty that makes it fascinating,
don’t you think?”

“When I was a little chap,” said the
man, pulling forward a chair for Jane
and taking one himself near the table,
“I had to look out not only for myself,
but also for my mother, who sewed
when she could, to support herself and
me, but who was crippled with rheumatism
most of the time. Our next meal
was always a matter of uncertainty.
My idea of heaven then was a place
where the future was absolutely certain.
No”—reflectively, as he leaned over to
poke the fire—“I don’t believe I want
any more uncertainties in mine.”

Mrs. De Mille stared at him with
lively curiosity in her eyes, and noted
approvingly the strong, clean contour
of his jaw, and his long, lean, brown
hands. “He may have been born poor,
but he was also born a gentleman,” she
reflected, shrewdly. Aloud she said:

“Do you know that I haven’t the remotest
idea what your name is?”

“How very remiss of me!” he exclaimed,
looking up from the fire. “It’s
John Ormsby.”

“Oh,” said Jane, “you’re the man
who writes men’s books. Why,” she
continued, severely, “have you ignored
my sex?”

He smiled. “I have already told
you,” he said, “that I don’t know
enough about you to put you in a
book.”

“You’ve chosen a bad specimen to
study,” she retorted. “I give you fair
warning.”

“As to that,” he answered, with an
indifference that nettled Jane, “I’m not
at all particular about the type. My
publishers demand a real flesh-and-blood
creation, but they didn’t specify
the type.”

“He’s downright brutal,” said Jane,
to herself, but rather enjoying the novelty
of seeing an opportunity for a
pretty speech to her ignored. “You’ll
have to instruct me in my duties,” she
said, smilingly. “Now, if there was
only such a thing as a Handy Manual
for authors’ models that I could get and
read up in, my course would be plain
sailing. As it is, I’m all at sea.”

“Oh, all you have to do is to talk,”
said the man, encouragingly. “I’m going
to make you a cup of tea.” He began
to handle the tea things deftly.

12
“Talk and tea,” commented Jane,
thoughtfully. “It sounds easy. I believe
I’ve got what Billie Scott would
call a ‘snap.’”

CHAPTER V.

My dear Deneen: The Labrador
trip sounds good to me, and as soon as
the book is off my hands, which will
be about the time you fellows are ready
to start, I reckon I’ll be wid ye. The
old spring fever has again seized hold
of me, and I’m fairly sweating for a
whiff of the open. I wrote you a squib
shortly after I arrived, and the ragged
kid to whom I gave it to post swears
by all that’s unholy—he knows nothing
holy—that he posted it, but I suppose
it represented too promising spitball
material to be wasted on a village
post office. This is the worst place to
get anything done. Every villager regards
himself as an American from
“wayback,” and scorns to turn an honest
penny by running or walking an
errand. But it’s a jolly place to write
in. I’m boarding with a queer old
couple by the name of Moore, who take
summer boarders during July and
August, and who, for the convenience
of the town folk, have built a bungalow
a short distance from the house.
It’s quite decently furnished with books
and rugs and a fireplace, and my credentials
were so good that the Moores
have turned it over to me for a workroom.
The book I’m at work on is a
deliberate attempt to pander to the depraved
taste of hoi polloi. Yet, I confess
it without shame, I’m tremendously
interested in it. I find myself reading
over and over again parts I’ve written—not
with a view to improving
them, but because I think they’re so
good. Sounds maudlin, doesn’t it? But
it’s the gospel truth. And the book is
all about a woman! Smoke that in your
pipe, old man! I, who have heretofore
scorned all feminine frumperies, find
myself dissecting frills and analyzing
chiffons. Whence cometh this superior
knowledge? do I hear you ask with a
suspicious leer? Whisper! I have a
model, and I’m learning about women
from her. Kipling’s idea, you see, but
put into respectable and strictly business-like
practice. For an hour or so
every afternoon she gives me “sittings”
in the bungalow. She’s no ordinary
paid hireling, mind you, but a fine New
York lady, who seems to have accepted
the job partly because she desired a
new experience, and partly to displease
some rich but close-fisted relatives upon
whom she’s dependent, but whom she
appears to be leading a life. I was
tramping about the country one day
shortly after I came down here, and
while I was having a bite by the roadside,
a tailor-made vision with hungry
eyes and a wistful air suddenly appeared
out of the nowhere and demanded
a sandwich. She accepted my
invitation to sit down and share what
I had, and then she insisted on giving
me a lift, and on the way to Rosemount
artlessly discussed her deceased
husband and her relatives—in short,
told me several chapters out of the
story of her life. I suppose she’s about
the most frivolous specimen of the frivolous
sex. Her male admirers are numerous,
and some of them trail down
from town every day. The morning
after she arrived—she came down in a
motor car, and it is to a lost bolt that
I owe my introduction—I met her out
in the car gazing soulfully into the eyes
of an elderly party with a clerical collar
and an Episcopal air. She told me
afterward it was Bishop ——, and informed
me quite calmly that he had
fled to town to save his immortal soul,
his wife being in Europe. Said her
relatives were scandalized, a fact that
seemed to please her very much. Last
night I walked down to the village to
get some medicine for my landlord,
who had eaten something that disagreed
with him and was in a rather bad way.
It was as dark as pitch, and I had a
lantern. I flashed it as I came around
a turn in the road, and found myself
face to face with my model and two
young men. Each had hold of one of
her hands, and each looked idiotically
blissful. She seemed the least confused
of the bunch, and said “good-13evening”
quite calmly. I don’t suppose
there’s another bundle of such contradictions
in the universe. She has all
the aplomb of a woman of the world,
and all of the naïveté of an unspoiled
child. No sort of companion for a man,
you understand, but vastly amusing.
She speaks of her deceased husband
with the most brutal frankness, and
makes no pretense of regarding his
passing as anything but a happy release
for her. For all her apparent
spontaneity, I’ve an idea that at heart
this model of mine is as hard as rocks.
But as I’ve already told you, she’s
teaching me a lot, and the book is progressing,
and if it’s a success, half the
royalties go to her. That is only fair.

Keep me posted about arrangements
for your trip. I’m writing now at white
heat, and should have the book ready
for my publishers within a fortnight.
And then, old pal, for Labrador and the
open and real, real life.

Yours,
John Ormsby.

CHAPTER VI.

Dear Betty: I’m inclosing that cold-cream
recipe you asked for. It’s warranted
to give you a perfect complexion,
keep your hair in curls, your hat on
straight and your temper amiable. I’m
glad to hear that you and Maurice have
had an understanding, and that everything
is all serene. If you have to be
in love with somebody, I honestly think
it’s much better to be in love with your
husband. De Mille, of course, was out
of the question, but fortunately I’ve
never felt the necessity of being in love
with anyone, and, now that I’ve reached
the age of twenty-four, it’s not probable
that I ever will. Confidentially, Betty,
I never could see what you saw in Maitland.
His eyes are good, I grant you,
but he’s so terribly sentimental. I’ve
flirted with him, so I know him. Next
to living with a man, there’s nothing
like a good flirtation to put you on to
all his good and bad qualities. Your
husband is worth a hundred of him. I
know.

My dear, I’m earning my own living,
and, according to the Willoughbys, it’s
the most extravagant thing I’ve done
in the whole course of my extravagant
career. You see, every time I remember
I’m a working woman, I feel independent,
and order a lot of new things,
and the bills have been rather stiff, I’ll
admit. But you know how miserly the
Willoughbys are! Aunt Susan suggested
that I figure up how much I’m
going to get and try to live on it, but I
declined most emphatically. I never
was good at doing sums, and I don’t
propose to begin to subtract and add at
this late day. Besides, I haven’t the
remotest idea how much I’m going to
receive, for I refuse to let Mr. Ormsby
mention the matter. Money matters
are so tiresome. But I’m forgetting
that you know nothing about my job.
I’m a model—a literary man’s model.
You’re in with that literary set, so I
suppose you’ve read his books. I read
one—Billie Scott raved so about it that
I simply had to—but there wasn’t a
woman in it, just a lot of horrid men,
that smoked and swore when they
weren’t fighting, and that fought when
they weren’t swearing and smoking.
It seems that Mr. Ormsby’s publishers
have insisted upon his turning over
a new leaf and writing something about
women, and, knowing nothing about
our sex, Betty, he conceived the strictly
original idea of employing a model. I
came down to Rosemount in Billie’s
motor car, and picked him—Mr. Ormsby—up
and took him along with me.
We had quite a romantic meeting. I
found him eating his luncheon by the
roadside, and insisted on his sharing it
with me. I give him “sittings” every
afternoon in an adorable bungalow that
he’s fitted up as a workshop. He explained
to me, in the beginning, that he
might have picked out some woman of
his acquaintance and studied her, but
that he considered it wouldn’t be honorable—that
with a hired model he felt
absolutely independent. I really can’t
endure him, but I’ve resolved to stick
this out to the bitter end. I feel like a
little wiggly bug pinned to a piece of
cardboard, with a pair of sharp, cold,14
gray eyes analyzing every wiggle. This
Ormsby is shockingly lacking in savoir
faire
, and so far as flirting is concerned,
he doesn’t know the a, b, c’s of the
game.

I began this letter yesterday afternoon,
before dinner, with the hope of
getting it out in the evening mail, but
Billie and Ernie Francis came down
from town and stopped to dinner. I’m
sure the Willoughbys have never been
so gay in their lives—we’ve had company
every day since I’ve been down
here—but I can’t see that it has improved
Aunt Susan’s disposition much.
Something occurred last night that I
suppose has shoved me a peg further
down in Mr. Ormsby’s estimation. Not
that I care! After dinner, Billie and
Ernie and I went for a walk down to
the village. It was very dark coming
back, and, walking between them, naturally
I didn’t resent it when each took
one of my hands. There’s something
so comforting about the grasp of a
strong man’s hand. Haven’t you often
thought so, Betty? If I ever marry
again, I intend to pick out a man who
will be able to hold my hand in a nice
way when I’m dying.

Unfortunately, as we came around
a bend in the road, a lantern was flashed
at us. It was Ormsby, and you can’t
imagine the look of disgust on his face
when he took in the situation. As
though it were any business of his! I
had a wretched evening, for Billie and
Ernie were furious because I permitted
each to hold my hand. They have such
queer ideas
of propriety! How little
real pleasure one gets out of life, Betty!
Louise has sent me down one of
those bébé hats—a perfect dream. I
intend to wear it to church to-morrow
morning and give the villagers a treat.

By the way, dear, if you’ve any old
clothes to dispose of, send them down
here. I’ve discovered a poor family—father
out of work, mother sick, baby
three days old. They are absolutely
destitute. I’ve ordered a beautiful
christening robe for the baby, and have
had the bill sent to Uncle Jacob. I intend
to be its godmother. But why will
those people insist on having so many
children, Betty? Six in this family!
Fancy! I’ve a good mind to write to
the President, and insist on his providing
for them. This man, even when
he works, doesn’t make enough to support
two—to say nothing of six. The
baby is quite pretty, except that its nose
is inclined to spread. I’ve explained to
the mother how, by pinching it every
day, she can get it into quite a respectable
shape. You see, the baby’s a girl,
and much will depend upon its nose.
If mine were Roman instead of retroussé,
I would probably have been a
bluestocking and respected by Mr.
Ormsby. Not that I care, though!

Lovingly,
Jane.

P. S.—I wish you’d leave an order
at a bookstand to have all his books
sent down. Have them sent c. o. d. to
Uncle Jacob.

CHAPTER VII.

There were three things in the culinary
line that the sum of Jane’s accomplishments
included—nut salad,
rarebit and tea. After her first visit to
the bungalow she had taken upon herself
the task of brewing the cup that
cheers, an arrangement that suited
Ormsby perfectly, for she looked very
pretty fussing with the tea things, and
he was not above taking what he called
an “academic interest” in her attractiveness.

“If one can only do a few things,
naturally, all one’s vanity is centered in
them,” she was observing to him now,
by way of explaining her fondness for
tea making. “I fancy I regard my talent
as a mother regards her only child.
If she has a number of children, she’s
uncertain, of course, whether Ann’s
blue eyes are the most beautiful in the
world or Jimmie’s brown ones, and she
can’t decide whether to thrust Susie
upon the attention of visitors, that they
may admire her golden curls, or whether
to give raven-locked Lucy the center of
the stage. With one child or one accomplishment
it’s different; you simply
have to concentrate your admiration on
that. You won’t take two lumps?”

15
Ormsby shook his head firmly, and
Jane handed him his tea. “It’s just tea
with one lump; it’s nectar with two,”
she observed, regretfully. “Speaking
of children,” she continued, as she
poured herself out a cup, “have you
seen the new Larson baby?”

“I’m sorry to say I have not,” said
Ormsby, gravely.

“It’s a dear,” observed Jane, enthusiastically.
“I think it will be the beauty
of the Larson family.”

“If the Larson family occupy that
cottage near the grove, and if all the
children who play about there are Larson
children, I fancy the baby wouldn’t
require much in the way of looks to be
the beauty of the Larson family,” he
commented, dryly.

“What a nasty remark!” exclaimed
Jane, indignantly. “They all have their
good points when you come to study
them. And you can’t imagine how
amusing they are. I’ve been helping
them along a bit lately, and between
their extravagant gratitude and the
Willoughbys’ indignation at the size of
the bills, I’ve been having no end of a
good time.” Jane leaned back and
smiled. Ormsby frowned. A good
time! That apparently was the aim and
end of her existence. Aloud he said:

“Are you never serious, Mrs. De
Mille?”

“Not very often; what’s the use?”
responded Jane, promptly.

“I should imagine that a woman who
has had the”—he hesitated for an instant—“the
sad experience you have
had would show the effect of it.”
Ormsby was really ashamed of this remark,
but Jane’s flippancy frequently
goaded him on to say things he regretted.
But she did not look offended.

“Sad experience?” she repeated, puzzled.
“Oh, you mean the Willoughbys?”

Her employer smiled in spite of himself.
He quickly regained his air of
grave composure, however. “No, I
don’t mean the Willoughbys; I mean
the death of your husband,” he said,
rebukingly.

“Oh, that!” exclaimed Jane, smiling
sweetly. “Why, you see, that’s really
the reason why I’m so gay now. When
De Mille was alive, I was always so
solemn. He had no sense of humor—it
really takes two to see a joke, you
know—and consequently I was depressed
most of the time. Since his
passing away”—Jane thought this
sounded well—“I laugh most of the
time—the reaction, I suppose.”

Ormsby handed his cup for some
more tea. “No sugar this time,” he
said, coldly. Jane looked at him wistfully.

“I suppose I’m a disappointment to
you—as a heroine, I mean,” she remarked,
almost humbly. “Perhaps”—regarding
him tentatively—“if you had
known I was not serious you would
not have engaged me.”

Ormsby shrugged his shoulders.
“You answer my purpose very well,”
he answered, indifferently, blissfully
unaware that Jane’s fingers were itching
just then to box his ears. “But you
know,” he went on, determinedly,
“woman should take some things seriously.”

“I do,” responded Jane. “I take you
seriously.”

Ormsby ignored her and continued:
“Life is not a huge joke, you know.
It——”

“You remind me of my first husband,”
interrupted Jane, frowning. “He
talked like that.”

“First?” he queried. Jane blushed.
Then she said, defiantly: “Is it so improbable
that I shall marry again?”

“Oh, that reminds me,” he said, with
that air of impersonal interest which, in
the beginning, had secretly infuriated
Mrs. De Mille, and which now unaccountably
depressed her. “Will you
allow me to ask you a question?”

“Certainly,” she answered; “ask me
anything you like.”

“I want to know,” he said, with great
deliberation, “whether you have ever
been in love?”

Jane stared at him with wide-open
eyes. “Don’t think,” he continued, hastily,
“that I have any desire to pry into
your personal affairs, but for the sake
of my book——”

16
“Oh, the book, by all means,” she answered,
rather hardly. “No, I’ve never
been in love. However”—flippantly—“I
trust I will fall in love some day. It
will be a new experience, at least. You
see, ever since I was a very little girl I
have been jobbed out——”

“Jobbed out!” exclaimed the puzzled
Ormsby.

“Passed around from one Willoughby
to the other,” explained Jane, impatiently.
“My father was the improvident
one of the Willoughby connection,
and he married an equally improvident
but awfully pretty girl, my mother.
They died within a short time of each
other”—Jane caught her breath, but
continued without a trace of feeling in
her voice—“when I was just two years
old. The Willoughbys married me to
De Mille when I was nineteen. There
you have the story of my career in a
nutshell.” She rose abruptly. “I must
be going,” she said, picking up her hat.

“Just a minute,” interposed Ormsby,
almost pleadingly, motioning her to resume
her seat. Jane sat down again
and looked at him expectantly. His
manner seemed to have changed suddenly.
His cold gray eyes had taken
on a softer, a more human, expression,
and they fastened themselves on hers
with such an intent gaze that, though
she tried to meet it boldly, she found
her own glance wavering, and the hot
color surged up in her face.

“Supposing, Mrs. De Mille,” he began,
apparently unmindful of her confusion,
“that a chap different from the
sort you’d been accustomed to, one with
less polish and with his own way—perhaps
a most uncertain one—to make,
should come to you and tell you that
he loved you—no, wait!” Jane’s lips
had parted, as though she were about to
speak. “And supposing you felt,” he
continued, “that in spite of the man’s
uncouthness he was capable of making
you love him, if only you consented to
give him a chance, do you think——”
He paused and studied her for a second
with even a more intent gaze, but
her eyes were downcast, and her trembling
fingers were rapidly tying and
untying knots in her lace handkerchief.

“Look at me, please,” he said, authoritatively.
Reluctantly, Mrs. De
Mille raised her eyes. Her soul shone
in them.

“Do you think that if that man told
you that your life with him might be
a hard one, that the wanderlust was in
his bones, and that when it took possession
of him he had to fare forth, come
what might, you would have the courage
to put your hand in his—don’t stir.”

She had turned down, but had not
extinguished, the alcohol flame, and an
impulsive gesture had brought the lace
which hung from the sleeve of her
gown in contact with it. Before she
had the remotest inkling of what had
happened, Ormsby was at her side,
smothering the flame with his hands.
It was all over in an instant. His
quickness had saved her from even the
slightest burn, and also from a realization
of her danger until that danger
was past. She leaned back in her chair
feeling rather faint, while Ormsby
walked over to a small cabinet, took
from it a bottle and rubbed some of its
contents on his hands, afterward knotting
his handkerchief carelessly around
the right one.

“You are burnt!” exclaimed Jane,
jumping up as though to go to his assistance.

“A mere trifle,” he answered, indifferently.
“It doesn’t even sting.”

She looked at him tremulously.
“Your presence of mind saved my life,”
she said, in a voice that was not quite
steady.

“Oh, that’s nothing,” he replied,
rather awkwardly.

“Perhaps not,” said Jane, smiling at
him with a suggestion of her old flippancy,
“but it’s a great deal to me, you
know. It’s the only one I have. Cats
can afford to be indifferent in the face
of peril until they have exhausted eight
of their lives, at any rate, but the rest
of us, having only one poor little life,
naturally treasure it.”

Ormsby frowned. Wouldn’t she be
serious in the face of death, even?
Then he remembered the interrupted
conversation.

“The alcohol spoiled the pretty little17
situation I had arranged for my book,”
he said, smiling.

“Your book!” echoed Jane, staring at
him.

“Yes, you know the question I was
about to ask you. Your answer was
rather important to me, but you can
give it some other time. I advise you
now to go straight home and lie down.
There must have been some nervous
shock.”

“You’re mistaken,” said Jane, who
was in truth looking very pale. “I
never felt less nervous in my life, and
we mustn’t let the book suffer. Now,
if you’ll repeat the question—I’m
afraid”—penitently—“I wasn’t paying
much attention to what you were saying.”

“Oh, well, I fancy you caught the
idea of the sort of man I sketched.
Would you give up everything for his
sake, if you loved him?”

Jane rose and deliberately pinned on
her hat, leisurely consulting a tiny chatelaine
mirror after she had done so.
Then she looked at Ormsby maliciously.

“Give up! Thank you, no! You see,
all my life I’ve been giving up things I
couldn’t wrest from the Willoughbys
or De Mille.

“Not any more in mine, if you please.
I should say to that misguided and
frightfully sentimental young man:
‘Mend your ways, become rich and famous,
and then come back and Jane
will consider you.’” She picked up her
gloves and walked toward the door of
the bungalow.

Au revoir,” she said; “so good of
you to have saved my life.”

“At least,” observed Ormsby, sarcastically,
as he hastened to open it for
her, “nobody can accuse you of being
inconsistent.”

“Billie Scott would shriek if he heard
you say so,” observed Jane, as she
calmly nodded good-by.

CHAPTER VIII.

Billie Scott had come down for the
week end, and he and Jane were motoring.

“What’s up, Jane?” he remarked,
suddenly, breaking a lengthy pause in
the conversation. “You don’t seem
like your usual self.”

“Whom do I seem like?” she inquired,
flippantly. Then she went on,
indignantly: “Whenever I keep still
for a minute or two, or in some other
way act like a rational being, everyone
is sure there is something up.”

“I merely thought,” observed Mr.
Scott, pacifically, “that there might be
something worrying you.”

“Nothing worries me except the careless
manner in which you drive this
car,” answered Jane, sharply for her.
“Please put me down at Mrs. Larson’s,
Billie.”

“Shall I wait for you?” he asked, as
he steered the machine in the direction
of the cottage.

“No, indeed”—determinedly—“and,
by the way, I think you had better go
back to town——”

“But I came down to stay over Sunday,”
he cried, in an injured voice.

“I know,” said Jane, “but the Willoughbys
like a quiet Sunday, and so
do I.”

Mr. Scott whistled.

“Terribly considerate of the Willoughbys’
feelings,” he commented, sarcastically.
“I suppose I may stop at
the house for my bag?”

The car had pulled up in front of the
Larson cottage, and Jane jumped lightly
out. She was instantly surrounded
by a troop of dirty, noisy children, but
she turned from them and smiled sweetly
up at the sulky Mr. Scott. “Dear old
Billie,” she said, sweetly; “don’t mind
me. It’s true I’m not quite myself
these days. I think the Willoughbys
must be getting on my nerves. Go home
and I’ll write you.”

“Oh, Jane, if you would only let
me——”

But Mrs. De Mille ruthlessly interrupted
him.

“Don’t be sentimental, Billie,” she
said, quickly; “and please remember
that I’ll not be proposed to every time
we meet. Ta! ta!” She gave him her
hand, withdrew it quickly and hastened
into the Larson cottage.

18
“Damn!” said Mr. Scott, under his
breath. Then he got out, bribed with
a shower of coin the Larson brood to
keep out of his path, and drove drearily
away.

Mrs. Larson was an angular, sallow-faced,
stoop-shouldered woman, who
had seen so much of the dark side of
life that she had reached the stage
where she couldn’t be persuaded there
was any other.

“He’s laid off again, miss,” she announced,
darkly, to Jane, who found
her scrubbing in the disordered kitchen.
Mrs. Larson never used anything but
the personal pronoun to designate her
spouse, so Jane knew instantly whom
she meant.

“Why, what’s the matter now?” she
asked, in dismay. “I thought he was
going to like his new work. Was he
discharged?”

“No, miss, he was not!” In spite of
her dejection, Mrs. Larson’s voice revealed
a note of pride. “But it was
inside work, and he ain’t used to inside
work, and he says as how he don’t suppose
at his age he ever will get used
to it.”

“But surely he could endure it for a
little while, until something else turned
up!” exclaimed Jane, who was finding
the Larsons a heavy responsibility.
“What in the world will you do now?”
A discussion of the problem of existence,
however, was beyond the ability
of Mrs. Larson, so she scrubbed for a
while in apathetic silence, while Jane
thought hard and anxiously.

“He’d like to be a shover,” finally volunteered
her hostess.

“A shover!” exclaimed Mrs. De
Mille, who was absolutely sure that the
leisurely Larson’s view of life was incompatible
with any form of employment
that called for shoving. His wife
nodded her head. “He always was a
master hand for going swift, and he
thought if he could get a place like Mr.
Johnson’s——”

“Oh!” said Jane, suddenly comprehending,
“I see. Does he know anything
about machinery or about driving
a car?”

Mrs. Larson shook her head despondently.
“Nothin’, miss. It’s just his
fondness for goin’ swift that made him
think of it.”

“It’s just like him to wish to ‘go
swift’ at somebody else’s expense,”
thought Jane, scornfully, but she felt a
delicacy about expressing her opinion
of Larson to his wife, so another sorrowful
pause ensued. It was broken
by a lusty yell from the new Larson
baby in the next room.

“Let me go to her,” said Jane, rising
quickly, and Mrs. Larson indifferently
acquiesced. Babies were no novelty to
her and she could not understand her
guest’s enthusiasm. Mrs. De Mille returned
to the kitchen with the baby in
her arms and seated herself near the
open window. The youngest scion of
the house of Larson was dressed in an
expensive but dirty robe, and Jane
looked at its mother reproachfully.

“You should not let her wear her
christening robe every day, Mrs. Larson,”
she protested.

“I know, miss,” answered Mrs. Larson,
apologetically, “but she don’t appear
to sleep comfortable in nothin’
else.” Jane sighed, but, she reasoned
humbly, it was not for her to preach
economy to the improvident Larsons.
The fact of the matter is that Mrs. De
Mille was feeling in an exceedingly
chastened mood these days, and even
Aunt Susan found little cause for complaint.
To-day as she sat “clucking”
softly to the Larson baby, which crowed
happily in response, she felt that even
her bedraggled and weary-looking hostess
had obtained from life something
more worth while than it had vouchsafed
her, and a wave of self-pity swept
over her.

“Goo-goo!” shrieked the baby, in an
ecstasy of delight, and, flinging up a
dimpled fist, it clutched determinedly
at the lace at Jane’s throat. The magnetic
touch of the tiny fingers proved
Mrs. De Mille’s undoing, and, to the
astonishment and disgust of the youngest
Larson, she burst into tears.

“Land sakes!” exclaimed Mrs. Larson,
dropping her scrubbing brush and
hastening to the side of her guest. “Did
it jab you in the eye?” She made an19
effort to take her offspring from Jane,
but the latter resisted.

“It—it isn’t the baby’s fault,” she
sobbed, feeling that she was acting in
a very ridiculous way, but unable to
control herself. “I was just wishing
I had a baby of my own.”

“Oh!” said Mrs. Larson, understandingly,
and then her red and ugly
arms, which her sleeveless waist revealed,
were slipped about Jane, and
the two women mingled their tears exactly
as though no gulf of opportunity
and education yawned between them.

Larson had been pointed out to John
Ormsby as the only man in Rosemount
who was not above doing an errand,
provided he was well paid for it, and
Ormsby had started out in search of
him. He took a short cut to the Larson
cabin, approaching that humble
domicile by way of the rear, and while
he was still within half a block of the
premises he recognized the graceful
curve of Mrs. De Mille’s back through
the open window. With no consciousness
of eavesdropping, he strained his
ears to catch her words as he came
nearer, for invariably he found her gay
stream of nonsense stimulating. But
the look of anticipation changed to one
of profound surprise as the dwindling
distance between him and the cottage
made him spectator of the little scene
enacted in the Larsons’ untidy kitchen.

“By Jove!” he murmured, in his bewilderment.
The disgusted and temporarily
neglected Larson infant, who
was hanging over Jane’s shoulder while
that lady and its mother wept, caught
a glimpse of the man outside, and, perhaps,
recognized in his look of astonishment
a reflex of its own feelings.

“Ah, goo,” it called out, tearfully,
waving one hand feebly but sympathetically.

“By Jove!” muttered Mr. Ormsby
again, and then turned suddenly, and
made his way with surprising but quiet
dispatch down the path up which he
had come. The Larson baby, choosing
to regard his retreat in the light of a
desertion, raised a lusty howl, which
instantly brought Jane and his mother
to their senses.

Ormsby meanwhile had repaired to
the bungalow. From the drawer of the
table which he used for a desk he took
a bundle of closely written sheets and
began to thumb them over, pausing here
and there to read a passage. The more
he read, the more dissatisfied he looked,
and finally he rolled the papers up again
and thrust them contemptuously on the
table. Then he took out his pipe, filled
it and lighted it, and puffed away in
silence for a while. Presently he removed
it and looked once more at the
manuscript lying on the table.

“By Jove!” he ejaculated once more,
and then replaced his pipe and went on
smoking.

Half an hour later Mrs. Moore, the
venerable dame with whom he boarded,
found him still sitting before the table,
staring thoughtfully at the manuscript,
his pipe out. She gave him a telegram
and watched him inquisitively while he
read it. “I have to run up to New York
to-morrow,” he said, without looking
up. “Have an early breakfast, please.”

His landlady, who never spoke unless
it was absolutely necessary, nodded solemnly
and withdrew, and Ormsby took
out some paper and began to write a
note. When he had finished he read
it over and then deliberately tore it up.
Five other notes which he wrote shared
the same fate. Finally he indited a
brief one and addressed it to Mrs. De
Mille. It informed her tersely that he
had been called to town and would not
return for three days. Sealing it, he
went to the door of the bungalow, and,
after whistling vigorously for five minutes,
succeeded in attracting the attention
of a tow-headed youngster, who
was walking leisurely up the dust road.

“Take this up to Willoughby Hall at
once,” ordered Ormsby, sternly, slipping
a coin into the grimy paw.

“Yep,” answered the boy, cheerfully,
and obediently trotted off in the direction
of the architectural monstrosity on
the hill, Ormsby relentlessly following
him with his eyes until he was out
of sight. Alas! A grove of firs intervened
between the bungalow and the
house on the hill, and it was in this
grove that the tow-headed urchin20
dropped responsibility, thrust the note
and coin in his pocket and “skinned” a
tree for a nest. The coin was spent
that very night, but it was not until a
week later that, looking for a grasshopper
he had carefully stowed away in
his pocket, the recreant one came across
Ormsby’s note. The discovery was
timely, for he was in need just then of
a bit of paper to polish his agate bottle,
a new treasure.

CHAPTER IX.

It was raining; not spasmodically,
with a suggestion of lifting skies between
frenzied outbursts, but steadily,
drearily, insistently. Jane, sitting up in
bed, drew the down coverlet cozily
about her bare neck and half-clad arms,
while she despondently looked out
through the window at the dripping
landscape.

“Rain is bad enough in the city,” she
mused, “but it’s simply impossible in the
country. There, at least, you can get
away from it, but here it seems to be
all over.” There was a tap on the door.

“Come,” she called, and a maid entered
with an appetizing breakfast on a
tray. “Good-morning, Blanche,” said
Jane. “Tell me what you do on a rainy
day. You and Johnson won’t be able
to walk out this evening.”

“We sits in the kitchen, miss,” said
the little maid, primly, blushing to the
roots of her mouse-colored hair. “Cook
goes to bed early.”

“Very obliging of cook,” commented
Jane, as she sipped her coffee. “And
that reminds me, Blanche, I want to ask
you a question, and I want you to answer
me truthfully. Are you trifling
with Johnson?”

“Me, miss?” The maid’s face grew
redder than ever, but she tossed her
head. “I’m not triflin’. Mr. Johnson
keeps a-sayin’ as how he’s very fond o’
me, but I tells ’im he’s a city chap and
says the same to all th’ gurls.”

“You’re right, Blanche, all the Johnsons
are a bad lot,” said Jane, pessimistically.
“However”—for the little
maid’s face looked suddenly downcast—“I
believe Johnson is one of the best
of them, and that his intentions are serious.”
The maid beamed. “And I
would feel sorry to have you trifle with
him, because I feel responsible for him
while he’s down here. Avoid the reputation
of being a flirt, Blanche.” Jane
looked pensive. “It’s the hardest in the
world to live down.”

“Yes’m,” said the maid, politely. “Is
there anythink I can do for you?” She
adored Jane, and spent hours trying to
do her hair the way Mrs. De Mille did
hers.

“No, I think not. Have the Willoughbys
had breakfast?”

“Hours ago, miss,” answered
Blanche. Jane smiled. This breakfast
in bed represented one of her most
memorable victories over Aunt Susan,
and imparted a particularly delicious
flavor to her coffee and rolls.

“Well, take the tray; I’ll get up in
an hour or so,” said Jane, deliberately
composing herself for another nap.

She dreamed of the bungalow and of
Ormsby, and, when she finally dressed,
it was with the defeated feeling of one
who has striven hard to put certain
thoughts out of her head, but who finds
that they have taken possession even
of her dreams.

She saw Uncle Jacob and Aunt Susan
for the first time at the luncheon table.
The rain was still falling with what
Jane called disgusting pertinacity.

“Of course you’re not going out a
day like this,” said Mrs. Willoughby,
in the disapproving voice she seemed
to reserve for Jane and her husband.
By “out” she meant the bungalow. Until
Aunt Susan had spoken, Mrs. De
Mille had made up her mind that a visit
to the bungalow on such a day was out
of the question, and that Ormsby would
not expect her. Now, however, she
found herself saying, perversely: “Out!
Of course I’m going out. A woman
who works for a living cannot afford
to mind a little rain. I have an appointment
at the bungalow with Mr. Ormsby,
and I have to keep it.”

Aunt Susan sniffed. “The neighbors
are commenting——”

Jane held up a reproachful finger.21
“No gossip, aunt!” she said, rebukingly.
“Don’t you think that living in the
country has a tendency—just a slight
tendency
—to make people too deeply
interested in their neighbors’ affairs?”
Jane looked excessively virtuous. “I’d
hate, Aunt Susan, to have you degenerate.
But one has to be so careful!”

Mrs. Willoughby deigned no response,
and finished the meal in stony
silence. Uncle Jacob, who found himself
unable to carry on a peaceful conversation
with Jane and his wife both
present, stealthily perused the columns
of a belated city paper he held on his
knee.

Immediately after her luncheon, Jane
went to her room and got together her
rainy-day things. When she sallied
forth presently, she wore a coquettish-looking
cap, a short, mannish coat and
a skirt that was short enough to reveal
not only a pair of the thinnest and most
absurdly small Louis Quinze shoes, but
a good bit of thin silk stocking as well.
Jane, as she tripped along, surveyed
her feet ruefully. “I know he’ll say
something sarcastic about my shoes,”
she mused, “and they are ridiculous for
a day like this, and I’ve no doubt they
do show I haven’t a scrap of common
sense—though I know women who
never wear anything but common-sense
shoes who haven’t any common sense to
boast of. It’s simply a question of
whether you’re athletic or not. Besides,
I can explain to him that I really
did try to wear a pair of Blanche’s, but
they slipped off when they were buttoned
up, and he’ll have to admit that
it’s much better for me to arrive at the
bungalow in my own shoes, even though
they’re more ridiculous, than in my
stocking feet—which would have been
the case had I worn Blanche’s. I’ll
tell——” Jane pulled herself up sharp
with a sudden, angry flush. “I don’t
know,” she said out loud, sharply, “why
you’re always trying to placate him,
Jane De Mille! Where’s your independence
gone to?” Then she fixed her
eyes firmly on the distant horizon and
her thoughts on a new summer gown
and marched independently on.

To find the bungalow locked was like
a blow to her, and when she faced about
to return home she felt suddenly very
cold, very wet, very miserable and very
forlorn. Then she recollected that he
had told her once that there was always
a key under the mat in case she
should come to the bungalow when he
wasn’t there, and, reluctant to return
to the dreariness of the Willoughby
house, she searched for this, and, finding
it, thrust it in the keyhole and
opened the door. There was no fire in
the fireplace, but there was material for
one beside it, and, kneeling down in
front of the cavernous opening, Jane
laboriously constructed one and held
out her hands gratefully to the warmth
when the flames darted forth. She surveyed
the room over her shoulder and
was chilled afresh by its deserted air.
“Can he have gone away without a
word?” she wondered, and paled at the
thought.

“It’s no use denying you’re in a very
bad way about this Ormsby, Jane De
Mille,” she reflected, pensively surveying
the dancing flames. “You’re rapidly
losing all your independence, and,
what’s worse, your self-respect. And
you haven’t the remotest reason for believing
that he cares a scrap for you.”

She rose presently, and, moving his
chair over to the fireplace, sat down in
it and held out first one and then the
other little high-heeled boot to dry. “If
he loved me,” she observed to herself,
“I really wouldn’t mind wearing thick
soles and low heels.”

Her shoes dry, she began to move
restlessly about the room. Now, it is
a curious fact that Jane had never expressed
and never felt any curiosity
about the book Ormsby was writing,
though she knew that she was furnishing
the material for the heroine. In
spite of herself, almost unconsciously,
indeed, at first, she had become so absorbed
in the writer that the book
became of secondary importance. Today,
however, his absence made everything
that was intimately associated
with him of interest to her, since they
served, in a way, as a substitute for
him. She picked up his pipe and held
it caressingly against her cheek, and22
then, with a guilty start, set it down
again. She dropped her head on an
open book he had evidently been reading,
and her eyes were dewy when she
raised it. She came upon, finally, the
bundle of papers he had tossed contemptuously
on the table the night before,
and recognized it as the manuscript
upon which he had been working.
She regarded it thoughtfully for a while
and then her face brightened.

“Why, how stupid of me!” she exclaimed,
aloud, and, going back to his
chair, she seated herself in it once more
and smoothed out the sheets.

“He can’t possibly object to my reading
it,” she reasoned, “since I’m in it,
and it’s soon to be public property.”
She stared at the title. “‘A Woman,’”
she read aloud—“that’s me, I suppose.
Why”—with an odd, breathless little
laugh—“it will be exactly like seeing
for the first time a portrait done of
yourself by some great painter—one of
those artists who pay more attention to
the soul than to the hair or the mouth
or the eyes. I’ll see myself as somebody
else sees me. It’s—it’s going to
be terribly exciting.”

Yet, in spite of the curiosity she professed,
Jane did not begin at once to
read. Instead, she dropped the manuscript
in her lap and stared for a while
into the fire, her chin propped on her
hand. Her thoughts ran on something
like this: “You’ve never had such an
awfully good time, Jane De Mille,
though you’ve put up what Billie would
call a pretty stiff bluff. You’ve never
had anybody to really and truly care for
you, unless it be Uncle Jacob, though
plenty of people have admired you for
what good looks you have or because
you didn’t bore them. But if you should
discover that somebody loved you for
yourself alone, thought you a little better,
perhaps, than you really are, you
know—why, it’s just possible——” A
catch in her breath put a stop to her
reflections, and she unrolled the manuscript
and began to read.

The fire was dying down, but, tenacious
of life as some very old man who
has prolonged his years through will
power alone, it shot forth unexpected
flames at infrequent intervals. These
lighted up Jane’s face, and such changes
did they reveal with each succeeding
appearance that they might have been
the withering years. The patter of the
rain on the roof, the rustle of the sheets
as they fell from her hand and fluttered
to the floor, the occasional sputter of
the fire—these for the next two hours
were the only sounds heard in the bungalow.
When the last page joined the
others that lay scattered about in disorder
on the floor, Mrs. De Mille stared
for a few seconds straight ahead of her,
and then, with a quivering sigh, buried
her head on the arm of the chair and
began to cry.

* * * * *

It lacked half an hour of dinner time,
and Jacob Willoughby sat alone in the
stuffy library. The owner of Willoughby
Hall was not what could be called
sentimental, but in the twilight hour,
and especially when the weather necessitated
an open fire, he was apt, if Susan
Willoughby was in a remote part of the
house, to let his thoughts stray back to
a time when she was not, so far as
Jacob Willoughby was concerned, and
when a slim young creature, addicted
to pink and blue muslins, but with
neither family nor prospects, was the
sun of his days, the moon and stars of
his nights. He had been sensible and
never regretted it—that is, hardly ever.
To-night, however, the dancing flames
that glorified the dull room reminded
him of the grace of his boyhood’s love,
and the dreary splash, splash, of the
rain outside, of the gray monotony of
the years that lay behind him and of
those other dull and purposeless years
that stretched out before him.

And when presently a pale Jane broke
in upon this reverie, Jacob was forced
to brush his hands across his eyes twice
to make sure it was Jane and not the
slim young creature to whom he had
brought the early crocuses in the springtime
of his youth. Neither knew exactly
how it happened, but Jane found
herself sobbing out her story on Uncle
Jacob’s broad bosom, and feeling
strangely comforted by the tender pressure
of his pudgy hand upon her shoulder.23
When she cried out that she could
not stand it to have that hateful book
come out, and to listen to the comments
upon it, it was Uncle Jacob who
suggested that a trip abroad might accomplish
wonders in the way of making
her forget both the man and the book.
Not that he believed it—he lied gallantly
there—but he had his reward in
seeing the face he loved brighten somewhat.

And when Jane stole away with a
check in her hand, leaving him to explain
to Aunt Susan her absence from
dinner and her early departure in the
morning, in spite of the ordeal that
lay before him, there was a warm glow
underneath the white vest, a glow which
even the approaching grenadier-like
tread of Aunt Susan could not dispel.

CHAPTER X.

It was the last Tuesday in November,
and Mrs. Hardenburgh was giving
the first of her usual series of at-homes.
An inveterate lion hunter was
this clever woman of sixty-odd summers,
whose hair was as thick and
golden as a débutante’s, and whose complexion
as pink and white. This afternoon
she was in a particularly complacent
mood, for she had arranged a
piquant double attraction for her guests.
When, however, by six o’clock, both attractions
had failed to materialize, the
faintest suggestion of a frown appeared
on her remarkably smooth brow.
Five minutes later the appearance of a
newcomer had dispelled it, and the
hostess was her humorous, smiling self.

The newcomer was Jane—Jane in a
gown every line of which spoke Paris,
in a dream of a hat that sat on her
proud little head like a coronet; Jane,
in short, in a perfect get-up and in
radiant health and spirits. Personally,
we’d prefer to set it down that she
looked pale, distrait; that “concealment,
like a worm i’ the bud,” etc.; but it
would not be true. Whatever the suffering
within—and there was a rather
deep, intent look about the eyes—Mrs.
De Mille presented an unconquered,
nay, a self-satisfied, front to this little
New York world, and was looking her
very best.

As she made her way slowly down
the long room to where her hostess
stood, it occurred to her that she was
causing something of a sensation. At
first she modestly ascribed it to the fact
that she had been away for six months,
and that this was her first public appearance
since her return. It dawned
upon her presently, however, that the
rooms were filled with strangers, principally,
and as the interest deepened
rather than lessened with her slow advance,
she was forced to acknowledge
to herself that something beside her
lengthened absence was responsible for
the attention she was receiving. The
more puzzled she grew, the more confidently
she carried herself, and when
a very young bud in a very high treble
agitatedly remarked to a blasé youth:
“She’s not a bit disappointing, is she?”
it expressed in words the verdict of the
rooms.

After greeting Mrs. Hardenburgh,
the first familiar face Jane encountered
was Mr. Scott’s.

“So you’ve gone and gotten yourself
engaged, faithless one?” she observed,
reproachfully, after they had
shaken hands.

“Oh, I say, Jane——” he began, in
exactly the same tone with which he
was wont, in the past, to preface one of
his numerous proposals.

Jane regarded him with mock horror.
“Billie, Billie, don’t tell me you
are going to propose!” she exclaimed,
disapprovingly. “One rather expects
proposals from the married men nowadays,
but from newly engaged ones,
fie! fie!”

Mr. Scott colored high. “You can’t
think how the sight of you makes my
heart beat,” he said, agitatedly.

“Nonsense!” retorted Jane, snubbingly.
“Point out your girl instantly.”

Pulling himself together with a palpable
effort, Mr. Scott indicated a
sparkling brunette, one of a group of
débutantes who were watching Jane
with intense interest.

24
“Why, she’s adorable!” exclaimed
Mrs. De Mille. “Present me.” And
Mr. Scott, looking suddenly very proud,
offered his arm.

“I’ve read the book,” murmured the
little brunette, ecstatically, after Jane
had offered her felicitations. “It must
be beautiful to be written about like
that.”

Mrs. De Mille stared and then grew
pale. “The book!” she echoed. “I—I
don’t know what you mean!”

“Why, I thought——” began Mr.
Scott’s pretty fiancée, looking as though
she regretted her own impulsiveness.
But before she had a chance to explain,
a tall and extremely well-dressed young
matron bore down upon Jane and triumphantly
carried her off.

“How well you’re looking, Betty,”
observed Jane, surveying her friend
rather wistfully, when they were seated
in a quiet corner.

“That’s because I’m so happy,” answered
that lady, promptly. “Maurice
is such a dear! And now, Jane, tell
me, when is the engagement to be announced?”

Mrs. De Mille opened her eyes very
wide. “Engagement!” she cried. “I
don’t know what you’re talking about.
Whose engagement?”

“Why, yours and Mr. Ormsby’s,” retorted
her friend. “Every line of the
book shows he’s desperately in love with
you. Did you refuse him?”

Jane clutched Mrs. McClurg’s hand.
“Is that awful book out, and does everybody
think it’s me?” she demanded, in
a voice that trembled in spite of her effort
to control it.

Mrs. McClurg looked at her in astonishment.
“Awful book!” she exclaimed.
“I don’t know what you’re
talking about. Mr. Ormsby’s novel is
the success of the year, and the heroine
is an extremely flattering picture of you.
All your friends have recognized it, and
they all agree with me.”

Jane rose. “If my friends think I’m
the heartless and idiotic creature that
book pictures, then I have no friends,”
she said, coldly. “Good-by, Betty.”
She turned to go, but Mrs. McClurg
caught her hand.

“I don’t believe you’ve read the book,
Jane de Mille,” she said. “The heroine
is not heartless. She’s a perfectly
adorable creature, and everybody—all
the women envy you.”

“I haven’t seen the book,” admitted
Jane, “but I read the manuscript, and
my recollection is that the author placed
me a good deal lower than the angels, to
state it mildly. I never want to see
it.”

“I can’t understand; there must be
some mistake!” exclaimed Mrs. McClurg.
“Just wait here a minute.” She
glided out from behind the screen of
palms, and, after a brief absence, came
back to the nook with a small, quietly
bound little book in her hand. “Read
that!” she commanded, triumphantly,
opening it and pointing to the title-page.

Reluctantly Jane raised her eyes and
took in the brief contents. “The
Woman, by John Ormsby,” she read,
and then, underneath, a single line, “To
her who inspired it,” and underneath
that again this fragment of verse:

Lean penury within that pen doth dwell

That to his subject lends not some small glory;

But he that writes of you, if he can tell

That you are you, so dignifies his story;

Let him but copy what in you is writ,

Not making worse what nature made so clear,

And such a counterpart shall fame his wit,

Making his style admired everywhere.

“Betty.” Jane lifted her head and
looked at her friend with sudden inspiration.

“Well,” retorted Mrs. McClurg, not
too enthusiastically, for it had just occurred
to her that Mrs. De Mille had
concealed a great deal.

“I want to sneak, and I want to take
this book with me,” explained the latter,
shamelessly. “I don’t believe I have
read it. Can you—will you cover my
retreat?”

Mrs. McClurg looked only half appeased
and dubious. “Mr. Ormsby is
coming here this afternoon,” she said,
severely. “I happen to know that Mrs.
Hardenburgh has been rejoicing at the
thought that you were to meet here in
her drawing room.”

“Neat little arrangement,” observed25
Jane, ironically. Then she became suddenly
frightened. “I must go at once,”
she said. “Oh, Betty, don’t you see
that I can’t see him here? Help me,
there’s a good girl, and come to me to-morrow—I
have the same apartment,
you know—and I’ll tell you everything.”

And Mrs. McClurg, who was by no
means hard-hearted, relented. When
the big doors finally closed upon Jane,
she gave a sigh of relief, but it ended
with a gasp, for she found herself face
to face with John Ormsby, who, immaculately
attired, was ascending the
brownstone steps.

“How d’ye do?” said Mrs. De Mille,
airily, extending her hand and hoping
fervently at the same time that the book
which she had tucked away underneath
her arm was invisible.

He took her hand, but did not respond
to her salutation, only gazed hungrily
into her face.

“Where in the world have you been
hiding yourself?” he demanded, finally,
when Jane, with an effort, had removed
her hand.

“Sounds as though I were a criminal,”
commented Jane. “Did you miss
any spoons at the bungalow?”

He did not answer, only continued to
stare at her, and so she went on, nervously:
“I’ve been in Paris chiefly.
Some people don’t like Paris in the
summer time, but I adore it. But you’re
Mrs. Hardenburgh’s lion. I mustn’t detain
you. Au revoir!” She started
down the steps, but he followed her determinedly.
“If you think I’m going to
lose sight of you after my long search,
you’re mistaken,” he said, quietly.

“Mrs. Hardenburgh will be furious,
and you will be very impolite, if you
don’t go in at once,” said Jane, tucking
the little book further out of sight.

“I loathe those things,” he answered,
disrespectfully. “I only consented to
come because I was told you might be
there. But if Paradise was just inside,
and——”

“Hades,” interrupted Jane, demurely.

“And you were outside, nothing
would induce me to go in.”

“The inference is so odious I refuse
to be flattered,” she said, “but you
never were good at making pretty
speeches. If you’re coming with me”—briskly—“you’ll
have to walk. I’m
economizing. Uncle Jacob is giving
me an allowance, and I’m living on it.”

“But you’re rich, or almost rich, in
your own right,” said Mr. Ormsby, as
they walked along. “The book promises
to be preposterously successful, and
half the royalties are yours, you know.”

Jane grew suddenly frigid. “I beg
that you will not refer to that wretched
affair,” she said, haughtily. “I have
not read your book, and I am not interested
in it.”

Mr. Ormsby’s face became very
downcast. “I was in hopes that you had
read it, and that it would explain——”

“There is really nothing to explain,”
interrupted Jane. “I acted on a reckless
impulse, and was bored for my
pains. I have no wish to read your
book, though”—civilly—“I’m glad for
your sake it promises to be a success.”

Mrs. De Mille’s fall followed fast on
the heels of her little exhibition of pride.
A boy hurrying by with a bundle jostled
her arm, and the book she had been endeavoring
to conceal fell to the pavement.
In stooping to recover it, Mr.
Ormsby recognized it, but he returned
it to her without comment, and Jane
perversely chose to feel affronted at
his silence.

“I met a friend at Mrs. Hardenburgh’s
who was quite enthusiastic
about the book, and to please her I consented
to take it home to read,” she exclaimed,
coldly.

“I would not bother myself about it,
if I were you; it’s a poor thing,” he returned,
just as coldly. They walked
for a square in silence, a silence that,
strange to relate, was not broken first
by Jane but by her companion.

“I have an explanation to make, and,
in spite of the risk I run of further offending
you, I must make it,” he said,
distantly. “When I wrote that first
absurd sketch I did not understand you.
I thought that you were as frivolous
and as heartless as you appeared on the
surface.”

“Indeed!” commented Jane, tilting
her chin scornfully.

26
“And then something happened——”
he paused.

“What was it?” she asked, eagerly,
and bit her lip in vexation at herself for
displaying curiosity.

“I’m not going to tell you that,” he
responded, coolly, “but it helped me to
an understanding of you. And then I
was called to New York, and I found
when I got back that you had been at
the bungalow—you left your handkerchief
there, you know—and that you
had read the sketch, for the papers were
scattered about the floor, and I realized
that——” he hesitated.

“You realized what?” said Jane, defiantly.

“That I loved you,” he concluded,
quietly.

The acknowledgment was so unexpected
that it disconcerted Mrs. De
Mille, and she had nothing to say.

“I suppose that bores you, too?” he
said, half ironically.

“This is where I live,” was her only
response. They had reached the entrance
to a smart uptown apartment
house, and Jane paused. Her tone was
not exactly a dismissal one, and, as she
faced him, Ormsby stared at her anxiously.

“Is there—can there be any hope for
me——” he began.

“While there’s life there’s hope, you
know,” retorted Jane, frivolously. “But
I was just about to suggest that if
you’re quite certain you don’t want to
go back to Mrs. Hardenburgh’s, I’ll
give you a cup of tea.”

Her tone was noncommittal, but as
she led the way to the elevator, she
looked back at him over her shoulder
and laughed softly, and a great joy
transfigured John Ormsby’s face.


TO A ROADSIDE CEDAR

’TIS not for thee in ancient walks to throw

Thy pointed shadows o’er the sculptured stone,

Where marble fixes some immortal moan

Of art; nor, gathering gloom where waters flow

Past groves Lethean, crypts of human woe,

To lift thy cheering spires. Thy lot is strown

In newer, happier climes and lands unknown

To classic realms of storied pomps and show.
For thou, dear gnomon of the passing hour,

Green sentinel of sunny lanes and fields,

Whose sturdy watch defies harsh winter’s knell,

Art guardian of the humblest homes, where dwell

The simple folk, the yeomanry that wields

In peopled might all that men crave of power!
Harvey Maitland Watts.

27

The Deluge
A STORY of MODERN FINANCE
By
DAVID GRAHAM PHILLIPS

The Deluge: A Story of Modern Finance, by David Graham Phillips

XXIII.

N

NEXT day Langdon’s
stocks wavered, going
up a little, going down
a little, closing at practically
the same figures
at which they had
opened. Then I sprang
my sensation—that
Langdon and his particular clique,
though they controlled the Textile
Trust, did not own so much as one-fiftieth
of its voting stock. True “captains
of industry” that they were, they
made their profits not out of dividends,
but out of side schemes which absorbed
about two-thirds of the earnings of the
Trust, and out of gambling in its bonds
and stocks. I said in conclusion:

The largest owner of the stock is Walter
G. Edmunds, of Chicago—an honest man.
Send your voting proxies to him, and he
can take the Textile Company away from
those now plundering it.

As the annual election of the Trust
was only six weeks away, Langdon and
his clique were in a panic. They rushed
into the market and bought frantically,
the public bidding against them. Langdon
himself went to Chicago to reason
with Edmunds—that is, to try to
find out at what figure he could be
bought. And so on, day after day, I
faithfully reporting to the public the
main occurrences behind the scenes.
The Langdon attempt to regain control
by purchases of stock failed. He and
his allies made what must have been to
them appalling sacrifices. But even at
the high prices they offered, comparatively
little of the stock appeared.

“I’ve caught them,” said I to Joe—the
first time, and the last, during that
campaign that I indulged in a boast.

“If Edmunds sticks to you,” replied
Joe.

But Edmunds did not. I do not
know at what price he sold himself.
Probably it was pitifully small; cupidity
usually snatches the instant the bait
tickles its nose. But I do know that my
faith in human nature got its severest
shock. “You are down this morning,”
said Thornley, when I looked in on him
at his bank. “I don’t think I ever before
saw you show that you were in
low spirits.”

“I’ve found out a man with whom I’d
have trusted my life,” said I. “Sometimes
I think all men are dishonest.
I’ve tried to be an optimist like you,
and have told myself that most men
must be honest or ninety-five per cent.
of the business couldn’t be done on
credit as it is.”

Thornley smiled, like an old man at
the enthusiasm of a youngster. “That
proves nothing as to honesty,” said he.
“It simply shows that men can be
counted on to do what it is to their
plain interest to do. The truth is—and
a fine truth, too—most men wish and try
to be honest. Give ’em a chance to resist
their own weaknesses. Don’t trust
them. Trust—that’s the making of false
friends and the filling of jails.”

“And palaces,” I added.

“And palaces,” assented he. “Every
vast fortune is a monument to the credulity
of men. Instead of getting after
these heavy-laden rascals, Matthew,
you’d better have turned your attention
to the public that has made rascals of
them by leaving its property unguarded.”

28
Fortunately, Edmunds had held out,
or, rather, Langdon had delayed approaching
him, long enough for me to
gain my main point. The uproar over
the Textile Trust had become so great
that the national Department of Commerce
dared not refuse an investigation;
and I straightway began to spread
out in my daily letters the facts of the
Trust’s enormous earnings and of the
shameful sources of those earnings.
Thanks to Langdon’s political pull, the
President appointed as investigator one
of those rascals who carefully build
themselves good reputations to enable
them to charge higher prices for dirty
work. But with my facts before the
people, whitewash was impossible.

I was expecting emissaries from
Langdon, for I knew he must now be
actually in straits. Even the Universal
Life didn’t dare lend him money, and
was trying to call in the millions it had
loaned him. But I was astounded when
my private door opened and Mrs. Langdon
ushered herself in.

“Don’t blame your boy, Mr. Blacklock,”
cried she, gayly, exasperatingly
confident that I was as delighted with
her as she was with herself. “I told him
you were expecting me and didn’t give
him a chance to stop me.”

I assumed she had come to give me
wholly undeserved thanks for revenging
her upon her recreant husband. I
tried to look civil and courteous, but I
felt that my face was darkening—her
very presence forced forward things I
had been keeping in the far background
of my mind. “How can I be of service
to you, madam?” said I.

“I bring you good news,” she replied—and
I noted that she no longer looked
haggard and wretched, that her beauty
was once more smiling with a certain
girlishness, like a young widow’s when
she finds her consolation. “Mowbray
and I have made it up,” she explained.

I simply listened, probably looking
as grim as I felt.

“I knew you would be interested,”
she went on. “Indeed, it means almost
as much to you as to me. It brings
peace to two families.”

Still I did not relax.

“And so,” she continued, a little uneasy,
“I came to you immediately.”

I continued to listen as if I were
waiting for her to finish and depart.

“If you want, I’ll go to Anita.” Natural
feminine tact would have saved her
from this rawness; but, convinced that
she was a “great lady” by the flattery
of servants and shopkeepers and sensational
newspapers and social climbers,
she had long since discarded tact as
worthy only of the lowly and of the aspiring
before they “arrive.”

“You are too kind,” said I. “Mrs.
Blacklock and I feel competent to take
care of our own affairs.”

“Please, Mr. Blacklock,” she said,
realizing that she had blundered, “don’t
take my directness the wrong way. Life
is too short for pose and pretense about
the few things that really matter. Why
shouldn’t we be frank with each other?”

“I trust you will excuse me,” said I,
moving toward the door—I had not
seated myself when she did. “I think
I have made it clear that we have nothing
to discuss.”

“You have the reputation of being
generous and too big for hatred. That
is why I have come to you,” said she,
her expression confirming my suspicion
of the real and only reason for her
visit. “Mowbray and I are completely
reconciled—completely, you understand.
And I want you to be generous, and
not keep on with this attack. I am involved
even more than he. He has used
up his fortune in defending mine. Now
you are simply trying to ruin me—not
him, but me. The President is a friend
of Mowbray’s, and he’ll call off this
horrid investigation, and everything’ll
be all right, if you’ll only stop.”

“Who sent you here?” I asked.

“I came of my own accord,” she protested.
Then, realizing from the sound
of her voice that she could not have
convinced me with a tone so unconvincing,
she hedged with: “It was my
own suggestion, really it was.”

“And your husband permitted you to
come to me?”

She flushed.

“And you have accepted his overtures29
when you knew he made them only
because he needed your money?”

She hung her head. “I love him,”
she said, simply. Then she looked
straight at me, and I somehow liked her
expression. “A woman has no false
pride when love is at stake,” she said.
“We leave that to you men.”

“Love!” I retorted, rather satirically,
I imagine. “How much had your own
imperiled fortune to do with your being
so forgiving?”

“Something,” she admitted. “You
must remember I have children. I must
think of their future. I don’t want
them to be poor. I want them to have
the station they were born to.” She
went to one of the windows overlooking
the street. “Look here!” she said.

I stood beside her. The window was
not far above the street level. Just below
us was a handsome victoria, coachman,
harness, horses, all most proper,
a footman rigid at the step. A crowd
had gathered round—in those stirring
days when I was the chief subject of
conversation wherever men were interested
in money—and where are they
not?—there was almost always a
crowd before my offices. In the carriage
sat two children, a boy and a girl,
hardly more than babies. They were
gorgeously overdressed, after the vulgar
fashion of aristocrats and apers
of aristocracy. They sat stiffly, like
little scions of royalty, with that expression
of complacent superiority
which one so often sees on the faces
of the little children of the very
rich—and some not so little, too. The
thronging loungers were gaping in true
New York “lower class” awe; the
children were literally swelling with delighted
vanity. If they had been pampered
pet dogs, one would have laughed.
As they were human beings, it filled me
with sadness and pity.

“For their sake, Mr. Blacklock,” she
pleaded, her mother love wholly hiding
from her the features of the spectacle
that most impressed me.

“Your husband has deceived you
about your fortune, Mrs. Langdon,” I
said, gently. “You can tell him what I
am about to say, or not, as you please.
But my advice is that you keep it to
yourself. Even if the present situation
develops, as seems probable, develops as
Mr. Langdon fears, you will not be left
without a fortune—a very large fortune,
most people would think. But Mr.
Langdon will have little or nothing—indeed,
I think he is practically dependent
on you now.”

“What I have is his,” she said.

“That is generous,” replied I, “but is
it prudent? You wish to keep him—securely.
Don’t tempt him by a generosity
he would only abuse.”

She thought it over. “The idea of
holding a man in that way is repellent
to me,” said she, obviously posing for
my benefit.

“If the man happens to be one that
can be held in no other way,” said I,
moving significantly toward the door,
“one must overcome one’s repugnance—or
be despoiled and abandoned.”

“Thank you,” she said, giving me her
hand. “Thank you—more than I can
say.” She had forgotten entirely that
she came to plead for her husband.
“And I hope that you will soon be as
happy as I am.”

I bowed, and when there was the
closed door between us, I laughed, not
at all pleasantly. “This New York!” I
said aloud. “This New York that dabbles
its slime of sordidness and snobbishness
on every flower in the garden
of human nature.” I took from my inside
pocket the picture of Anita I always
carried. “Are you like that?” I
demanded of it. And it seemed to answer:
“Yes, I am.” Did I tear the
picture up? No. I kissed it as if it
were the magnetic reality. “I don’t
care what you are,” I cried. “I want
you! I want you!”

“Fool!” you are saying. Precisely
what I called myself. And you? Is
it the one you ought to love that you
give your heart to? Is it the one that
understands you and sympathizes with
you? Or is it the one whose presence
gives you visions of paradise and whose
absence blots out the light?

I loved her. Yet I would have torn
out my life before I would have taken30
her on any terms that did not make her
wholly mine.

XXIV.

Now that Updegraff is dead, I am
free to tell of our relations.

My acquaintance with him was more
casual than with any other of “The
Seven.” From the outset of my career
I made it a rule never to deal with understrappers,
always to get in touch
with the man who had the final say.
Thus, as the years went by, I grew into
intimacy with the great men of finance
where many with better natural facilities
for knowing them remained in an
outer circle. But with Updegraff, interested
only in enterprises west of the
Mississippi and keeping Denver as his
legal residence and exploiting himself
as a Western man who hated Wall
Street, I had a mere bowing acquaintance.
This was not important, however,
as each knew the other well by reputation.
Our common intimacies made us
intimates for all practical purposes.

Our connection was established soon
after the development of my campaign
against the Textile Trust had shown
that I was after a big bag of the biggest
game. We happened to have the same
secret broker; and I suppose it was in
his crafty brain that the idea of bringing
us together was born. Be that as
it may, he by gradual stages intimated
to me that Updegraff would convey me
secrets of “The Seven” in exchange for
a guarantee that I would not attack his
interests. I do not know what his motive
in this treachery was—probably a
desire to curb the power of his associates
in industrial despotism. Each of
“The Seven” hated and feared and suspected
the other six with far more than
the ordinary and proverbial rich man’s
jealous dislike of other rich men. There
was not one of them that did not bear
the ever-smarting scars of vicious
wounds, front and back, received from
his fellows; there was not one that did
not cherish the hope of overthrowing
the rule of Seven and establishing the
rule of One. At any rate, I accepted
Updegraff’s proposition; thenceforth,
though he stopped speaking to me when
we happened to meet, as did all the
other big bandits and most of their
parasites and procurers, he kept me
informed of every act “The Seven”
resolved upon.

Thus I knew all about their “gentlemen’s
agreement” to support the stock
market, and that they had made Tavistock
their agent for resisting any and
all attempts to lower prices, and had
given him practically unlimited funds
to draw upon as he needed. I had
Tavistock sounded on every side, but
found no weak spot. There was no rascality
he would not perpetrate for whoever
employed him; but to his employer
he was as loyal as a woman to a bad
man. And for a time it looked as if
“The Seven” had checkmated me.
Those outsiders who had invested heavily
in the great enterprises through
which “The Seven” ruled were disposing
of their holdings—cautiously,
through fear of breaking the market.
Money would pile up in the banks—money
paid out by “The Seven” for
their bonds and stocks, of which the
people had become deeply suspicious.
Then these deposits would be withdrawn—and
I knew they were going
into real estate investments, because
news of a boom in real estate and in
building was coming in from everywhere.
But prices on the Stock Exchange
continued to advance.

“They are too strong for you,” said
Joe. “They will hold the market up
until the public loses faith in you. Then
they will sell out at boom prices, as the
people rush in to buy.”

I might have wavered had I not been
seeing Tavistock every day. He continued
to wear his devil-may-care air;
but I observed that he was aging swiftly—and
I knew what that meant.
Fighting all day to prevent breaks in the
crucial stocks; planning most of the
night how to prevent breaks the next
day; watching the reserve resources of
“The Seven” melt away. Those reserves
were vast; also, “The Seven”
controlled the United States Treasury,
and were using its resources as their
own; they were buying securities that31
would be almost worthless if they lost,
but if they won, would be rebought by
the public at the old swindling prices,
when “confidence” was restored. But
there was I, cannonading away from an
impregnable position; as fast as they
repaired breaches in their walls, my big
guns of publicity tore new breaches.
No wonder Tavistock had thinner hair
and wrinkles and the drawn look about
the eyes, nose and mouth.

With the battle thus raging doubtfully
all along the line, on the one side
“The Seven” and their armies of money
and mercenaries and impressed slaves,
on the other side the public, I in command,
you will say that my yearning for
distraction must have been gratified.
If the road from his cell were long
enough, the condemned man would be
fretting less about the gallows than
about the tight shoe that was making
him limp and wince at every step. Besides,
in human affairs it is the personal,
always the personal. I soon got used
to the crowds, to the big headlines in
the newspapers, to the routine of cannonade
and reply. But the old thorn,
pressing persistently—I could not get
used to that. In the midst of the adulation,
of the blares upon the trumpets
of fame that saluted my waking and
were wafted to me as I fell asleep at
night—in the midst of all the turmoil, I
was often in a great and brooding silence,
longing for her, now with the
imperious energy of passion, and now
with the sad ache of love. What was
she doing? What was she thinking?
Now that Langdon had again played
her false for the old price, with what
eyes was she looking into the future?

Alva, settled in a West Side apartment
not far from the ancestral white
elephant, telephoned, asking me to come.
I went, because she could and would
give me news of Anita. But as I entered
her little drawing room, I said:
“It was curiosity that brought me. I
wished to see how you were installed.”

“Isn’t it nice and small?” cried she.
“Billy and I haven’t the slightest difficulty
in finding each other—as people
so often have in the big houses.” And
it was Billy this and Billy that, and what
Billy said and thought and felt—and
before they were married, she had called
him William, and had declared “Billy”
to be the most offensive combination of
letters that ever fell from human lips.

“I needn’t ask if you are happy,” said
I, presently, with a dismal failure at
looking cheerful. “I can’t stay but a
moment,” I added, and if I had obeyed
my feelings, I’d have risen up and taken
myself and my pain away from surroundings
as hateful to me as a summer
sunrise in a death chamber.

“Oh!” she exclaimed, in some confusion.
“Then excuse me.” And she
hastened from the room.

I thought she had gone to order,
or perhaps to bring, the tea. The long
minutes dragged away until ten had
passed. Hearing a rustling in the hall,
I rose, intending to take leave the instant
she appeared. The rustling
stopped just outside. I waited a few
seconds, cried, “Well, I’m off. Next
time I want to be alone, I’ll know where
to come,” and advanced to the door. It
was not Alva hesitating there; it was
Anita.

“I beg your pardon,” said I, coldly.

If there had been room to pass I
should have gone. What devil possessed
me? Certainly in all our relations
I had found her direct and frank;
if anything, too frank. Doubtless it
was the influence of my associations
downtown, where for so many months I
had been dealing with the “short-card”
crowd of high finance, who would not
play the game straight even where that
was the easy way to win. My long,
steady stretch in that stealthy and sinuous
company had put me in the state
of mind in which it is impossible to
credit any human being with a motive
that is decent or an action that is not
a dead-fall. Thus the obvious change
in her made no impression on me. Her
haughtiness, her coldness, were gone,
and with them had gone all that had
been least like her natural self, most
like the repellent conventional pattern
to which her mother and her associates
had molded her. But I was saying to
myself: “A trap! Langdon has gone
back to his wife. She turns to me.32
And I loved her and hated her. “Never,”
thought I, “has she shown so poor
an opinion of me as now.”

“My uncle told me day before yesterday
that it was not he, but you,” she
said, lifting her eyes to mine. It is inconceivable
to me now that I could have
misread their honest story; yet I did.

“I had no idea your uncle’s notion of
honor was also eccentric,” said I, with
a satirical smile that made the blood
rush to her face.

“That is unjust to him,” she replied,
earnestly. “He says he made you no
promise of secrecy. And he confessed
to me only because he wished to convince
me that he had good reason for
his high opinion of you.”

“Really!” said I, ironically. “And no
doubt he found you open wide to conviction—now.”
This a subtlety to let
her know that I understood why she
was seeking me.

“No,” she answered, lowering her
eyes. “I knew—better than he.”

For an instant this, spoken in a voice
I had long given up hope of ever hearing
from her, staggered my cynical
conviction. Then I said, mockingly:
“Doubtless your opinion of me has been
improving steadily ever since you heard
that Mrs. Langdon has recovered her
husband.”

She winced as if I had struck her.
“Oh!” she murmured. If she had been
the ordinary woman, who in every crisis
with man instinctively resorts to weakness’
strongest weakness, tears, I might
have a very different story to tell. But
she fought back the tears in which her
eyes were swimming and gathered herself
together. “That is brutal,” she said,
with not a touch of haughtiness, but not
humbly, either. “But I deserve it.”

“There was a time,” I went on, swept
in a swift current of cold rage—“there
was a time when I would have taken
you on almost any terms. A man never
makes a complete fool of himself about
a woman but once in his life, they say.
I have done my time—and it is over.”

She sighed wearily. “Langdon came
to see me soon after I left your house
and went to my uncle,” she said. “I
will tell you what happened.”

“I do not wish to hear,” replied I.
“I have been waiting impatiently ever
since you left for news of your plans.”

She grew white, and my heart smote
me. She came into the room and seated
herself. “Won’t you stop, please, for a
moment longer?” she said. “I hope
that, at least, we can part without bitterness.
I understand now that everything
is over between us. A woman’s vanity
makes her belief that a man cares for
her die hard. I am convinced now—I
assure you I am. I shall trouble you
no more about the past. But I have the
right to ask you to hear me when I say
that Langdon came, and that I myself
sent him away; sent him back to his
wife.”

“Touching self-sacrifice,” said I,
ironically.

“No,” she replied. “I cannot claim
any credit. I sent him away only because
you and Alva had taught me how
to judge him better. I do not despise
him as do you; I know too well what
has made him what he is. But I had to
send him away.”

My comment was an incredulous look
and shrug. “I must be going,” I said.

“You do not believe me?” she asked.

“In my place, would you believe?”
replied I. “You say I have taught you.
Well, you have taught me, too—for instance,
that your years and years on
your knees in the musty temple of conventionality
before false gods have
made you—fit only for the Langdon
sort of thing. You have forgotten how
to stand erect, and your eyes cannot
bear the light.”

“I am sorry,” she said, slowly, hesitatingly,
“that your faith in me has died
just when I might, perhaps, have justified
it. Ours has been a pitiful series
of misunderstandings.”

“A trap! A trap!” I was warning
myself. “You’ve been a fool long
enough, Blacklock.” And aloud I said:
“Well, Anita, the series is ended now.
There’s no longer any occasion for our
lying or posing to each other. Any
arrangements your uncle’s lawyers
suggest will be made.”

I was bowing, to leave without shaking
hands with her. But she would not33
have it so. “Let us be friends, at least,”
she said, stretching out her long, slender
arm and offering me her hand.

What a devil possessed me that day!
With every atom of me longing for her,
I yet was able to take her hand and say,
with a smile that was, I doubt not, as
mocking as my tone: “By all means, let
us be friends. And I trust you will not
think me discourteous if I say that I
shall feel safer in our friendship when
we are both on neutral ground.”

As I was turning away, her look, my
own heart, made me turn again. I
caught her by the shoulders. I gazed
into her eyes. “If I could only trust
you, could only believe you!” I cried.

“You cared for me when I wasn’t
worth it,” she said. “Now that I am
more like what you once imagined me,
you do not care.”

Up between us rose Langdon’s face—cynical,
mocking, contemptuous. “Your
heart is his! You told me so! Don’t
lie to me!” I exclaimed. And before
she could reply I was gone.

Out from under the spell of her presence,
back among the tricksters and assassins,
the traps and ambushes of Wall
Street, I believed again; believed firmly
the promptings of the devil that possessed
me. “She would have given you
a brief fool’s paradise,” said that devil.
“Then what a hideous awakening!”
And I cursed the day when New York’s
insidious snobbishness had tempted my
vanity into starting me on that degrading
chase after “respectability.”

“If she does not move to free herself
soon,” said I, to myself, “I will put my
own lawyer to work. My right eye offends
me. I will pluck it out.”

XXV.

“The Seven” made their fatal move
on treacherous Updegraff’s treacherous
advice, I suspect. But they would not
have adopted his suggestion had it not
been so exactly congenial to their own
temper of arrogance and tyranny and
contempt for the people who meekly,
year after year, presented themselves
for the shearing with fatuous bleats of
enthusiasm.

“The Seven,” of course, controlled,
directly or indirectly, all but a few of
the newspapers with which I had advertising
contracts. They also controlled
the main sources through which
the press was supplied with news—and
often and well they had used this control,
and surprisingly cautious had they
been not so to abuse it that the editors
and the public would become suspicious.
When my war was at its height, when I
was beginning to congratulate myself
that the huge magazines of “The
Seven” were empty almost to the point
at which they must sue for peace on
my own terms, all in four days forty-three
of my sixty-seven newspapers—and
they the most important—notified
me that they would no longer carry out
their contracts to publish my daily letter.
They gave as their reason, not
the real one, fear of “The Seven,” but
fear that I would involve them in ruinous
libel suits. I who had legal proof
for every statement I made; I who was
always careful to understate! Next,
one press association after another
ceased to send out my letter as news,
though they had been doing so regularly
for months. The public had grown
tired of the “sensation,” they said.

I countered with a telegram to one or
more newspapers in every city and large
town in the United States:

“The Seven” are trying to cut the wires between
the truth and the public. If you wish
my daily letter, telegraph me direct and I
will send it at my expense.

The response should have warned
“The Seven.” But it did not. Under
their orders the telegraph companies refused
to transmit the letter. I got an
injunction. It was obeyed in typical,
corrupt corporation fashion—they sent
my matter, but so garbled that it was
unintelligible. I appealed to the courts.
In vain.

To me it was clear as sun in cloudless
noonday sky that there could be
but one result of this insolent and despotic
denial of my rights and the rights
of the people, this public confession of
the truth of my charges. I waited for
the cataclysm.

Thursday—Friday—Saturday. Apparently34
all was tranquil; apparently the
people accepted the Wall Street theory
that I was an “exploded sensation.”
“The Seven” began to preen themselves;
the strain upon them to maintain
prices, if no less than for three
months past, was not notably greater;
the crisis would pass, I and my exposures
would be forgotten, the routine
of reaping the harvests and leaving only
the gleanings for the sowers would
soon be placidly resumed.

Sunday. Roebuck, taken ill as he
was passing the basket in the church of
which he was the shining light, died at
midnight—a beautiful, peaceful death,
they say, with his daughter reading the
Bible aloud, and his lips moving in
prayer. Some hold that, had he lived,
the tranquillity would have continued;
but this is the view of those who can
not realize that the tide of affairs is no
more controlled by the “great men”
than is the river led down to the sea by
its surface flotsam, by which we measure
the speed and direction of its current.
Under that terrific tension, which
to the shallow seemed a calm, something
had to give way. If the dam had
not yielded where Roebuck stood guard,
it must have yielded somewhere else, or
might have gone all in one grand crash.

Monday. You know the story of the
artist and his statue of Grief—how he
molded the features a hundred times,
always failing, always getting an anti-climax,
until at last, in despair, he gave
up the impossible and finished the statue
with a veil over the face. I have tried
again and again to assemble words that
would give some not too inadequate impression
of that tremendous week in
which, with a succession of explosions,
each like the crack of doom, the financial
structure that housed eighty millions
of people burst, collapsed, was engulfed.
I cannot. I must leave it to
your memory or your imagination.

For years the financial leaders, crazed
by the excess of power which the people
had in ignorance and over-confidence
and slovenly good-nature permitted
them to acquire, had been tearing
out the honest foundations on which
alone so vast a structure can hope to
rest solid and secure. They had been
substituting rotten beams painted to
look like stone and iron. The crash
had to come; the sooner the better—when
a thing is wrong, each day’s delay
compounds the cost of righting it.
So, with all the horrors of Wild Week
in mind, all its physical and mental suffering,
all the ruin and rioting and
bloodshed, I still can insist that I am
justly proud of my share in bringing it
about. The blame and the shame are
wholly upon those who made Wild
Week necessary and inevitable.

In catastrophes the cry is, “Each for
himself!” But in a cataclysm the obvious
wise selfishness is generosity, and
the cry is, “Stand together, for, singly,
we perish.” This was a cataclysm. No
one could save himself, except the few
who, taking my often urged advice and
following my example, had entered the
ark of ready money. Farmer and artisan
and professional man and laborer
owed merchant; merchant owed banker;
banker owed depositor. No one
could pay because no one could get
what was due him or could realize upon
his property. The endless chain of
credit that binds together the whole of
modern society had snapped in a thousand
places. It must be repaired, instantly
and securely. But how—and
by whom?

I issued a clear statement of the situation;
I showed in minute detail how
the people, standing together under the
leadership of the honest men of property,
could easily force the big bandits
to consent to an honest, just, rock-founded,
iron-built reconstruction. My
statement appeared in all the morning
papers throughout the land. Turn back
to it; read it. You will say that I was
right. Well——

Toward two o’clock Inspector Crawford
came into my private office, escorted
by Joe. I saw in Joe’s seamed,
green-gray face that some new danger
had arisen. “You’ve got to get out of
this,” said he. “The mob in front of
our place fills the three streets. It’s
made up of crowds turned away from
the suspended banks.”

I remembered the sullen faces and35
the hisses as I entered the office that
morning earlier than usual. My windows
were closed to keep out the street
noises; but now that my mind was up
from the work in which I had been absorbed,
I could hear the sounds of many
voices, even through the thick plate
glass.

“We’ve got two hundred policemen
here,” said the inspector. “Five hundred
more are on the way. But—really,
Mr. Blacklock, unless we can get you
away, there’ll be serious trouble. Those
damn’ newspapers. Every one of them
denounced you this morning, and the
people are in a fury against you.”

I went toward the door.

“Hold on, Matt,” cried Joe, springing
at me and seizing me. “Where are you
going?”

“To tell them what I think of them,”
replied I, sweeping him aside. For my
blood was up, and I was enraged against
the poor cowardly fools.

“For God’s sake, don’t show yourself,”
he begged. “If you don’t care for
your own life, think of the rest of us.
We’ve fixed a route through buildings
and under streets up to Broadway.
Your electric is waiting for you there.”

“It won’t do,” I said. “I’ll face ’em—it’s
the only way.”

I went to the window, and was about
to throw up one of the sunblinds for a
look at them; Crawford stopped me.
“They’ll stone the building and then
storm it,” said he. “You must go at
once, by the route we’ve arranged.”

“Even if you tell them I’m gone, they
won’t believe it,” replied I.

“We can look out for that,” said Joe,
eager to save me and caring nothing
about consequences to himself. But I
had unsettled the inspector.

“Send for my electric to come down
here,” said I. “I’ll go out alone and get
in it and drive away.”

“That’ll never do!” cried Joe.

But the inspector said: “You’re right,
Mr. Blacklock. It’s a bare chance. You
may take ’em by surprise. Again, some
fellow may yell and throw a stone,
and——” He did not need to finish.

Joe looked wildly at me. “You
mustn’t do it, Matt!” he exclaimed.
“You’ll precipitate a riot, Crawford, if
you permit this.”

But the inspector was telephoning for
my electric. Then he went into the adjoining
room, where he commanded a
view of the entrance. Silence between
Joe and me until he returned. “The
electric is coming down the street,” said
he.

I rose. “Good,” said I. “I’m ready.”

“Wait until the other police get here,”
advised Crawford.

“If the mob is in the temper you describe,”
said I, “the less that’s done to
irritate it, the better. I must go out as
if I hadn’t a suspicion of danger.”

The inspector eyed me with an expression
that was highly flattering to
my vanity.

“I’ll go with you,” said Joe, starting
up from his stupor.

“No,” I replied. “You and the other
fellows can take the underground
route, if it’s necessary.”

“It won’t be necessary,” put in the
inspector. “As soon as I’m rid of you
and have my additional force, I’ll clear
the streets.” He went to the door.
“Wait, Mr. Blacklock, until I’ve had
time to get out to my men.”

Perhaps ten seconds after he disappeared,
I, without further words, put
on my hat, lit a cigar, shook Joe’s wet,
trembling hand, left in it my private
keys and the memorandum of the combination
of my private vault. Then I
sallied forth.

I had always had a ravenous appetite
for excitement, and I had been in many
a tight place; but for the first time in
my life I had a sense of equilibrium between
my internal energy and the outside
situation. As I stepped from my
street door and glanced about me, I had
no feeling of danger. The whole situation
seemed so simple. There stood
the electric, just across the narrow
stretch of sidewalk; there were the two
hundred police, under Crawford’s orders,
scattered everywhere through the
crowd, and good-naturedly jostling and
pushing to create distraction. Without
haste, I got into my machine. I calmly
met the gaze of those thousands, quiet36
as so many barrels of gunpowder before
the explosion. The chauffeur turned
the machine.

“Go slow,” I called to him. “You
might hurt somebody.”

But he had his orders from the inspector.
He suddenly darted ahead at
full speed. The mob scattered in every
direction, and we were in Broadway,
bound up town full-tilt, before I or the
mob realized what he was about.

I called to him to slow down. He
paid not the slightest attention. I
leaned from the window and looked up
at him. It was not my chauffeur; it
was a man who had the unmistakable
but indescribable marks of the plainclothes
policeman. “Where are you going?”
I shouted.

“You’ll find out when we arrive,” he
shouted back, grinning.

I settled myself and waited—what
else was there to do? Soon I guessed
we were headed for the pier off which
my yacht was anchored. As we dashed
on to it, I saw that it was filled with
police, both in uniform and in plain
clothes. I descended. A detective sergeant
stepped up to me. “We are here
to help you to your yacht,” he explained.
“You wouldn’t be safe anywhere
in New York—no more would
the place that harbored you.”

He had both common sense and force
on his side. I got into the launch. Four
detective sergeants accompanied me,
and went aboard with me. “Go ahead,”
said one of them to my captain. He
looked at me for orders. “We are in
the hands of our guests,” said I. “Let
them have their way.”

We steamed down the bay and out to
sea.

* * * * *

From Maine to Texas the cry rose
and swelled: “Blacklock is responsible!
What does it matter whether he lied or
told the truth? See the results of his
crusade! He ought to be pilloried! He
ought to be killed! He is the enemy of
the human race. He has almost plunged
the whole civilized world into bankruptcy
and civil war.” And they turned
eagerly to the very autocrats who had
been oppressing and robbing them.
“You have the genius for finance and
industry. Save us!”

If you did not know, you could guess
how those patriots with the “genius for
finance and industry” responded. When
they had done, when their program was
in effect, Langdon, Melville and Updegraff
were the three richest men in the
country, and as powerful as Octavius,
Anthony and Lepidus after Philippi.
They had saddled upon the reorganized
finance and industry of the nation heavier
taxes than ever, and a vaster and
more expensive and more luxurious
army of their parasites. The people had
risen for financial and industrial freedom;
they had paid its fearful price;
then, in senseless panic and terror, they
flung it away. I have read that one of
the inscriptions on Apollo’s temple at
Delphi was, “Man, the fool of the
farce.” Truly, the gods must have
created us for their amusement; and
when Olympus palls, they ring up the
curtain on some such screaming comedy
as was that. It

“Makes the fancy chuckle, while the heart doth ache.”

XXVI.

My enemies caused it to be widely
believed that Wild Week was my deliberate
contrivance for the sole purpose
of enriching myself. Thus they
got me a reputation for almost superhuman
daring, for Satanic astuteness
at cold-blooded calculation. I do not
deserve the admiration and respect
which my success-worshiping fellow-countrymen
lay at my feet. True, I did
greatly enrich myself; but not until the
Monday after Wild Week
.

Not until I had pondered on men and
events with the assistance of the newspapers
my detective protectors and jailers
permitted to be brought aboard—not
until the last hope of turning Wild
Week to the immediate public advantage
had sputtered out like a lost man’s
last match, did I think of benefiting
myself, of seizing the opportunity to
strengthen myself for the future. On37
Monday morning I said to Sergeant
Mulholland: “I want to go ashore and
send some telegrams.”

The sergeant is one of the detective
bureau’s “dress-suit men.” He is by
nature phlegmatic and cynical. His experience
has put over that a veneer of
weary politeness. We had become great
friends during our enforced inseparable
companionship. For Joe, who looked
on me somewhat as a mother looks on
a brilliant but erratic son, had, as I
soon discovered, elaborated a wonderful
program for me. It included a watch
on me day and night, lest, through rage
or despondency, I should try to do violence
to myself. A fine character, that
Joe! But, to return, Mulholland answered
my request for shore leave with
a soothing smile. “Can’t do it, Mr.
Blacklock,” he said. “Our orders are
positive. But when we put in at New
London and send ashore for further
instructions, and for the papers, you
can send your telegrams.”

“As you please,” said I. And I gave
him a cipher telegram to Joe—an order
to invest my store of cash, which
meant practically my whole fortune, in
the gilt-edged securities that were to be
had for cash at a small fraction of their
actual value.

This on the Monday after Wild
Week, please note. I would have helped
the people to deliver themselves from
the bondage of the bandits. They would
not have it. I would even have sacrificed
my all in trying to save them in
spite of themselves. But what is one
sane man against a stampeded multitude
of maniacs? For confirmation of
my disinterestedness, I point to all those
weeks and months during which I
waged costly warfare on “The Seven,”
who would gladly have given me more
than I now have, could I have been
bribed to desist. But when I was compelled
to admit that I had overestimated
my fellow-men, that the people wear
the yoke because they have not yet become
intelligent and competent enough
to be free, then and not till then did I
abandon the hopeless struggle.

And I did not go over to the bandits;
I simply resumed my own neglected
personal affairs and made Wild Week
at least a personal triumph.

There is nothing of the spectacular
in my make-up. I have no belief in the
value of martyrs and martyrdom.
Causes are not won—and in my humble
opinion never have been won—in the
graveyards. Alive and afoot and armed,
and true to my cause, I am the dreaded
menace to systematic and respectable
robbery. What possible good could
have come of mobs killing me and the
bandits dividing my estate?

But why should I seek to justify myself?
I care not a rap for the opinion
of my fellow-men. They sought my life
when they should have been hailing me
as a deliverer; now they look up to me
because they falsely believe me guilty
of what I regard as an infamy.

My guards expected to be recalled on
Tuesday. But Melville heard what
Crawford had done about me, and
straightway used his influence to have
me detained until the new grip of the
old gang was secure. Saturday afternoon
we put in at Newport for the daily
communication with the shore. When
the launch returned, Mulholland
brought the papers to me, lounging aft
in a mass of cushions under the awning.
“We are going ashore,” said he. “The
order has come.”

I had a sudden sense of loneliness.
“I’ll take you down to New York,” said
I. “I must put my guests off where
I took them up.”

As we steamed slowly westward I
read the papers. The country was rapidly
readjusting itself, was returning
to the conditions before the upheaval.
The “financiers”—the same old gang,
except for a few of the weaker brethren
ruined and a few strong outsiders who
had slipped in during the confusion—were
employing all the old, familiar devices
for deceiving and robbing the people.
The upset milking-stool was
righted, and the milker was seated again
and busy, the good old cow standing
without so much as shake of horn or
switch of tail. “Mulholland,” said I,
“what do you think of this business of
living?”

“I’ll tell you, Mr. Blacklock,” said38
he. “I used to fuss and fret a good
deal about it. But I don’t any more.
I’ve got a house up in the Bronx,
and a bit of land round it. And there’s
Mrs. Mulholland and four little Mulhollands
and me—that’s my country and
my party and my religion. The rest is
off my beat, and I don’t give a damn for
it. I don’t care which fakir gets to be
President, or which swindler gets to be
rich. Everything works out somehow,
and the best any man can do is to mind
his own business.”

“Mulholland—Mrs. Mulholland—four
little Mulhollands,” said I reflectively.
“That’s about as much as one
man could attend to properly. And—you
are ‘on the level,’ aren’t you?”

“Some say honesty’s the best policy,”
replied he. “Some say it isn’t. I don’t
know, and I don’t care, whether it is
or it isn’t. It’s my policy. And we six
seem to have got along on it so far.”

I sent my “guests” ashore the next
morning. “No, I’ll stay aboard,” said
I to Mulholland, as he stood aside for
me to precede him down the gangway
to the launch. I went into the watch
pocket of my trousers and drew out the
folded two one-thousand-dollar bills I
always carried—it was a habit formed
in my youthful, gambling days. I
handed him one of the bills. He hesitated.

“For the four little Mulhollands,” I
urged.

He put it in his pocket. I watched
him and his men depart with a heavy
heart. I felt alone, horribly alone, without
a tie or an interest. Some of the
morning papers spoke respectfully of
me as one of the strong men who had
ridden the flood and had been landed by
it on the heights of wealth and power.
Admiration and envy lurked even in
sneers at my “unscrupulous plotting.”
Since I had wealth, plenty of wealth, I
did not need character. Of what use
was character in such a world except
as a commodity to exchange for wealth?

“Any orders, sir?” interrupted my
captain.

I looked round that vast and vivid
scene of sea and land activities. I
looked along the city’s titanic sky-line—the
mighty fortresses of trade and
commerce piercing the heavens and
flinging to the wind their black banners
of defiance. I felt that I was under
the walls of hell itself.

“To get away from this,” replied I
to the waiting captain. “Go back down
the Sound—to Dawn Hill.”

Yes, I would go to the peaceful,
soothing country, to my dogs and
houses and those faithful servants
bound to me by our common love for
the same animals. “Men to cross
swords with, to amuse oneself with,”
I mused. “But dogs and horses to live
with.” I pictured myself at the kennels—the
joyful uproar the instant instinct
warned the dogs of my coming; how
they would leap and bark and tremble
in a very ecstasy of delight as I stood
among them; how jealous all the others
would be as I selected one to caress.

“Send her ahead as fast as she’ll go,”
I called to the captain.

As the Albatross steamed into the
little harbor, I saw Mowbray Langdon’s
Indolence at anchor. I glanced
toward Steuben Point—where his cousins,
the Vivians, live—and thought I
recognized his launch at their pier. We
saluted the Indolence; the Indolence saluted
us. My launch was piped away
and took me ashore. I strolled along
the path that wound round the base
of the hill toward the kennels. At
the crossing of the path down from the
house, I paused and lingered on the
glimpse of one of the corner towers of
the great showy palace. I was muttering
something—I listened to myself. It
was: “Mulholland, Mrs. Mulholland
and the four little Mulhollands.” And
I felt like laughing aloud, such a joke
was it that I should be envying a policeman
his potato patch and his fat wife
and his four brats, and that he should be
in a position to pity me.

You may be imagining that, through
all, Anita had been dominating my mind.
That is the way it is in the romances;
but not in life. No doubt there are men
who brood upon the impossible, and
moon and maunder away their lives
over the grave of a dead love; no doubt
there are people who will say that, because39
I did not shoot Langdon or her
or myself, or fly to a desert, or pose in
the crowded places of the world as the
last scene of a tragedy, I therefore cared
little about her. I offer them this suggestion:
A man strong enough to give
a love worth a woman’s while is strong
enough to live on without her when he
finds he may not live with her.

As I stood there that summer day,
looking toward the crest of the hill, at
the mocking mausoleum of my dead
dream, I realized what the incessant
battle of the Street had meant to me.
“There is peace for me only in the
storm,” said I. “But, thank God, there
is peace for me somewhere.”

Through the foliage I had glimpses
of some one coming slowly down the
zigzag path. Presently, at one of the
turnings half-way up the hill, appeared
Mowbray Langdon. “What is he doing
here?” thought I, scarcely able to believe
my eyes. “Here of all places!”
And then I forgot the strangeness of
his being at Dawn Hill in the strangeness
of his expression. For it was apparent,
even at the distance which separated
us, that he was suffering from
some great and recent blow. He looked
old and haggard; he walked like a man
who neither knows nor cares where he
is going.

He had not seen me, and my impulse
was to avoid him by continuing on toward
the kennels. I had no especial
feeling against him; I had not lost
Anita because she cared for him or he
for her, but because she did not care for
me. Simply that to meet would be
awkward, disagreeable for us both. At
the slight noise of my movement to go
on, he halted, glanced round eagerly, as
if he hoped the sound had been made by
some one he wished to see. His glance
fell on me. He stopped short, was for
an instant disconcerted; then his face
lighted up with devilish joy. “You!”
he cried. “Just the man!” And he descended
more rapidly.

At first I could make nothing of this
remark. But as he drew nearer and
nearer, and his ugly mood became more
and more apparent, I felt that he was
looking forward to provoking me into
giving him a distraction from whatever
was tormenting him. I waited. A few
minutes and we were face to face, I
outwardly calm, but my anger slowly
lighting up as he deliberately applied
to it the torch of his insolent eyes. He
was wearing his old familiar air of cynical
assurance. Evidently, with his recovered
fortune, he had recovered his
conviction of his great superiority to
the rest of the human race—the child
had climbed back on the chair that
made it tall and had forgotten its tumble.
And I was wondering again that
I, so short a time before, had been
crude enough to be fascinated and
fooled by those tawdry posings and
pretenses. For the man, as I now saw
him, was obviously shallow and vain, a
slave to those poor “man-of-the-world”
passions—ostentation, and cynicism,
and skill at vices old as mankind and
tedious as a treadmill, the commonplace
routine of the idle and foolish and purposeless.
A clever, handsome fellow,
but the more pitiful that he was by
nature above the uses to which he
prostituted himself.

He fought hard to keep his eyes
steadily on mine; but they would waver
and shift. Not, however, before I had
found deep down in them the beginnings
of fear. “You see, you were mistaken,”
said I. “You have nothing to
say to me—or I to you.”

He knew I had looked straight to the
bottom of his real self, had seen the
coward that is in every man who has
been bred to appearances only. Up
rose his vanity, the coward’s substitute
for courage. “You think I am afraid
of you?” he sneered, bluffing and blustering
like the school bully.

“I don’t in the least care whether you
are or not,” replied I. “What are you
doing here, anyhow?”

It was as if I had thrown off the
cover of a furnace. “I came to get the
woman I love,” he cried. “You stole
her from me. You tricked me. But,
by God, Blacklock, I’ll never pause until
I get her back and punish you.” He
was brave enough now, drunk with the
fumes from his brave words. “All my
life,” he raged arrogantly on, “I’ve had40
whatever I wanted. I’ve let nothing
interfere—nothing and nobody. I’ve
been too forbearing with you—first because
I knew she could never care for
you, and then because I rather admired
your pluck and impudence. I like to see
fellows kick their way up among us
from the common people.”

I put my hand on his shoulder. No
doubt the fiend that rose within me, as
from the dead, looked at him from my
eyes. He has great physical strength,
but he winced under that weight and
grip, and across his face flitted the
terror which must come to any man at
first sense of being in the angry clutch
of one stronger than he. I slowly released
him—I had tested and realized
my physical superiority; to use it would
be cheap and cowardly. “You can’t
provoke me to descend to your level,”
said I, with the easy philosophy of him
who clearly has the better of the argument.

He was shaking from head to foot,
not with terror, but with impotent rage.
How much we owe to accident! The
mere accident of my physical superiority
had put him at hopeless disadvantage;
had made him feel inferior to me
as no victory of mental or moral superiority
could possibly have done. And I
myself felt a greater contempt for him
than the discovery of his treachery and
his shallowness had together inspired.

“I shan’t indulge in flapdoodle,” I
went on. “I’ll be frank. A year ago,
if any man had faced me with a claim
upon a woman who was married to me,
I’d probably have dealt with him as
your vanity and what you call ‘honor’
would force you to try to deal with a
similar situation. But I live to learn,
and I’m, fortunately, not afraid to follow
a new light. There is the vanity
of so-called honor; there is also the demand
of justice—of fair play. As I
have told her, so I now tell you—she is
free to go. But I shall say one thing
to you that I did not say to her. If you
do not deal fairly with her, I shall see
to it that there are ten thorns to every
rose in that bed of roses on which you
lie. You are contemptible in many ways—perhaps
that’s why women like you.
But there must be some good in you, or
possibilities of good, or you could not
have won and kept her love.”

He was staring at me with a dazed
expression. I rather expected him to
show some of that amused contempt
with which men of his sort always receive
a new idea that is beyond the
range of their narrow, conventional
minds. For I did not expect him to understand
why I was not only willing,
but even eager, to relinquish a woman
whom I could hold only by asserting a
property right in her. And I do not
think he did understand me, though his
manner changed to a sort of grudging
respect. He was, I believe, about to
make some impulsive, generous speech,
when we heard the quick strokes of
iron-shod hoofs on the path from the
kennels and the stables—is there any
sound more arresting? Past us at a gallop
swept a horse, on his back—Anita.
She was not in riding-habit; the wind
fluttered the sleeves of her blouse, blew
her uncovered hair this way and that
about her beautiful face. She sped on
toward the landing, though I fancied
she had seen us.

Anita at Dawn Hill; Langdon, in a
furious temper, descending from the
house toward the landing; Anita presently
riding like mad—“to overtake
him,” thought I. And I read confirmation
in his triumphant eyes. In another
mood, I suppose my fury would have
been beyond my power to restrain it.
Just then—the day grew dark for me,
and I wanted to hide away somewhere.
Heartsick, I was ashamed for her, hated
myself for having blundered into surprising
her.

She reappeared at the turn round
which she had vanished. I now noted
that she was riding without saddle or
bridle, with only a halter round the
horse’s neck—then she did see us,
had stopped and come back as soon as
she could. She dropped from the horse,
looked swiftly at me, at him, at me
again, with intense anxiety. “I saw
your yacht in the harbor only a moment
ago,” she said to me. She was almost
panting. “I feared you might meet
him. So I came.”

41
“As you see, he is quite—intact,” said
I. “I must ask that you and he leave
the place at once.” And I went rapidly
along the path toward the kennels.

An exclamation from Langdon forced
me to turn in spite of myself. He was
half kneeling, was holding her in his
arms. At that sight, the savage in me
shook himself free. I dashed toward
them with I knew not what curses
bursting from me. Langdon, intent
upon her, did not realize until I sent
him reeling backward to the earth and
snatched her up. Her white face, her
closed eyes, her limp form made my
fury instantly collapse. In my confusion
I thought she was dead. I laid her
gently on the grass and supported her
head, so small, so gloriously crowned,
the face so still and sweet and white,
like the stainless entrance to a stainless
shrine. How that horrible fear changed
my whole way of looking at her, at him,
at her and him, at everything!

Her eyelids were quivering—her eyes
were opening—her bosom was rising
and falling slowly as she drew long, uncertain
breaths. She shuddered, sat up,
started up. “Go! go!” she cried. “Bring
him back! Bring him back! Bring
him——”

There she recognized me. “Oh!” she
said, and gave a great sigh of relief.
She leaned against a tree and looked at
Langdon. “You are still here? Then
tell him.”

Langdon gazed sullenly at the
ground. “I can’t,” he answered. “I
don’t believe it. Besides—he has given
you to me. Let us go. Let me take you
to the Vivians’.” He threw out his arms
in a wild, passionate gesture; he was
utterly unlike himself. His emotion
burst through and shattered pose and
cynicism and hard crust of selfishness
like the exploding powder bursting the
shell. “I can’t give you up, Anita!” he
exclaimed desperately. “I can’t! I
can’t!”

But her gaze was all this time steadily
on me, as if she feared I would go,
should she look away. “I will tell you
myself,” she said rapidly, to me. “We—uncle
Howard and I—read in the papers
how they had all turned against
you, and he brought me over here. He
has been telegraphing for you. This
morning he went to town to search for
you. About an hour ago Langdon
came. I refused to see him, as I have
ever since the time I told you about at
Alva’s. He persisted, until at last I had
the servant request him to leave the
house.”

“But now there’s no longer any reason
for your staying, Anita,” he
pleaded. “He has said you are free.
Why stay when you would really no
more be here than if you were to go,
leaving one of your empty dresses?”

She had not for an instant taken her
gaze from me; and so strange were her
eyes, so compelling, that I seemed unable
to move or speak. But now she
released me to blaze upon him—and
never shall I forget any detail of her
face or voice as she said to him: “That
is false, Mowbray Langdon. I told you
the truth when I told you I loved him!”

So violent was her emotion that she
had to pause for self-control. And I?
I was overwhelmed, dazed, stunned.
When she went on, she was looking at
neither of us. “Yes, I loved him almost
from the first—from the day he
came to the box at the races. I was
ashamed, poor creature that my parents
had made me! I was ashamed of it.
And I tried to hate him, and thought I
did. And when he showed me that he
no longer cared, my pride goaded me
into the folly of trying to listen to you.
But I loved him more than ever. And
as you and he stand here, I am ashamed
again—ashamed that I was ever so
blind and ignorant and prejudiced as to
compare him with”—she looked at
Langdon—“with you. Do you believe
me now—now that I humble myself
before him in your presence?”

I should have had no heart at all if I
had not felt pity for him. His face was
gray, and on it were those signs of age
that strong emotion brings to the surface
after forty. “You could have
convinced me in no other way,” he replied,
after a silence, and in a voice I
should not have recognized.

Silence again. Presently he raised his
head, and with something of his old42
cynicism bowed to her. “You have
avenged much and many,” said he. “I
have often had a presentiment that my
day of wrath would come.” He lifted
his hat, bowed to me without looking at
me, and, drawing the tatters of his pose
still further over his wounds, moved
away toward the landing.

I, still in a stupor, watched him until
he had disappeared. When I turned to
her, she dropped her eyes. “Uncle
Howard will be back this afternoon,”
said she. “If I may, I’ll stay at the
house until he comes to take me.”

A weary, half-suppressed sigh escaped
from her. I knew how she must
be reading my silence, but I was still
unable to speak. She went to the horse,
browsing near by; she stroked his muzzle.
Lingeringly she twined her fingers
in his mane, as if about to spring to his
back! That reminded me of a thousand
and one changes in her—little changes,
each a trifle in itself, yet, taken all together,
making a complete transformation.

“Let me help you,” I managed to say.
And I bent, and made a step of my
hand.

She touched her fingers to my shoulder,
set her narrow, graceful foot upon
my palm. But she did not rise. I
glanced up; she was gazing wistfully
down at me. “Women have to learn by
experience just as do men,” said she
forlornly. “Yet men will not tolerate
it.”

I suppose I must suddenly have
looked what I was unable to put into
words—for her eyes grew very wide,
and with a cry that was a sigh and a
sob and a laugh and a caress all in one,
she slid into my arms and her face was
burning against mine.

“Do you remember the night at the
theater,” she murmured, “when your
lips almost touched my neck?—I loved
you then—Black Matt!—Black Matt!

And I found voice; and the horse
wandered away.

* * * * *

What more?

How Langdon eased his pain and
soothed his vanity? Whenever an old
Babylonian nobleman had a misfortune,
he used to order all his slaves to be
lashed, that their shrieks and moans
might join his in appeasing the god who
was punishing him. Langdon went
back to Wall Street, and for months
he made all within his power suffer;
in his fury he smashed fortunes, lowered
wages, raised prices, reveled in
the blasts of a storm of impotent curses.
But you do not care to hear about that.

As for myself, what could I tell that
you do not know or guess? Now that
all men, even the rich, even the parasites
of the bandits, groan under their tyranny
and their taxes, is it strange that
the resentment against me has disappeared,
that my warnings are remembered,
that I am popular? I might forecast
what I purpose to do when the time
is ripe. But I am not given to prophecy.
I will only say that I think I shall, in
due season, go into action again—profiting
by my experience in the futility
of trying to hasten evolution by
revolution. Meanwhile——

As I write, I can look up from the
paper, and out upon the lawn, at a woman—what
a woman!—teaching a baby
to walk. And, assisting her, there is a
boy, himself not yet an expert at walking.
I doubt if you’d have to glance
twice at that boy to know he is my son.
Well—I have borrowed a leaf from
Mulholland’s philosophy. I commend
it to you.

THE END.


43

Conversations With Egeria
Woman’s Trump Card?
By MRS. WILSON WOODROW

Conversations With Egeria: Woman’s Trump Card?, by Mrs. Wilson Woodrow
T

THE senator and Egeria
sat in the rich man’s
tent—a marble palace
by the sea—and the little
nook in the supper
room upon which they
had fastened their
desire was at last untenanted.
Now they slipped into the
recently vacated chairs with a smile of
content into each other’s eyes across the
board.

“A moment ago,” said the senator,
unfolding his napkin, “we gazed at
those who slowly sipped their coffee
and wished that our belief still held its
lost Paradise—Hell—that we might
mentally consign them thither. A moment
since we were the people, hungry,
clamorous, watching them ‘spill the
bread and spoil the wine.’ In the
twinkling of an eye our attitude
changed. We now look with indifferent
scorn upon the waiting mob, and
advise them if they have no bread to eat
cake. What a range of experience it
gives us! We are one with the labor
agitator elevated to the presidency of a
trust. We are the men in the saddle—after
us, the deluge!”

“We are the conquerors, at any rate,”
observed Egeria. “Ours is this delicate
pâté, this soft, smooth wine. Vive le
rich man! May he entertain oftener!
It is unsurpassed.”

“Save by Nature,” returned the senator.
“You have failed to notice that
she too entertains to-night. What a
fête! The sea dashing the froth of its
‘night and its might’ against the wall,
that arch of honeysuckle, sweeter than
a bank of violets, and yonder pale siren,
the moon! Fair to-night, I drink to
you!”

“After all,” mused Egeria, “the high
gods bestowed on Nature a woman’s
privilege—the last word. Art may declaim,
Science explain, Religion dogmatize;
but Nature has the last word.”

“And the last word, the one word, the
eternal word, is ‘beauty,’” he amended.

Egeria shrugged her shoulders. “A
matter of surfaces. The mask nature
wears to hide her hideous processes of
decay. As the lovely heroine of a recent
novel says, ‘the beauty that rules
the world is lodged in the epidermis.’”

“A superficial and essentially feminine
point of view,” commented the senator.
“Beauty”—with a wave of the
hand—“is a matter of the soul. The
skin-deep variety is not worth considering.”

“But most women would pay the
price of a pound of radium for that infinitesimal
depth,” she returned, flippantly.

“Your sex is hardly a judge of what
constitutes feminine beauty.” There
was condescension in the senator’s tone.
“Here, I can prove the point for you.
Grant me your indulgence and I will
tell you a little story.” The senator
rather fancied himself as a raconteur.

“There was once a woman who was
regarded by all the men of her acquaintance
as ugly, stupid and tiresome,
and by all the women who knew her as
beautiful, brilliant, fascinating and altogether
delightful. Their different
points of view led to so much discussion
and bickering that they finally decided
to submit the matter to a referee, a wise
old fellow, who, after a very thorough44
acquaintance with the world and its
works, had elected to spend the remainder
of his days in seclusion.

“The philosopher kindly consented to
decide the matter, and consequently
gave the lady in question due study.
Ultimately he announced his decision.

“‘Both sides are right,’ he said. ‘She
is the ugliest, stupidest, most aggressive
creature on earth; but masculine indifference
and dislike have thrown such a
halo about her that all women see her
as beautiful and charming.’”

During the recital of this tale, a flush
had risen on Egeria’s cheek, and she
tapped her foot with growing impatience
upon the floor. Barely had he
finished when she cried, explosively:

“I hate men! Your fable proves
nothing but the ineffable conceit of your
sex!”

The senator pursued his advantage.
“I saw a similar remark in a book I was
reading the other day”—pleasantly.
“‘I hate men,’ said one woman to another;
‘I wish they were all at the bottom
of the sea.’

“‘Then,’ replied the woman to whom
she spoke, ‘we would all be purchasing
diving bells.’

“But”—hastily, as Egeria half rose—“you
really don’t consider women
judges of what constitutes feminine
beauty?”

“The only judges. We are not
dazzled, hypnotized, by a mere matter
of exquisite coloring, the fugitive glance
of too expressive eyes. We are able to
bring a calm, unbiased scrutiny to bear
upon it, to fully analyze it. We do not
confuse beauty with charm.”

“Are the two, then, distinct?” he pondered.

“Are they distinct?” repeated Egeria,
scornfully. “Are they distinct? Some
one—a man, of course—has said that if
Cleopatra had been without a front
tooth the whole history of the world
would have been changed; and Heine,
you remember, when asked about Madame
de Staël, remarked that, had
Helen looked so, Troy would not have
known a siege. Absurd! The sirens of
this world who have swayed men’s
hearts and imaginations have never
been dependent on their front teeth or
their back hair. If Cleopatra had lost
a whole row, Antony and every other
man who knew her would have insisted
that women in the full possession of
their molars were repulsive.”

“Ah!” cried the senator, triumphantly,
“your words justify me. Beauty is
some subtle essence of the soul, as I
said.”

A faint, malicious sparkle brightened
Egeria’s eyes. “Really, now, would you
call the sirens of this world soulful
creatures? They were and are psychologists,
intuitive diviners of a man’s
moods, capable of meeting him on
every side of his nature; but——”

“Do you mean,” interrupted the senator,
his eyes reflecting the sparkle of
hers, “that their dominion over us is
through an intellectual comprehension
of our moods?”

“Good heavens, no!” disclaimed
Egeria, in shocked tones. “Who said
anything about the intellectual faculties
of woman? I hear enough of them at
my club. What I am trying to get at
is that beauty without charm has always
received a very frigid appreciation.
Men prate of it, adore it, yawn,
and—leave it. Of the two, they infinitely
prefer charm without beauty.
Now, senator, what is it you really admire
in women?”

“I will tell you if you tell me first
what women really admire in men?”

“Ah!” cried Egeria, with complacency,
“there we have the advantage of
you. We show twice the solid, substantial
reasons for the faith that is in
us that you do. Woman admires in
man masculinity, virility; then brains,
ability, distinction. She may loudly
profess her devotion to ‘the carpet
knight so trim.’ ‘Such a dear, thoughtful
fellow, so sweet and sympathetic!’
But her secret preference is profoundly
for the one who is ‘in stern fight a warrior
grim, in camp a leader sage.’ She
has not altered since the Stone Age, not
in the least degree. When she was
dragged by the hair from her accustomed
cave to make a happy home in a
new one, do you fancy she gave a
thought to the recent companion of her45
joys and sorrows who was lying somewhere
with his head stove in? Not she.
Her pity was swallowed up in admiration
for the victor, who, lightly ignoring
the marks of her teeth and nails, haled
her along to his den. It is to the strong
men of this earth that the heart of
woman goes out.

“Printed articles on the home,” she
went on, with light derision, “are always
urging husbands to show the same
tender attention and loving courtesies to
their wives after marriage as before. In
reality, nothing would so bore a woman.
Man is an idealist; woman is intensely
practical. She would infinitely prefer
to have him out winning the bread and
butter and jam than sitting at her feet,
penning sonnets to her eyebrow. After
an experience of the before-wedded,
tender courtesies, she would exclaim:
‘John, please don’t be such a fool. I
am so sick of this lovey-dovey business,
that I would really enjoy a good beating.’

“You see, she knows instinctively that
‘man’s love is of his life, a thing apart,’
and that, if he prefers showing her
lover-like attentions to ranging the
court, camp, church, the vessel and the
mart, she has a freak on her hands.
But how I run on; and you haven’t told
me yet what it is that men admire in
women?”

“Beauty,” still insisted the senator,
enthusiastically. “Goodness, truth, constancy,
amiability!”

Egeria looked at him with reproach.
“Do you really mean it?”—earnestly.

“Of course I do”—surprised at her
tone.

“I dare say any man to whom I put
the question would answer in the same
way.” Her eyebrows expressed resignation.
“Stay, I will phrase it differently;
why do you think you love a particular
woman?”

The senator could not resist the opportunity.
“Because she is you!”—gallantly.

“Stop trifling.” Egeria was becoming
petulant. “This is a serious matter.
Now, answer properly; why do you
think you love a particular woman?”

“Because”—emphatically—“I imagine
her, rightly or wrongly, to be the
possessor of those qualities I have enumerated.”

Egeria sighed. “And you still stick
to it?”

“Of course I do,” he responded, with
assurance.

She shook her head. “Nonsense!
Men are less exacting than you think—and
more. They ask neither beauty
nor grace nor unselfishness of woman;
they demand but one thing—you must
charm me. For me you must possess
that indefinable quality we call magnetism.
Emerson puts it all in a nutshell,
voices the essentially masculine point of
view:”

I hold it of little matter

Whether your jewel be of pure water—

A rose diamond, or a white—

But whether it dazzle me with light.

“But,” combated the senator, “you
must admit that Solomon had ample opportunity
to make a study of your sex,
and he reserved all his praise for the
good woman, averring that her price
was above rubies.”

Egeria’s smile was faintly cynical.
“That was in his capacity as philosopher.
As mere man, he gave the rubies
and an immortal song to a Shulamite
girl who looked at him with youth in
her smile and laughter in her eyes.”

“A tribute to beauty,” contested the
senator.

“Not at all. Because she fascinated
him.”

“And the secret of fascination is
beauty,” he triumphed.

She refused to admit it. “The secret
of fascination lies with the woman who
can convince a man that under no circumstances
could she possibly bore
him.”

The senator was still argumentative.
“I continue to maintain that beauty is
some subtle essence of the soul.”

“But the last word, the one word, the
eternal word,” quoted Egeria, rising, “is
that beauty is——”

“What?” he questioned, eagerly.

“In the eye of the beholder.”


46

Mis-Mated Americans
By Julien Gordon
(Mrs. Van Rensselaer Cruger)

Mis-Mated Americans, by Julien Gordon  (Mrs. Van Rensselaer Cruger)
M

MR. Henry James is
inclined to pity American
women, because
their men—husbands
and lovers—are not
up to their level of
fastidious refinement.

We are inclined to
ask Mr. James to what American
women he alludes.

Living in a center which makes history,
among men of monumental
achievement, of vast intellectual resource,
and of comprehensive judgment,
I confess that when I first encountered
some of these men they
seemed to me so lacking in the charms
of the drawing room that I asked myself:
“How can their women stand
them?” When, however, I had made the
acquaintance of some of these women,
or ladies, the query in my soul became:
“How can they stand their women?”

Mating and reproduction are largely
animal processes, requiring little play
of the imagination. If they did, race
suicide would never have been heard
of. The heroine of “The Garden of
Allah” pins a pale Christ over her bed
on her wedding night. It has been a
late fashion for English and French
writers—Verlaine, Mallock, Oscar
Wilde, and even that rare genius Robert
Hichens—to intermingle religion and
spirituality with the sexual instinct.
The fact remains that nothing can be
more sane or simple, and it only touches
fanatical frenzy in minds which border
hysteria and decadence.

We believe that the average American,
being absolutely sane, finds his
mate. He is even persuaded, when she
has invested in a diamond brooch and a
brocaded front, that she has become a
woman of rare elegance, belonging to
that type which energetic newspaper reporters
depict as a “leader.” The illusion
is no doubt calming. Social ambition
is salient among politicians and
ambassadors, and a good American
who expects Paradise desires his wife
and daughters to be “all right.” He is
quickly and conveniently persuaded
that they are. The enormous egotism
of the man of success is large enough
to cover, with its gilded wing, family
ramifications in its spasms of self-laudation.

It has become a habit to speak of
American women as superior to all
others, and in Europe the legend is beginning
to hold. But in what does this
superiority consist? Push, aplomb,
finery, what? We cannot concede that
it lies in exceptional accomplishments,
or in any rare degree of scholarship.
American women are not often accomplished,
are not frequently even linguists;
being usually satisfied with one
foreign tongue, and that a very wretched
French. We have few amateur musicians;
and women artists of the force
of Janet Scudder or Mrs. Leslie Cotton
can be counted on the fingers of one
hand. Our literary women are not ornamental,
and are skillfully excluded
from drawing rooms. Our feminine
poets are usually dishevelled. If we
throw out a dozen women in each of
our large Eastern cities who have had
the advantage of birth, breeding, position
and wealth, the rank and file are
like the rank and file of any other nation—a
little brighter, perhaps; keener,47
more alert, better groomed, but harder—and
often less fascinating. Our
women lack the high vitality and repose
of the English—weak nerves make
for fidgetiness—the subtle seduction of
the Austrian, the soft sweetness of the
Italian. French women are deteriorating,
their present social upheavals being
responsible for this change.

Nevertheless, American girls have
married well in Europe; principally for
their ducats, sometimes for their
beauty, only very occasionally for love.

The Latins love readily, particularly
when they scent income. The English,
more sincere, play their game openly.
They demand “dots” at the altar, and—get
them. However, as I have said,
social ambition is a trait of our new
life. It is a wholesome trait and has
its use. Only by contact with a high
civilization can a new people become
civilized. Intermarriage is the easiest
method.

We are told that American women
who have married foreigners adore
their exotic existence and could not be
persuaded to return. Is it their husbands
whom they adore? Are all their
ménages exceptionally happy? What
they do like is the graceful ease of an
existence which appeals to fancy and a
career which women over here do not
attain. For, in fact, American women
are overshadowed by their men. La
femme politique
is almost, if not quite,
unknown in America, as is la femme
artiste
or la femme littéraire. There
are no literary women in the United
States who wield any social power
whatsoever. In America talent is
rather a social handicap to a girl or
woman, and an escape into a wider field
is tolerated only by our extremely conservative
society when balanced by
some peculiar prestige of early environment
or personal allurement. We have
no drawing rooms here like that of
Madeleine Lemaire, in Paris, or like
that of a certain cosmopolitan, Corinne
of Venice, now, alas! closed forever.
In the salons of the artist French
woman one encounters English women
of rank, the “little duchesses,” the big
ambassadresses, men of note in every
calling, diplomats, statesmen, scientists
and writers.

Our great men have usually married,
in their youth, their first love, and, be
it said to their credit, have remained, if
not always true to this village ideal, at
least outwardly loyal. They are not
ashamed of past virtue. Their wives,
thrown suddenly into a world of which
they know nothing, should surely be
excused some solecisms. Occupied in
the cares of rearing children, of providing
for large families on small rations,
they have hardly had the leisure
to cultivate their minds and manners.
We will not allude to grammar and
intonation. It would be too much to
ask!

These women do not demand that a
man appeal to the imagination. They
have none. The lover is at once sunk
into the father. In fact, they address
their husbands as “father” or “papa”—sometimes,
indeed, as “pa” pronounced
paw in moments of caressing emphasis.
What would these women do with a
handsome, dashing troubadour, who
warbled ditties in feathered cap and
doublet? They do not want a tenor
about the house, they want their bills
paid. “Pa” sees to that. She is eminently
practical. Her husband talks
little to her of his ambitions, schemes
or success, but he signs the check. That
check is the epitome of his brain’s travail.
If in his arid life he sometimes
longs for a higher companionship, and
is drawn into the net of some cleverer
siren, his wife remains ignorant of the
fact. She is entirely trusting—a convenient
quality and one which men
superlatively admire.

No, Mr. James, Americans on the
whole are well matched. Look beyond
the few dainty women of fashion who
have personally petted you—women accustomed
to the homage of men of the
world, and who have danced at the
courts of kings. To these we are willing
to add a handful of brilliant young
students who obtain degrees from Vassar,
Wellesley, Smith and Bryn Mawr,
are an ornament to the Normal and
Barnard College, and distance male
competitors at Cornell University.

48
May one of these be President some
day! We quote the wish of a gallant
member of the Cabinet. We hope that
they have low voices, speak admirable
English, and feel sure they never smoke
cigarettes and never say “Damn!”

The camp, however, is very wide.
The tents are spread, innumerable, over
the hills and valleys of our fair country.
Lift their flapping curtains, Mr. James.
Peep in and you will find content—enough.


AFTERMATH

49

IF I should go to you in that old place.

(God knows, dear heart, we trod it smooth and straight!)

And lifting up to yours a tear-worn face,

Should whisper, “Darling, it is not too late,

For life and love can soon unbar the gate,”

You would say “No,” e’en though your lips were dumb—

Fear not: I shall not come.
If you should gather up the poor, pale shreds

Of what is left and bring them here to me,

Saying, “Fate tangled. Let us mend the threads

And weave a web more beautiful to see,”

All weeping, I would cry, “It may not be.”

And I would cast it by with hands all numb—

Nay, Sweet; you will not come.
We each have learned the lesson rapt apart,

The better task Fate set us ere the noon.

The storms of Life have beat across my heart

And scourged its madden’d throbbing into tune.

Who would have looked for moth and rust so soon?

Nay, Patience, Sweet! God will bend down some day

And lift your hand to wipe my tears away.
Margaret Houston.

The Golden Apple
BY AGNES and EGERTON CASTLE

The Golden Apple, by Agnes and Egerton Castle
T

THE orchard was on a
hill, the farmhouse lay
at the foot. There
was a long field, in
spring a palace of
cowslips, between the
orchard and the house.

This September
dawn Pomona came through it and
left a dark track of green along the
dew-bepearled grass. Little swaths of
mist hung over the cowslip field, but up
in the orchard the air was already clear.
It was sweet with the scent of the ripe
fruit, and the tart, clean autumn pungency
left by the light frost.

Pomona shifted the empty basket
that she had borne on her head to the
ground, and began to fill it with rosy-cheeked
apples. Some she shook from
the laden boughs, some she picked up
from the sward where they had fallen
from the tree; but she chose only the
best and ripest.

A shaft of sunlight broke over the
purple hills. It shone on her ruddy
hair and on her smooth cheek. She
straightened herself to look out across
the valley at the eastern sky; all sights
of nature were beautiful to her and gave
her a joy that, yet, she had never
learned to put into words, hardly into
thoughts. Now, as she stood gazing,
some one came along the road that
skirted the orchard, and, catching sight
of her, halted and became lost in contemplation
of her, even as she of the
sunrise pageant.

As evidently as Pomona, in her
homespun skirt and bodice, belonged to
the farmhouse, so did he to the great
castle near by. The gentleman had
made as careful a toilet for his early
walk as if he had been bound for St.
James. His riding coat was of delicate
hue, and laces fluttered at his wrists
and throat. His black lovelocks hung
carefully combed on either shoulder from
under his beplumed hat. A rapier
swung at his side, and, as he stood, he
flicked at it with the glove in his bare
hand. He had a long, pale face and
long eyes with drooping lids and
haughty eyebrows; a small upturned
mustache gave a tilt of mockery to the
grave lips. He looked very young, and
yet so sedate and self-possessed and
scornful that he might have known the
emptiness of the world a hundred years.

Pomona turned with a start, feeling
herself watched. She gazed for a moment
in surprise, and a deep blush rose
in her cheeks; then, still staring, she
made a slow country courtesy. Off
went the befeathered hat; the gentleman
returned her salutation by a profound
bow. Then he leaped the little
ditch into the orchard and threaded his
way through the trees toward her. She
watched him come; her great eyes were
like the eyes of a deer, as shy, as innocent.

“Good-morrow, sir,” said she with
another courtesy, and then corrected
herself quickly—“good-morrow, my
lord.” For, if he came from the castle,
he was surely a lord.

“Good-morrow, madam,” returned
he, pleasantly. His glance appraised
her with open admiration.

What a glorious creature! What
proportions; what amber and red on
those smooth cheeks, what ruddy radiance
in that sun-illumined hair! What
a column of a throat, and how white the
skin where the coarse kerchief parted
above the laced bodice! What lines of
bust and hip, of arm and wrist; generous
but perfect! A goddess! He
glanced at the strong, sunburned
hands; they were ringless. Unowned,
then, as yet, this superb nymph.

50
His long eyes moved at their pleasure;
and she stood waiting in repose,
though the color came and went richly
on her cheek. Then he bowed again,
the hat clasped to his bosom.

“Thank you,” said he, and replaced
his beaver with a turn of the wrist that
set all the gray and white plumes rippling
round the crown.

“Sir?” she queried, startled, and on
her second thought—“my lord?”

At this he broke into a smile. When
he smiled, his haughty face gained a
rare sweetness.

“Thank you for rising thus early, and
coming into the orchard, and standing
in the sun rays, and being, my maid,
so beautiful. I little thought to find so
fair a vision. ’Twill be a sweet one to
carry forth with me—if it be the last on
earth.”

Her wits were never quick to work.
She went her country way, as a rule, as
straight and sweetly and unthinkingly
as the lilies grow.

To question why a noble visitor at
the castle—and a visitor it must be,
since his countenance was unfamiliar—should
walk forth at the dawn and
speak as if this morning saunter were
to death, never entered her head.

She stammered: “Oh, sir!” to his
compliment, and paused, her lip quivering
over the inarticulate sense of her
own awkwardness.

“Have you been gathering apples?”
quoth he, still smiling on her.

“Ay, sir,” she said; “to make preserve
withal;” and faltered yet again,
“my lord.”

“Ay,” approved he. “It has a fair
sound in your mouth. Would I were
your lord! What is your name?”

She told him “Pomona.” Whereat he
laughed, and repeated it as if he liked
the sound. Then he looked at the east,
and behold, the sun had risen, a full
ball of crimson in a swimming sea of
rose. The light glimmered upon his
pale cheek, and on the fine laces of his
shirt, redly, as if with stains of new
blood.

“I must hence,” he said, and his voice
had a stern, far-away sound. “Farewell,
Pomona; wilt thou not wish me well?”

“My lord?”

“Wilt thou not?”

“Oh, indeed, my lord, I do.” And
she was moved, on a sudden, she knew
not why, and the tears gathered like a
mist in her eyes. “With all my heart,”
she said.

He made her a final bow, bending till
his curls fell over his face.

“I thank you.”

She watched him walk away from her
in and out the apple trees with his careless
stride, and leap the little ditch
again; and so on down the road.

And when he was lost to her sight,
she still stood looking at the point
where the way dipped and vanished and
she had seen the last flutter of the gray
feathers.

After a while she drew a long sigh
and passed her hands over her eyes, as
if she were awakening from a dream.
Then she began mechanically to fill
her basket once more. All the ruddiness
faded from the sky. The sun
swam up into the blue, and a white
brilliance laid hold of the dewy valley.
Delicate gossamer threads floated high
above the apple trees, against the vault
of ever-deeper blue. Somewhere from
the hidden folds of the land a church
bell began to chime. Then all at once
Pomona dropped her basket, and while
the apples rolled, yellow, green and
red, in all directions, she set off running
in the direction the gentleman
had taken.

Why she ran, she knew not, but
something drove her with a mighty urgency.
Her heart beat thickly, and her
breath came short, though, as a rule,
there was no maid in the countryside
that could run as she did. When she
came to the foot of the hill she paused,
and there, by the bramble brake, where
the firwood began, she saw, lying on the
lip of the baby stream, a gauntleted gray
glove. She turned into the wood.

The pine needles were soft under her
feet. The pine stems grew like the pillars
of a church aisle, and the air was
sweeter with their fragrance than any
incense that was ever burned.

And after, but a little way, where the
forest aisle widened into a glade, she51
came on the grand riding coat tossed
in a heap; across it was flung an empty
scabbard. And beyond, outstretched at
the foot of a tree—— Pomona stopped
short. Now she knew why she had had
to run so fast!

He lay as if asleep, his head pillowed
upon a branching root; but it was no
slumber that held him. His features,
whiter than ivory, were strangely sharpened
and aged, blue shadows were
about nostrils and mouth, the parted lips
under the mocking mustache were set
in a terrible gravity; they were purple,
like dead red roses. Between the long,
half-open lids the eyeballs shone silver.
It was not now God’s lovely sunrise
that stained the white cambric of his
shirt. From where it had escaped from
his relaxed hand a long, keen-bladed
sword gleamed among the pine needles.

Pomona knelt down. She parted the
ruffled shirt with a steady hand; his
heart still beat, but below it was a
wound that might well cause death.
She sat back on her heels and thought.
She could not leave him to call for
help, for he might die alone; neither
could she sit useless beside him and
watch him go. She took her resolution
quickly. She rose, then bending,
she braced herself and gathered him
into her arms as if he had been a child.
He was no taller than she, and slight
and lean of build. She was used to
burdens. But she had not thought to
find him so heavy. She staggered and
shifted him for an easier grip; and then,
as his pallid head lay loose and languid
against her shoulder, the half-open eyelids
fluttered, the upturned eyes rolled
and fixed themselves. He looked at
her; dark, dark as eternity was his gaze.
She bent her head, his lips were moving.

“Pomona!”

It was the merest breath, but she
knew it was her name. Nearer she bent
to him; a flicker as of a smile came
upon those purple-tinted lips.

“Kiss me, Pomona!”

She kissed him, and thought she drew
from his cold mouth the last sigh. But
now she was strong. She could have
gone to the end of the earth with this
burden in her arms.

His black hair, dank and all uncurled,
fell over her bare arm. With the movement
his wound opened afresh, and as
she pressed him against her she felt his
blood soak through her bodice to the
skin. Then her soul yearned over him
with an indescribable, inarticulate passion
of desire; to help him, to heal him!
If she could have given her blood to
him she would have given it with the
joy with which a mother gives life to the
babe at her breast.

Pomona was mistress of herself and
of her farm, and lived alone with her
servants. Though she was a firm ruler,
these latter considered her soft on certain
points. They had known her, before
this, carry home a calf that had
staked itself, a mongrel cur half-drowned.
But a murdered gentleman,
that was beyond everything!

“Heavens ha’ mercy, mistress,” cried
Sue, rising to the occasion, while the
others gaped, and clapped their hands,
and whispered together. “Shall I fetch
old Mall to help you lay him out?”

“Fool,” panted Pomona, “bring me
the Nantes brandy!”

* * * * *

Earl Blantyre woke from a succession
of dreams, in which he had had
most varied and curious experiences;
known strange horrors and strange
sweetnesses, flown to more aërial heights
than any bird, and sunk to deeper depths
than the sea could hold; fought unending
combats and lain in peace in tender
arms.

He woke. His eyelids were heavy.
His hand had grown so weighty that
it was as much as he could do to lift it.
And yet, as he held it up, he hardly
knew it for his own; ’twas a skeleton
thing. There was a sound in his ears
which, dimly he recognized, had woven
into most of his dreams these days, a
whirring, soothing sound, like the ceaseless
beating of moth’s wings. As he
breathed deeply and with delicious ease,
there was fragrance of herbs in his nostrils.
A tag of poetry floated into his
mind—

I know a bank where the wild thyme blows.

He turned his head and went to sleep
again and dreamed not at all.

52
Pomona lighted the lamp, and, shading
it with her hand, came, with soft
tread, into the guest chamber. He was
still asleep. She set down the light,
mended the fire with another log, peeped
into the pan of broth simmering on the
hob, and then sat to her spinning wheel
once more. Suddenly the wool snapped;
she started, to find that he was holding
back the curtain with a finger and
thumb, and had turned his head on the
pillow to watch her; his eyes gleamed
in the firelight. She rose and came to
him quickly.

“So you were spinning,” he said.
His voice was very weak, but how different
from those tones of dreadful
clearness, of hoarse muttering, with
which she had been so sadly familiar.

Pomona knelt beside him and put her
hand on his forehead, on his wrist.

“Thank God!” she said.

“By all means,” he answered, peering
at her amusedly. “Natheless, why?”

“Nay, you must not speak,” she bade
him, and rose to pour the soup into a
bowl.

He watched her while she stirred and
tasted and added salt. He was smiling.
When she lifted him, pillows and all,
propped against her strong arm, and
held the bowl to his lips at a compelling
angle, he laughed outright. It was
rather a feeble thing in the way of
laughs, but to Pomona it was as wonderful
and beautiful an achievement as
a child’s first word in the mother’s ear.

“Drink,” she said, firmly, while her
heart throbbed in joy.

“Now you must sleep,” she added, as
she settled him with extraordinary art.
But sleep was far away from those curious
wandering eyes.

“Bring the light closer and come to
the bed again.”

His voice had gained strength from
Pomona’s fine broth, and it rang in command.
Without another word she
obeyed him. As she sat down on the
little oaken stool, where he could see
her, the light fell on her face, and from
behind her the fire shot ruddily in her
crown of hair.

“I remember you now,” said he, lifting
himself on his elbow. “You stood
in the sunrise gathering apples for preserve;
you are the nymph of the orchard.”

He fell back, with a sigh of satisfaction.
“And your name is Pomona,”
said he.

The girl, her capable, work-marked
hands lying folded on her knee, sat in
absolute stillness; but her heart was
beating stormily under the folds of her
kerchief.

The sick man’s beard had grown close
and fine round chin and cheeks during
these long dreams of his. His hair lay
in a mass on one shoulder; it had been
carefully tied back with a riband, and
in all that black setting the pallor of his
countenance seemed deathlike. Yet she
knew that he was saved. He lay a
while, gazing at the beflowered ceiling
of the great four-post bed, and by and
by his voice came sighing.

“And after that, what hap befell me?
Help me to remember.”

“I found you in the wood,” said she,
slowly. “You were lying wounded.”

He interrupted her with a sharp cry.

“Enough! I mind me now. Was I
alone?”

“Quite alone, my lord.”

“And my sword?”

There was a current of evil eagerness
running through the feeble voice.

“Your sword, my lord?”

“Pshaw! was it clean, child? Bore
it no sign upon the blade?”

“There was blood on it,” said Pomona,
gravely, “to a third of the
length.”

The duelist gave a sigh.

“That is well,” said he, and fell once
more into silence, striving to knit present
and past in his mind.

After a while he shifted himself on
his pillows so that he again looked on
her.

Then his eyes wandered round the
dark paneling, on the polished surface
of which the firelight gleamed like rosy
flowers. He touched the coarse sheet,
the patchwork quilt, then lifted the
sleeve of the homespun shirt that covered
his thin arm, and gazed inquiringly
from it to the quiet woman.

53
“How do I come here? Where am
I?” queried he, imperiously.

“I brought you; you are in my house,”
she answered him.

“You brought me?”

“Ay, my lord.”

“You found me wounded,” he puzzled,
drawing his haughty brows together,
“and you brought me here to
your house? How?”

“I carried you,” said Pomona.

“You carried me!”

The statement was so amazing and
Lord Blantyre’s wits were still so weakened
that he turned giddy and was fain
to close his eyes and allow the old
vagueness to cradle him again for a few
minutes.

Pomona prayed that he might be
sleeping, but as she was stealthily rising
from his bedside he opened his eyes
and held her with them.

“You carried me, you brought me to
your own house? Why?”

“I wanted to nurse you,” said poor
Pomona.

She knew no artifice whereby she
could answer, yet conceal the truth.
But it was as if her heart were being
torn from her bit by bit.

His eyes, hard and curious, softened;
so did the imperious voice.

“How did you keep them out?”

“Keep them out?”

She was beautiful, but she was dull.

“My kinsfolk, from the castle.”

Pomona stood like a child caught in
grave fault.

“They do not know,” she answered,
at last.

It was his turn to ejaculate in amazement.
“Not know!”

“I did not want them,” said she, then,
doggedly. “I did not want any fine ladies
about, nor physicians with their lancets.
When my father was cut with the
scythe, they sent a leech from the castle,
who blooded him, and he died. I did
not want you to die.”

She spoke the last words almost in a
whisper, then she waited breathlessly.
There came a low sound from the pillows.
His laugh that had been music
to her a minute ago now stabbed her
to the heart. She turned, the blood
flashing into her cheeks; yet his face
grew quickly grave; he spoke, his voice
was kind.

“Stay. I want to understand. You
carried me, all by yourself, from the
wood; is it so?”

“Ay.”

“And no one knows where I am, or
that you found me?”

“No. I went down to the wood
again and brought back your coat and
your sword and scabbard and your
gloves. I forbade my people to speak.
None of the great folk know you are
here.”

“And you nursed me?”

“Ay.”

“Was I long ill?”

“Fourteen days.”

“I have been near death, have I not?”

“You have, indeed.”

“And you nursed me!” he repeated
again. “How did you learn such
science?”

“My lord, I have loved and cared for
the dumb things all my life. There was
the calf that was staked——” She
stopped; that laugh was torture.

“Go on, Pomona!”

“I bathed your wound in cold water
over and over till the bleeding stopped,
and then, when the fever came, I knew
what brew of herbs would help you.
One night I thought that you would
die——”

“Go on, Pomona!”

“You could not breathe, no matter
how high I laid you on the pillows——”

“Ay! Why dost thou halt again?
What didst thou then?”

“I held you in my arms,” she said.
“You seemed to get your breath better
that way, and then you slept at
last.”

“While you held me?” he proceeded.
“How long did you hold me in your
arms, Pomona?”

“My lord,” she said, “the whole
night.”

Upon this he kept silence quite a
long time, and she sat down on her
stool again and waited. She had nursed
him and saved him, and now he would
soon be well; she ought surely to rejoice,
but, she knew not why, her heart54
was like lead. Presently he called her;
he would be lifted, shifted, his pillows
were hot, his bedclothes pressed on him.
As she bent over him, the fretful expression
suddenly was smoothed from
his features.

“I remember now,” he said, with a
singular gleam in his eyes. “I remember,
Pomona; you kissed me.”

* * * * *

My Lord Blantyre began now to have
more consecutive recollections of that
time of dreams; and when the night
came he felt mightily injured, mightily
affronted, to find that the shadow of the
watcher in the rushlight against the
wall belonged to a bent and aged figure,
was a grotesque profile, instead of the
mild gray angel that had soothed him
hitherto. So deep seemed the injury, so
cruel the neglect, that the ill-used patient
could not find it in him to consent
to sleep, but tossed till his bed grew unbearable,
pettishly refused to drink from
Mall’s withered hand, was quite positive
that the pain in his side was very
bad again, and that his angry heart beats
were due to fever.

It drew toward midnight. Again
Mall brought the cooling drink and offered
it patiently. Like an old owl she
stood and blinked. Her toothless jaws
worked.

He made an angry gesture of refusal;
the cup was dashed from her
hand and fell clattering on the boards.
She cried out in dismay, and he in
fury.

“Out of my sight, you Hecate!”

Then suddenly Pomona stood beside
them. So soft her tread that neither
had heard her come.

“Lord, be good to us! The poor
gentleman’s mad again,” whimpered
Mall, as she went down on her knees
to mop.

Pomona was in a white wrapper, well
starched; the wide sleeves spread out
like wings. Her hair hung in one loose
plait to her knees.

“You look like a monstrous, beautiful
great angel,” cried he. Her hand was
on his pulse. He was as pleased and
soothed as a naughty infant when it is
lifted from its cradle and nursed.

She stood, and seemed encircled by
the fragrance of the sacrificed cup, lavender
and thyme and other sweet and
wholesome herbs.

She thought he wandered, yet his
pulse was steadying down under her
finger into a very reasonable pace for
a convalescent. She looked down at
him with puzzled eyes.

“What is it, my lord?”

“Prithee,” said he, “though you live
so quiet here, my maid, and keep your
secrets so well, you would have known,
would you not, had there been a death
at the castle?”

“Surely, my lord,” she said, and bent
closer to comfort him. “Nay, it must
be that you have the fever again, I
fear. Nay, all is well with your kinsfolk.
Mall, haste thee with another
cup of the drink. Is the wound painful,
my good lord, and how goes it with
the breathing?”

As he bent he caught her great plait
in both his hands and held it so that she
could not straighten herself.

“It would go vastly better,” cried he,
“I should breathe with infinite more
ease, my sweet nurse, and forget that I
had ever had a gaping hole to burn the
side of me, could you but tell me that
there had been even a trifle of sickness
at the house beyond. Come, my sword
was red, you know! It was not red
for nothing! Was not Master Leech
sent for in haste to draw more blood?
The excellent physician, thou mindest,
who helped thy worthy father so pleasantly
from this world.”

She would have drawn from him in
soft sorrow and shame, for she understood
now, but that his weak fingers
plucked her back. Truly there seemed
to be a devil in his eyes. Yet she was
too tender of him not to humor him, as
the mother her spoiled child.

“Hast heard, Mall, of aught amiss at
the castle?” quoth she, turning her head
to address the old woman at the fire.

“There was a gentleman out hunting
with the Lady Julia o’ Thursday,” answered
the crone, “as carried his arm
in a sling, I heard tell; though he rode
with the best of them.”

“Faugh!”

55
Lord Blantyre loosed Pomona’s tress
and lay back sullenly. He drank the
cup when she held it to his lips, in the
same sullen silence; but when she shook
his pillows and smoothed his sheet and
cooed to him in the dear voice of his
dream: “Now, sleep,” he murmured,
complainingly: “Not if you leave me!”

Pomona’s heart gave a great leap, and
a rose flush grew on her face, lovelier
than ever sunrise or fireglow had called
there.

“I will not leave you, my lord,” she
replied. Her voice filled the whole
room with deep harmony.

He woke in the gray dawn, and there
sat Pomona, her eyes dreaming, her
hands clasped, her face a little stern in
its serene, patient weariness. He cried
to her sharply, because of the sharpness
with which his heart smote him:

“Hast sat thus the whole night long?”

“Surely!” said she.

“Well, to bed with you, then,” he
bade her, impatiently. “Nay, I want
nought. Send one of your wenches to
my bell, some Sue or Pattie, so it be a
young one. And you—to bed, to bed!”

But she would not leave him till she
had tested how it stood with him, according
to her simple skill. As her hand
rested on his brow, “Why Pomona?”
queried he.

“My lord?”

“Pomona. ’Tis a marvelous fine
name, and marvelous fitting to a nymph
of the orchard. Pomona!”

“Indeed,” she answered him, in her
grave way, “Sue or Pattie would better
become me. But my mother was
book-learned, sir, and town-bred, and
had her fancies. She sat much in the
orchard the spring that I was born.”

“Ay,” he mused. “So thy mother
was book-learned and fanciful!” Then
briskly he asked her: “Wouldst thou
not like to know my name, Pomona?
Unless, indeed, you know it already?”

She shook her head.

“Why, what a woman are you! In
spite of apples, no daughter of Eve at
all?”

She still shook her head, and, smiling
faintly, “To me it could make no difference,”
she said.

“Well, now you shall know,” he said,
“and take it to your maiden dreams. I
am Rupert, Earl of Blantyre.”

“What,” she cried, quickly, “the——”
she broke off and hesitated. “The
great Earl of Blantyre,” she pursued,
then, dropping her eyes: “The king’s
friend!”

His laugh rang out somewhat harsh.

“What, so solitary a nymph, so country
hidden, and yet so learned of the
gossip of the great world?”

“People talk,” she murmured, crimsoning
as in the deepest shame.

“And you know what they call me?
No! Not the Great Earl, hypocrite, the
Wicked Earl! You knew it?”

She bent her head.

He laughed again. “Why, now, what
a nightmare for you! Here he lies,
and, oh! Pomona, you have prolonged
his infamous career!”

* * * * *

The Wicked Earl was an angelic patient
for two days. On the third he
was promoted to the oak settle, wrapped
in a garment of the late farmer’s, of
which he made much kindly mirth. It
was a golden day of joy in the lonely
farmhouse.

On the fourth morning, however, he
wakened to a mood of seriousness, not
to say ill-temper. His first words were
to request writing paper and a quill,
ink and the great seal that hung on his
watch chain.

Pomona stood by while he wrote;
helped him with paper and wax. She
saw into how deep a frown his brows
were contracted, and her heart seemed
altogether to fail her. She expected
the end; it was coming swiftly, and not
as she expected it.

“May I trespass on your kindness so
far as to send a horseman with this letter
to the castle?” said he, very formally.

She took it from him with her country
courtesy.

“You will be leaving us, my lord?”

He glanced at her through his drooping
lids.

“Can I trespass forever on your hospitality?”

56
She went forth with the letter quickly,
without another word.

It was but little after noon when there
came a great clatter into the simple
farmyard that was wont to echo to no
louder sounds than the lumbering progress
of the teamsters and their wagon,
or the patient steps of Pomona’s dairy
cows. A great coach with four
horses and running footmen had drawn
up before the farm porch. A man in
dark livery, with a sleek, secret face,
slipped down from the rumble, reached
for a valise and disappeared round the
house. The coach door opened, and
the Lady Julia Majendie descended, followed
by no less a person than my Lord
Majendie himself, who was seldom
known to leave his library, much less to
accompany his daughter out driving.
His presence marked a great occasion.
And with them was a very fine lady, a
stranger to any of the farm, a little lady
with dark hair in ringlets and high
plumes to a great hat, and a dress that
shone with as many pale colors as a
pigeon’s breast. She sniffed, and “Oh!”
cried she in very high, loud tones, pressing
a vinaigrette to her nose, “can my
poor brother be in such a place, and yet
alive?”

“Hush, madam,” said Lord Majendie,
somewhat testily, for Pomona stood in
the door. “I am sure we owe nought but
gratitude to this young woman.”

He was a gaunt, snuffy, untidy old
man, in a dilapidated wig, but his eyes
were shrewd and kindly behind the
large, gold-rimmed spectacles. He
peered at Pomona, pale and beautiful.

Lady Julia had evidently inherited
her father’s short sight, for she, too,
was staring through an eyeglass. She
carried it on a gold chain, and when she
lifted it to one eye her small fair face
took an air of indescribable impertinence.

She interrupted father and friend,
coming to the front with a scarcely perceptible
movement of pointed elbows:

“Bring us instantly to Lord Blantyre.”

“This way an it please you,” said
Pomona.

She led them in, and there in the
great kitchen, well within the glow from
the deep hearth, propped on patchwork
cushions, wrapped in blue homespun, lay
the invalid.

The ladies were picking their steps
across the flags with a great parade of
lifting silken skirts; the worthy old
scholar, Lord Majendie, was following,
with an expression of benign, childlike
interest, but all three seemed struck by
the same amazement, almost amounting
to consternation. Lord Blantyre lifted
his pallid, black-bearded countenance
and looked at them with a gaze of uncompromising
ill-humor.

“Good Lord, brother!” exclaimed the
little lady with the ringlets, at last. She
made a faint lurch against Lady Julia.

“If your sisterly feelings are too
much for you, and you are contemplating
a swoon, pray be kind enough to
accomplish it elsewhere, Alethea,” said
Lord Blantyre.

“Oh, my excellent young friend! Oh,
my dear lord! Tut! tut! tut! I should
hardly have known you,” ejaculated the
old man. “You must tell us how this
has come about; we must get you home.
Tush! you must not speak. I see you
are yet but weakly. My good young
woman, this has been a terrible business—nay,
I have no doubt he does your
nursing infinite credit, but why not have
let us know? Tut! tut!”

Before Pomona could speak, and, indeed,
as she had no excuse to offer, the
words were slow in coming, her patient
intervened, curtly.

“I would not permit her to tell you,”
quoth he.

She glanced at him, startled; his eyes
were averted.

“Oh, my lord, this is cruel hearing for
us,” minced Julia.

She might have spoken to the wall for
all the effect her smile and ogle produced
on him. She turned her glass
upon Pomona, and ran it up and down
her till the poor girl felt herself so
coarse, so common, so ugly, that she
could have wished herself dead.

“Pray, Lord Majendie,” said Blantyre,
“is Colonel Craven yet with you?”

Lady Alethea tossed her head, flushed57
and shot a look, half defiance, half fear,
at her brother.

He propped himself up on his elbow,
turned and surveyed her with a sneering
smile.

“How pale and wasted art thou, my
fair Alethea! Hast been nursing the
wounded hero, and pining with his
pangs? Or is’t, perchance, all fond
fraternal anguish concerning my unworthy
self? Oh, see you, I know what
an uproar you made about me all over
the countryside, what a hue and cry for
the lost brother.”

“A plague on it, Julia,” said Lord
Majendie, scratching his wig perplexedly
and addressing his daughter in a
loud whisper, “what ails the fellow?
Does he wander, think you?”

But Lady Alethea seemed to find a
meaning in the sick man’s words, for
she tossed her head once more, and answered
sharply:

“No, brother, I made no hue and cry
for you, for ’tis not the first time it
has been your pleasure to play truant
and leave your loving friends all without
news. How was I to know that you
were more sorely hurt than Colonel
Craven? He left you, he told us, standing
by a tree, laughing at his pierced
arm. You are not wont to come out
of these affairs so ill.”

That they were of the same blood
could not be doubted, for it was the
very same sneer that sat on both their
mouths.

“And pray, since we must bandy
words,” she went on, gaining yet more
boldness, “why did you thus keep me
willfully in suspense?”

“Because,” said he, sweetly, “I was
too ill for thy nursing, my Alethea.”

“I presume,” said she, “you had a
nurse to your fancy?”

Her black eyes rolled flashing on
Pomona. The earl made no reply.

“Let me assure your lordship,” put
in his would-be host here, quickly, “that
Colonel Craven is gone.”

”’Tis well, then,” replied Blantyre,
ceremoniously, “and I will, with your
permission, this very night avail myself
of your offer of hospitality for a
few days, but you will, I fear, have to
send a litter for me. To sit in a coach
is yet beyond me.”

And while the good-natured nobleman
instantly promised compliance,
Lord Blantyre, waving away further
discourse with a gesture, went on wearily:

“Let me beg of you not to remain
or keep these ladies in surroundings so
little suited to their gentility. And the
sooner, my good lord, you can dispatch
that litter, the sooner shall you have the
joy of my company. Farewell, Julia,
for but a brief space. I trust that you
and Colonel Craven enjoyed the chase
the other day. We shall meet soon
again, sister; pray you bear up against
our present parting.”

Both the ladies swept him such very
fine courtesies that the homely kitchen
seemed full of the rustle of silk. Lady
Julia Majendie had a little fixed smile
on her lips.

The farm servants were all watching
at the windows to see the great ladies
get into their coach, to see it wheel
about with the four horses clattering
and curvetting. Pomona and Lord
Blantyre were alone. She stood, her
back against the wall, her head held
high, not in pride, for Pomona knew no
pride, but with the natural carriage of
her perfect strength and balance. Her
eyes looked forth, grieving yet untearful,
her mouth was set into lines of patient
endurance. He regarded her
darkly.

“I go this evening, Pomona.”

“Ay, my lord.”

The tall wooden clock ticked off a
heavy minute.

“Is my man here?” asked Lord Blantyre.
“Bid him come to me, then, to
help me to my room.”

His lordship’s toilet was a lengthy
proceeding, for neither his strength nor
his temper was equal to the strain. But
it was at length accomplished, and, perfumed,
shaven, clothed once again in
fine linen and silk damask, wrapped in
a great furred cloak, Lord Blantyre sat
in the wooden armchair and drank the
cordial that Pomona had prepared him.

He was panting with his exertions,
his heart was fluttering, but Pomona’s58
recipes were cunning; in a little while
he felt his pulses calm down and a glow
of power return to him, and with the
help of his cane and his servant he was
able to advance toward the door.

“The young woman is outside, waiting
to take leave of your lordship,” volunteered
the sleek Craik.

His master halted, and fixed him with
an arrogant eye.

“The young woman of the farm,” explained
the valet, glibly, “and, knowing
your lordship likes me to see to these
details, I have brought a purse of gold—twenty
pieces, my lord.”

He stretched out his hand and
chinked the silken bag as he spoke.

“For whom is that?” asked Lord
Blantyre.

The man stared.

“For the young woman, my lord.”

Lord Blantyre steadied himself with
the hand that gripped the speaker’s arm;
then, lifting the cane with the other,
struck the fellow across the knuckles
so sharply that with a howl he let the
purse fall.

“Pick it up,” said the Wicked Earl.
“Put it into your pocket, and remember,
for the future, that the servant who
presumes to know his master’s business
least understands his own.”

The litter was brought to the door of
his chamber, and they carried him out
through the kitchen to the porch; and
there, where Pomona stood waiting, he
bade them halt and set it down. She
leaned toward him to look on him, she
told herself, for the last time. Her
heart contracted to see him so wan and
exhausted.

“Good-by, Pomona,” said he, gazing
up into her sorrowful eyes, distended
in the evening dimness. He had seen a
deer look at him thus, in the dusk, out
of a thicket.

“Good-by, my lord,” said she.

“Ah, Pomona,” said he, “I made a
sweeter journey the day I came here!”

And without another word to her he
signed to the men, and they buckled to
their task again.

Her heart shuddered as she watched
the slow procession pass into the shadows.
They might have been bearing a
coffin. With the instinct of her inarticulate
grief, she went to seek the last
memory of him in his room. By the
light of a flaring tallow candle, she
found Lord Blantyre’s man repacking
his master’s valise. He looked offensively
at her as she entered.

“Young woman,” said he, shaking his
head, “you have taken a very great liberty.”

Then, picking up the coarse white
shift and surveying it with an air of intense
disgust, ”’Tis a wonder,” quoth
he, “his lordship didn’t die of this.”

* * * * *

“I fear, my fair Julia, that fondly as
I should love it, I shall never call you
sister.”

Julia turned at the fleer and flung a
glance of acute anger at her friend.

“If you had not been yourself so determined
to have the nursing of Colonel
Craven’s wound, my dearest Alethea,”
responded she, sweetly, “the
friendly desire of your heart might be
in a better way of accomplishment.
And, oh!”—she fanned herself and tittered—“I
pity you, my poor Alethea, I
do, indeed, when I think of those wasted
attentions.”

Lady Alethea had her feelings less
under control than her cool-blooded
friend. Her dark cheek empurpled,
her full lips trembled.

“My woman tells me,” proceeded
Julia, “that the creature Craik, your
brother’s man, hath no doubt of my
lord Blantyre’s infatuation. ‘Pomona!’
he will call in his sleep. Pomona! ’Tis
the wench’s name. I wish you joy of
your sister-in-law, indeed.”

Lady Alethea wheeled upon her with
an eye of fire.

“Need my brother wed the woman
because he calls upon her name?” she
mocked.

“If I know my lord your brother, he
might well wed her even because he
need not,” smiled the other. “Now you
are warned. ’Tis none of my concern,
I thank my Providence! You will be
saved a dairymaid at least.”

Alethea’s wavering color, her flurried
breath, bore witness to discomposure.

“My Lord Blantyre,” pursued Lady59
Julia Majendie, relentlessly, “has ever
taken pleasure in astonishing the
world.”

Lady Alethea clinched her hands.

“Your father rules here; let him
transport the slut!”

“Nay,” said Julia. She placed her
hand upon the heaving shoulder, and
looked at her friend with a singular
light in her pale yet brilliant eyes. “Do
you think to break a man of a fancy by
such measures? ’Twould be as good
as forging the ring. Nay, my sweet, I
can better help thee; ay, and give thee
an hour’s sport besides.”

And, as Alethea raised questioning
eyes, Julia Majendie shook her silver-fair
ringlets and laughed again.

“Leave it to me,” quoth she.

* * * * *

“Will Mistress Pomona favor the
Lady Julia Majendie with her company
at the castle?”

This was the message carried to the
farmhouse by a mounted servant. He
had a pillion behind him on the stout
palfrey, and his orders were, he said,
to bring Mistress Pomona back with
him.

Pomona came running out, with the
harvest sunshine on her copper hair;
her cheek was drained of blood.

“Is my lord ill again?” she queried,
breathlessly.

The man shook his head; either he
was dull or well drilled.

Pomona mounted behind him without
a second’s more delay, just as she was,
bareheaded, her apron stained with apple
juice, and her sleeves rolled up
above her elbows. She had no thought
for herself, and only spoke to bid the
servant hurry.

For a fortnight she had heard no
word of her patient. In her simple heart
she could conceive no other reason for
being summoned now than because he
needed her nursing.

But when she reached the castle and
was passed with mocking ceremony
from servant to servant, the anxious
questions died on her lips; and when
she was ushered, at length, into a vast
bedchamber, hung with green silk, gold
fringed, and was greeted by Lady Julia,
all in green herself, like a mermaid,
smiling sweetly at her from between
her pale ringlets, she was so bewildered
that she forgot even to courtesy. She
never heeded how the tire-woman, who
had last received her, tittered as she
closed the door.

“A fair morning to you, mistress,”
said Lady Julia. “I am sensible of your
kindness in coming to my hasty invitation.”

“Madam,” faltered Pomona, and remembered
her révérence; “I am ever at
your service, honorable madam. I hope
my lord is not sick again.”

“My father?” mocked the mermaid,
running her white hand through her
curls. But Pomona neither understood
nor practiced the wiles of women.

“I meant my Lord Blantyre,” said
she.

“Oh, the lord earl, your patient; nay,
it goes better with him. Oh, he has been
sadly, sadly. We have had a sore and
anxious time; such a wound as his,
neglected——” she shook her ringlets.

Pomona’s lip suddenly trembled, she
caught it between her teeth to steady it.

“Ah,” said Julia, interrupting herself
and turning on her chair, “here comes
the Lady Alethea.”

Alethea entered, mincing on high-heeled
shoes, her cherry lips pursed, her
dark eyes dancing, as if a pair of mischievous
sprites had taken lodging
there. She gazed at Pomona, so large,
so work-stained, so incongruous a figure
in the bright, luxurious room. Her
nostrils dilated. She looked as wicked
as a kid.

“My brother,” said she, addressing
her friend, though she kept staring at
Pomona, “has heard of this wench’s
arrival. He would speak with her.”

“I will go with you, even now,” said
Pomona.

Both the ladies shrieked; so did the
maid who had followed Lady Alethea
into the room.

“My good creature! In that attire?”

“My brother, so fastidious, so suffering!”

“And she,” cried the tire-woman, taking
up the note, “still with the stench60
of the saucepan about her! Positively,
madam, the room reeks.”

If Pomona carried any savors beyond
those of lavender and the herbs she
loved, it was of good sweet apples and
fragrant burnt sugar. But she stood in
her humiliation, and felt herself more
unfit for all the high company than the
beasts of her farmyard.

“You must not take it unkindly,
child,” said Lady Julia, with her cruel
little laugh and her soft voice, “but my
Lord Blantyre, you see, hath ever a
great distaste of all that is homely and
uncomely. He hath suffered extraordinarily
in that respect of late. We
must humor him.”

Truly Pomona was punished. She
marveled now at herself, remembering
what her presumption had been.

“I will go home, madam, if you permit
me.”

Again the ladies cried out. To thwart
the invalid—’twas impossible. Was the
girl mad? Nay, she would do as they
bid? ’Twas well, then. Lady Julia, so
kind was she, would help to clothe her
in some better apparel and make her
fit to present herself. The while the
Lady Alethea would return to her post
of assiduous nurse, and inform his lordship
of Pomona’s speedy attendance.

Pomona gave herself into their hands.

Lord Blantyre lay on a couch in the
sunshine. A fountain played merrily
to his right; to his left his sister sat demurely
at embroidery. In spite of her
ladyship’s melancholy account, the patient
seemed to have gained marvelously
in strength. But he was in no better
humor with the world than on the last
day of his stay at the farm.

He tossed and fretted among his rich
cushions.

“She tarries,” he said, irritably, for
the twentieth time. “You are all in
league to plague me. Why did you tell
me she was coming?”

“My good brother,” answered the
fair embroideress, tilting her head to
fling him the family sneer, “I pray you
curb your impatience, for yonder comes
your siren.”

Here was Julia, indeed, undulating toward
them, and, after her, Pomona!

Lord Blantyre sat up suddenly and
stared. Then he fell back on his cushions
and shot a look at Alethea, before
which she quailed.

Stumbling in high heels that tripped
her at every step, she who had been
wont to move free as a goddess; scarce
able to breathe in the laced bodice that
pressed her form out of all its natural
shapeliness, and left so much of her
throat bare that the white skin was all
crimson in shame down to the borrowed
kerchief; her artless, bewildered face
raddled with white and red, her noble
head scarcely recognizable through the
bunching curls that sat so strangely
each side of it—what Pomona was this?

“Here is your kind nurse,” fluted
Lady Julia. “She had a fancy to bedizen
herself for your eyes. I thought
’twould please you, my lord, if I humored
the creature.”

“Everyone is to be humored here,”
thought poor Pomona, vaguely.

“Come to his lordship, child,” bade
Julia, her tones tripped up with laughter.

Pomona tottered yet a pace or two,
and then halted. Taller even than the
tall Lady Julia, the lines of her generous
womanhood took up the silken
skirt to absurd brevity, exposing the
awkward-twisting feet. Nymph no
longer was she, but a huge painted
puppet. Only the eyes were unchanged,
Pomona’s roe-deer eyes, grieving and
wondering, shifting from side to side
in dumb pleading. Truly this was an
excellent jest of Lady Julia Majendie’s!

It was strange that Lady Alethea,
bending closer and closer over her work,
should have no laughter left after that
single glance from her brother’s eyes;
and that Lord Blantyre himself should
show such lack of humorous appreciation.
There was a heavy silence. Pomona
tried to draw a breath to relieve
her bursting anguish, but in vain—she
was held as in a vise. Her heart fluttered;
she felt as if she must die.

“Pomona,” said Lord Blantyre, suddenly,
“come closer.”

He reached and caught up his sister’s
scissors from her knee, and, leaning forward,
snipped the laces that strained61
across the fine scarlet satin of Pomona’s
cruel bodice.

“Now breathe,” ordered he.

And while the other two were staring,
unable to credit their eyes, Pomona’s
prison fell apart, and over her
heaving bosom her thick white shift
took its own noble folds.

Then the woman in her awoke and
revolted. She flung from her feet the
high-heeled shoes, and with frenzied
hands tearing down her mockery of a
headdress, she ran to the fountain and
began to dash the paint off her face.
The tears streamed down her cheeks as
she laved them.

“Sweet and gentle ladies,” said the
Wicked Earl—his tones cut the air like
a fine blade—“I thank you for a most
excellent demonstration of the superiority
of high breeding. May I beg you
both to retire upon your triumph, and
leave me to deal with this poor, inferior
wretch, since you have now most certainly
convinced me she can never aspire
to such gentility as yours?”

Alethea rose, and, scattering her silks
on one side, her embroidery on the other,
walked straight away down the terrace,
without casting a look behind her.
Julia ran after her with skipping step,
caught her under the arm, and the
laughter of her malice rang out long
after she had herself disappeared.

“Pomona,” said Lord Blantyre.

Often he had called to her, in feverish
complaint, or anger, or pettishly,
like a child, but never in such a tone as
this. She came to him, as she had always
come; and then she stood in shame
before him, her long hair streaming, the
tears rolling down her cheeks, her
hands folded at her throat, her shapely
feet gripping the ground in Julia Majendie’s
green silk stockings. Slowly
his gaze enveloped her. All at once he
smiled, and then, meeting her grieving
eyes, he grew grave again, and suddenly
his haughty face was broken up
by tenderness. He caught one dripping
twist of hair, and pulled her toward him,
after his gentle-cruel fashion. She fell
on her knees beside him and hid her
face in his cushions.

“Kiss me, Pomona,” said he.

“Oh, my lord,” she sobbed, “spare
me; I am only a poor girl.”

Many a time she had dreamed, since
the morning in the orchard, that she
was carrying that bleeding body, her
lips on the dying roses of his lips, but
never, in her humility, had she, even in
her sleep, thought of herself as in his
arms. This was no dream, and yet so
he clasped her.

He bent his dark head over her radiant
hair, his voice dropped words
sweeter than honey, more healing than
balm, into her heart, that was still so
bruised that it could scarce beat to joy.

“When I first beheld you in the
orchard, I was sorry that I might have
to die, Pomona, because you were in
life. You carried me in your arms and
kept my soul from passing, by the touch
of your lips. When the fever burned me
you brought me coolness—you lifted
me and gave me breath. All night you
held me. Patient, strong Pomona! You
bore with all my humors. You came
to me in the night from your sleep, all
in white, like an angel, your bare feet
on the boards. Oh, my gentle nurse,
my humble love, my mate, my wife!”

She raised her head to gaze at him.
Yet she took the wonder like a child,
not disclaiming, not questioning.

“Oh!” she said, with a deep, soft
sigh.

He fondly pushed the tangled hair
from her brow.

“And shall a man make shift with
sham and hollow artifice when he can
possess truth itself? They put paint on
your cheeks, my Pomona, and tricked
you out in gauds, and behold, I saw
how great was the true woman beside
the painted doll!”

He kissed her lips, and then he cried:

“Oh, golden apple, how is the taste
of thee sweet and pure!”

And, after a silence, he said to her,
faintly, for he was still weak for such
rapture:

“Lift me, my love, and let me lie
a while against your woman’s heart, for
never have I drawn such sweet breath
as in your arms.”


62

The Master of the Dido
BY ELIZABETH DUER

The Master of the Dido, by Elizabeth Duer
A

A CERTAIN great corporation
was digging
up New York and setting
microbes loose in
quarters too aristocratic
to suffer inconvenience
with patience,
and so there were a
general boarding up of front doors
and windows, a rush to Europe or to
watering places; and my elders, who
were just recovering from the grip, decided
that Southstrand in the month of
May was preferable to pneumonia in
town. Therefore I—Kate Russell—was
sent on ahead to open my mother’s
cottage at that gay little resort, in spite
of my uncle Barton Hay’s warnings
against such an unchaperoned proceeding,
and mamma’s distrust of my housekeeping
powers. She was not strong
enough to undertake it herself, but to
intrust the sacred rites of cleaning and
unpacking to the supervision of a girl
of twenty seemed to her abnormal;
while uncle Barton felt that no unmarried
woman should be given such liberty.

My uncle had condescended to live
with us since my father’s death, and,
while he was too set in his ways to do
anything for anybody, we were much
attached to him, and let him bully us,
as most women do the one man in the
house.

“Julia,” he said, addressing my
mother, “you are surely not going to
send Kate off alone to that jumping-off
place, Southstrand! If some young
fellow elopes with her, you’ll have yourself
to thank.”

“This is the twentieth century, Barton,”
said mamma, laughing; “young
women do not elope nowadays. They
may defy parents and divorce husbands,
but they don’t elope.”

“Don’t they?” snorted uncle Barton.
“I say they do! When I was at Nassau
this winter, a young Englishman, without
two cents to jingle on a tombstone,
eloped with old Stanbury Steel’s daughter.
They borrowed his friend Lord
Battleford’s steam yacht—you must remember
about Battleford—started
round the world a poor lieutenant on
some English man-of-war, and came
back to find half a dozen relations dead,
and a title and fortune waiting for him.
Well, as I was saying, they got him to
lend them his yacht, touched at Miami
to get married, and were off before old
Steel could catch ’em. Mark my
words, Julia, girls are not to be
trusted.”

This last remark switched them back
to the starting point, and they finally
agreed to let me go.

The swallow that does not make summer
came to us disguised as one warm
day, and mamma dispatched me on my
mission, although before I could pack
and get off the weather had turned
chilly, with a wind from the east.

I was allowed a bodyguard of two
servants—the most incompetent in the
house, and therefore the most easily
spared: old Murphy, a preserved supernumerary,
who, having been my
father’s valet, was kept on through sentiment,
and Bridget, the housemaid,
also elderly and very irritable.

We reached our little, airy, seaside
home at sundown—only there wasn’t
any sun—and found the fires, lighted
by the women who had been cleaning,
most agreeable after a chilly drive from63
the station. The wind was howling
and rattling through the cracks of the
window frames, and actually made its
way between the boards of the floor.
There was nothing to oppose its fury;
it could sweep up uninterruptedly from
the Antilles or across from Europe, and
that night it seemed to come from both
directions at once, and make whirling
eddies on our south piazza.

Murphy served me a nice little repast
on a tray, so that I did not have to leave
the library fire, and I amused myself
with my novel till half-past nine, and
then rang the bell.

“I am going to bed, Murphy,” I
said. “You may lock up.”

“Me and Bridget’s going ourselves,
ma’am,” he answered.

“See that all the shutters are securely
fastened,” I added. “The cleaners
left some of them open, but they
should be closed such a night as this.”

“Make yourself easy, Miss Kate,”
he said, patronizingly. “Me and
Bridget knows the ways of them
weemen.”

And so, drowsy with the narcotic of
sea air, my household went to bed.

As I undressed, I heard the first
splash of rain. It didn’t come pattering
like a shower, but in a wild dash
against the side of the house, as if the
wind had caught the crests of all the
waves and was hurling them landward.

A line of a hymn I used to repeat to
mamma in my childish days came back
to me as I laid my head on the pillow:

Guard the sailors tossing on the deep blue sea.

Truly they would need guarding that
night, I reflected; but as sentiment rarely
interferes with inclination, my sympathy
for the tempest-tossed sailors did
not prevent my going to sleep promptly
and remaining in that state of oblivion
for hours.

About three o’clock—possibly a little
earlier—I waked up with a beating
heart; some unusual noise had disturbed
me, and I raised myself on my
elbow to listen. It came again—my
shutter, banging like a sledge hammer.
If anyone thinks it is pleasant to get out
of a warm bed to wrestle with a recalcitrant
shutter in the teeth of an Atlantic
gale, they don’t know the south
shore of Long Island—that is all! I
waited for a moment, selfishly hoping
Bridget might hear and come to my
aid, but Bridget was no such goose—and
I got up to help myself.

As is often the case on the coast, the
rain was fitful; sometimes it came in
torrents, and then for half an hour it
would cease. Just now the wind was
the only aggressor, and as I stood shivering
and looking out through my shutterless
window toward the sea, up
through the blackness ran a tiny trail
of fire that burst into a star and fell.

Amazement was my first sensation,
and then terror! A ship was drifting
on the bar and signaling for help, and
perhaps I was the only living soul who
had seen it! I knew the life-saving
crew were close at hand—their station
stood across the road opposite to our
cottage—but with the exception of the
two men on duty, making their dreary
patrol of the beach, they were probably
asleep in their beds, and those two
might be several miles to the east or
the west, at the end of their beat, while
the helpless creatures on the bar sent
their flashing prayer for aid.

Hastily lighting my reading lamp, I
set it in my window; that much of comfort
should be theirs—they should know
that one landlubber was up and stirring
in their behalf. Next I ran to Bridget’s
room and shook her till she waked. Her
irritation yielded to the excitement of
the moment, and she undertook to get
Murphy up and to join me as soon as
possible.

I had come up to Southstrand well
provided with warm, rough clothing,
and I dressed as rapidly and suitably
as I could to go out in the storm.
Bridget, in spite of a sharp tongue, had
the kind-heartedness of her nation, and
needed no second bidding to make up
the kitchen fire and unpack the blankets.

“Sure they’ll need something to warm
their drownded bodies if they come
ashore,” she declared. “So have the64
whisky handy, Miss Kate, for belike
they’ll want it.”

I had pushed my curly mane into a
tam, and buttoned a waterproof coat
over my short skirts, and I now opened
the back door and went out before
Bridget realized what I meant to do.
She came roaring after me, horrified at
my venturing alone into the night, but
I was beyond recall, halfway over to
the life-saving station.

Trust our coast crews for good service.
Except for one solitary Triton in
his sou’wester, every man of the crew
was already on the beach, and this one
was only making the place snug before
rushing after them. He started when
I addressed him, for I came upon him
softly.

“So you knew about the vessel!” I
exclaimed, standing in the doorway of
the great barn of a place where the
apparatus for rescue is kept—the boat
and the life car and mortar, the breeches
buoy and the life belts—most of which
was now on the beach.

The man looked at me with ill-disguised
impatience.

“I want to shut that door, lady,” he
said.

Evidently I had to make my choice
between being squeezed flat or getting
out of the way.

In a moment he emerged through a
smaller door, and began striding toward
the beach, and I, nothing daunted
by his surliness, ran beside him. We
passed through a cleft between the sand
dunes and over the heavy sands of the
upper beach, and as we ran my indifference
to the storm seemed to win me
a reluctant esteem, for he condescended
to answer some of my questions.

He said they judged the vessel to be
a small one, that she would probably
drift over the bar with the tide that
had just turned to come in, and would
go to pieces near shore; that they
would try to launch the lifeboat, but
he didn’t believe they would succeed
in such a surf, and he guessed they
would have to shoot a line over her and
use the breeches.

I could only hear about half his
words, for they were carried away by
the wind, which tore across the beach
so laden with loose sand that it lashed
our faces like a whip. I thanked him
for his information, and asked his
name, and then I told him mine, and
tried to prove the sincerity of my wish
to help.

“I am Miss Russell, and this is my
house,” I said, pointing to the lighted
windows of the cottage a few hundred
feet away. “You may call on me for
blankets or bedding, or refreshment
of any kind—good luck to you, Mr.
Herrick. I shall stand here and watch.”

“We’ll do all we can,” he said, shaking
his head, “but the chances to save
them folks out there looks pretty poor
to me.”

Here he left me, and directed his
steps toward the swinging lanterns that
marked the spot where his companions
were busy. They had run their large
surf boat to the edge of the waves, and
were making strenuous efforts to launch
it, but in the darkness and in such a
sea it was little short of madness.
Every time there was a momentary lull,
the men, with their hands grasping the
gunwales, rushed waist-deep into the
water, but before they could scramble
into the boat, a great roller would
drive it and them back on the beach,
and they were beginning to lose heart.

Half an hour had passed since the
stranded vessel had signaled, and I began
to fear that all was over, when
close—quite close—a blue light burned,
and we saw her plainly only a few hundred
yards from the shore. I was
standing as near the tide line as I dared,
and in my excitement was frequently
caught by the invading waves and wet
to my knees—but what do such things
matter in the presence of a tragedy?

While I looked I became conscious
that the figures of the life-saving crew
were dimly visible, and far across the
sea a gray light crept into the sky; the
day was breaking, and one element of
terror was gone.

Our men abandoned the idea of using
their boat, and they drew it out of reach
of the waves, and dragged their mortar
into position. By this time it was light
enough for us to see the vessel, and a65
sorry sight she was. She was pointing
up the coast, her bowsprit gone and
her forward mast broken about halfway
down; she listed terribly to leeward,
and every third or fourth wave
washed entirely over her deck. Her
crew were in the rigging of the mainmast;
we thought we could make out
six. She was a little craft to have ventured
upon a voyage, for no pleasure
boat would be off Southstrand at that
season of the spring unless returning
from southern or European waters, and
there was something in her appearance
that pronounced her a yacht even to my
inexperienced eyes.

Bang went the mortar! But in the
uncertain light the aim must have
missed, for I saw the men hauling back
the line and coiling it with lightning
speed. My heart beat to suffocation;
I felt as if it were tied to the end of
that slender cord, and was now being
dragged through the fury of the sea.

Once more they sighted and fired,
and as they stood grouped, watching
the effect, I ventured to join them. My
friend Herrick had a glass, and was reporting
his observations. Out of the
rigging a man swung down to the deck—the
line had evidently crossed the
ship! Now came a moment of intense
excitement—would he get it before a
monster wave washed it away, or would
both he and the life line be swept off
before the eyes of his comrades in the
rigging? Whatever happened, he had
written himself a hero in one woman’s
heart.

“He’s got it!” I heard Herrick shout,
and in confirmation we could see him
climbing back on the mast, while another
man seemed to be aiding him in
making the line fast. We could distinguish
even distant objects now; the
day was coming on apace.

At that moment a mountainous wave
struck the yacht, making her careen so
violently that the mast seemed to touch
the sea, and when she righted herself
the lowest man was gone!

Without knowing it, I must have
sobbed aloud, for Herrick laid a rough
hand on my shoulder.

“This ain’t no place for women,” he
said, though not unkindly. “You had
better go home, Miss Russell.”

“I’ll not go home,” I answered, angrily,
and then I, in my turn, grasped
his arm.

“What is that in that wave?” I almost
screamed, and he answered, with
an oath I dare not set down:

“It’s a man!”

Most of the life-saving men were
busy paying out the heavy line that was
to support the breeches buoy to and
from the sinking ship, but one young
fellow heard Herrick’s shout, and followed
him to the edge of the waves.
They were already in their cork belts,
and Herrick now fastened a rope round
his waist and gave the coil to his companion
as he waited for the incoming
surge. The two stood like a pair of
leashed greyhounds prepared to spring.

On came the roller—not a wall of
water, like many that had preceded it,
but low, swift and sweeping, with a
nasty side twist—and in its foam, sometimes
tossed high, sometimes hidden in
the spray, came its human burden.

Herrick ran forward to meet the
wave, and plunged under as it broke,
while we on shore watched with throbbing
hearts his game with death. It
seemed an even chance whether he
would snatch his prey from the sea,
or be trampled himself in its cruel
pounding. The agony of the moment
made it seem interminable, and I think
I must have lost consciousness, for I
found myself on the sands with my
head against the lifeboat, and, a hundred
feet away, Herrick and the man
he had saved were stretched side by
side.

I never saw anything as humanly
perfect as that sailor. He was a young
man—decidedly under thirty—with the
regularity of feature we usually consider
Greek, and a look of repose
beautiful to behold. Dignity, tenderness
and a soft languor all mingled
in the expression of his face.

I could not believe that he was dead,
such a little time had elapsed since he
had been swept from the vessel, and I
knelt beside him and began to rub his
cold hands between my own.

66
The hands were good—too good for
a seafaring man, and with feminine precipitance
I jumped to the conclusion
that this beautiful, fair-haired Viking
was the owner of the yacht, and no
sooner had this idea entered my mind
than romance was busy weaving a web
round my heart. The lower part of
his face was bronzed by exposure, but
the forehead was white as a child’s,
and above it the short hair grew low,
and ruffled itself in little rings as the
water dripped from it. I knew if ever
the eyes met mine they would be blue,
and I gazed as if the force of my will
could compel them to disclose their secret
to me. Perhaps it did—for suddenly
the lids trembled, then opened,
and a pair of blue-gray eyes looked
sternly in my face. The expression was
defiant, as if the spirit had been braced
to meet danger, but in a second the
hard look vanished, and the eyes seemed
to smile before they slowly shut, as if
the effort had cost all remaining vitality.

Herrick’s companion was just starting
to run for help when that redoubtable
person sat up and then staggered
to his feet. He had only had the wind
knocked out of him, and was his own
sturdy self in a few minutes, with a
wealth of invectives that broke rudely
upon my exalted mood. He called to
his companion to get to work if he
didn’t want the man to die on their
hands, and added, crossly:

“We can’t do anything here with a
woman lookin’ on. Just carry him over
to the station, and we’ll cut these wet
clothes off him and give him a show at
the fire, and I guess he’ll pull round all
right.”

They hoisted him over the shoulder
of the younger man, and bore him off,
leaving me humiliated by my disabilities
for usefulness. I stood rooted to
the spot where I had knelt beside the
sailor, a flood of pity and admiration
filling my heart, and a passionate wondering
whether life or death were to be
the portion of the man whose beauty
and courage had so moved me. Herrick’s
rough kindness seemed to me
sacrilege.

In the meantime the breeches buoy
had made one trip and landed its first
passenger, a monkey-like old sailor
with gold earrings and black whiskers
surrounding his flat face. He spat the
salt water from his mouth, and with
as little concern as if he were furling
a sail he lent a hand to the coast crew
in their work of rescue.

I approached the group to repeat
the offer I had already made to Herrick
of fire and refreshment at my cottage,
and overheard the old fellow’s
replies to certain questions our men
put to him concerning the yacht and
the man who had been washed overboard.

“That was our captain,” he said.
“I’ve sailed with worse—durned sight
worse! Got him, did you? Name is
Holford—yacht Dido—coming from
Nassau by way of Bermuda—here she
comes!”

This last was in reference to the
breeches, which was freighted for the
second time.

The wind was going down as the
day advanced, and the waves seemed
less vicious. To my shame, I found my
interest in the rescue of my fellow
creatures had dwindled since the Viking
had been borne off, and I became
keenly aware of my bodily discomfort.
I was wet to the skin and exhausted to
the last degree, and hardly had the
strength to drag myself home. Before
going to my room, however, I dispatched
Murphy over to the station
with blankets and hot coffee, together
with a bottle of whisky, and I charged
Bridget to let me know his report of
Captain Holford.

It was a long time before she brought
me any news, and then it was interspersed
with characteristic scoldings.

“Why didn’t I come before? Glory
be to goodness, this day and this night,
child. How can I be everywhere at
once? People running in for hot
drinks, and half-drowned creatures
sopping the kitchen with sea water;
it’s half dead I am! The captain of the
ship? Well, Murphy says he’s alive,
but he guesses he’s hurt internal, and
the doctor’s been and taken him over67
to that little house across the field,
where he can be more quiet and have
a room to himself. You drink this hot
tea, Miss Kate, and get into your bed,
if you don’t want to be sick after this
night’s work.”

She set down the tea and walked off,
disapprobation expressed in every line
of her retreating figure. When she
reached the stairs I heard her mutter:

“Young ladies running out with the
men in the middle of the night. ’Tain’t
my idea of manners, and I guess it
won’t be Mrs. Russell’s either, when
I tell her what Miss Kate’s been up
to.”

If I had been a boy I should have
said something forcible to Bridget.

* * * * *

A severe cold kept me in my room
for two days, and made me humble
enough to swallow Bridget’s nostrums
as well as her reproaches, for the
dread that she might send for my mother
and put an end to future free action
on my part held me enslaved.

The gale blew itself out, and nature
remembered that the month was May.
May at Southstrand meant buttercups
as large as daisies, and, in the woods,
clustering masses of pink azaleas. The
beach grass on the dunes waved silver
in the south wind, the fields and meadows
intensified their spring freshness
by a cunning shading of velvet greens,
and the blue of the sky melted into the
sea.

During the hours of my imprisonment
I had thought but one thought,
seen but one vision—the face of my
sailor captain as he lay on the beach,
and I asked myself how I dared to thus
idealize a stranger. Not for a second
did I doubt his place in life. Class prejudice
was mine to an overmastering
extent, but I told myself that such
beauty of body could only be the home
of what I was pleased to call the soul
of a gentleman
. For narrowness of
vision commend me to that which has
only seen life through plate-glass windows
and lace curtains. Thanks to a
new influence, mine broadened and
matured with the ripening summer.

The morning of the third day I ventured
out, and naturally directed my
steps to the life-saving station to ask
news of the yacht’s crew. Herrick was
just outside with his bicycle, prepared
to skim off to the village to spend his
leisure hours with his family, but he
courteously waited to greet me and
answer my questions.

The rescued men had been sent to
New York. The captain had attended
to that, for, while he was unable to be
moved just yet owing to injuries he had
received, he was able to give his orders
and see that they were carried out.

“Doesn’t he mourn the wreck of his
yacht?” I asked, and Herrick answered:

“Lor’, miss! ’Tain’t nothin’ to him;
he’s only the sailing master. The Dido’s
owned by a rich man, who is off on his
wedding trip, and sent the yacht home
from Nassau with this young fellow.”

Only the sailing master! My lips
kept whispering it, and my brain would
not take it in. It meant that I—Katherine
Russell, the fastidious daughter
of tradition, of all exclusiveness—had
fallen in love with a sailing master, and,
what was far worse, I had fallen in
love unsolicited. What would my
mother say—and uncle Barton? Uncle
Barton, who was always rolling that
magic word, “gentleman,” under his
tongue, and despising others. Of course
they need never know, but my secret
hurt me.

Desperate diseases require desperate
remedies, and as I walked along the
lanes in a passion of rage at my own
weakness, I determined to see this man
and let him destroy his own image in
my heart. I was in love with a creature
of my own creation—I knew
neither his mind nor his speech—perhaps
his first words would dispel the
illusion and set me free.

Across the field was the little house
that harbored him, open doored and
cheerful in the sunshine, and I boldly
turned my face thither. As I approached,
the farmer’s wife came out
of her henhouse with her apron full of
fresh eggs, and I affected to wish to
buy some for my housekeeping, and
strolled with her to the porch.

68
“I’ll put them in a basket for you,
Miss Russell,” she said, pausing. “I
am sorry I cannot ask you inside to
wait, but my parlor is let to the captain
of that wrecked vessel, and he’s still too
sick to leave his bed.”

As she spoke a towering figure filled
the doorway and a deep voice said:

“Oh, no, he isn’t, Mrs. Price, for
here he is, and hungry enough to beg
for one of those eggs for a second
breakfast.”

He was dressed in a blue flannel
shirt, such as the village shops furnished,
a pair of dark trousers, also
village made, and a coat which must
have been lent to him by the farmer:
and he wore them with an air that was
regal.

Now that I was face to face with
my folly, I recovered my senses, and,
while I felt puzzled by the contradictions
he presented, I was brave enough
to take advantage of opportunity.

“You must allow me to congratulate
you upon your rescue and that of your
crew, Mr. Holford,” I said. “You had
a narrow escape.”

“The congratulations are due to the
gallantry of your coast guards,” he answered,
with enthusiasm.

“I am sorry about the yacht,” I continued;
“she is still holding together,
for one mast thrusts itself out of the
water at low tide and looks so pathetic.”

“A monument to bad seamanship,”
he said, impatiently. “It is the last
boat I shall ever attempt to sail.”

“But isn’t sailing your occupation?”
I asked, aghast at his easy way of laying
down his livelihood. “There must
be plenty of gentlemen needing sailing
masters, even if this one especial yacht
has gone to the bottom.”

He stared at me blankly, and then a
quizzical look came into his eyes, as he
answered:

“Few gentlemen care to employ an
unsuccessful sailing master; indeed, I
am not sure but that my license will be
revoked. No, no, the ocean has thrown
me upon the land, and I mean to take
the hint.”

“It seems hard to begin life all over
again,” I said, sympathetically.

He impressed me as a man gently
nurtured, who had adopted a profession
for which he was not originally intended.

“You mustn’t waste too much compassion
on me,” he replied. “I have
no one dependent upon me, and, besides,
I am not at the end of my resources.
I possess a few acres of farm
land. There is nothing to prevent my
turning myself into a son of the soil.”

At this juncture Mrs. Price came
back with the eggs, and I turned to go,
feeling the conversation was becoming
almost too personal.

“Good-by,” I said. “I am glad you
are better. Is there anything I can
do for you?”

He came painfully after me down
the path; the muscles of his back had
been hurt and he moved stiffly.

“Two things if you will,” he said,
with rather a saucy smile: “tell me
where I have seen you before, and lend
me some books.”

This was getting on a little too fast.
If he had been my social equal, if we
had possessed friends in common, he
could not have been more assured in his
manner.

“I have never spoken to you before
in my life,” I said, coldly. “I will send
you some books, Mr. Holford.”

Again the merriment flashed into his
eyes, and he stood in my path.

“You would prefer me with manners
cold as my hands were the other day
when you chafed them for me on the
beach. You see, I remember—and I
prefer you with a red Tam o’ Shanter
on your curly locks. Oh, don’t be
vexed!” he added, with entreaty in his
voice. “I do not mean to be impertinent,
but I have been haunted by a
vision, and the impression is intensified
by reality.” He drew aside to let
me pass, and I hurried down the path,
more in love with this impudent, outrageous
stranger than before.

I sent Murphy with the books; a
choice collection of direct narratives—Conan
Doyle, Clark Russell stories, that
I considered suited to a taste more
practical than scholarly—but as an69
afterthought I added a novel I had just
read, a psychological problem as to
one’s right to dispose of life in the
manner to give the richest fulfillment
to present desires at the expense of
future wreck or death.

I was thoroughly disingenuous with
myself, for my only object in sending
that book was to mark its effect, to welcome
its discussion, and yet I pretended
I never wished to see Mr. Holford
again.

* * * * *

Perhaps it was not altogether my
fault that we met every day, and sometimes
twice a day, in that week allotted
to his recovery. If I strolled up the
beach when my house duties were over,
I was sure to be waylaid by Mr. Holford
on my return, and he leaned so
heavily on his cane, and entreated me
so earnestly to sit down for a moment
and rest, that common humanity made
me accede to his request.

I had a shrewd suspicion that
Bridget was always dogging my footsteps,
and once or twice I surprised a
flitting figure disappearing round the
piazza when Captain Holford walked
home with me, but as she never ventured
to remonstrate openly, I did not
suppose she would presume to write
about me to mamma.

This went on for six glorious days,
and we talked of everything on earth,
and even exchanged views of the trans-celestial,
and the rest of the time we
talked of ourselves, and again of ourselves.
He drew from me my thoughts
and hopes, the monotonous story of a
sheltered girl’s life, and the shrinking
and longing—so oddly mixed—with
which she viewed the impending future;
and in return he talked much of his
feelings, but little of his past, though
vaguely I guessed that a great financial
change had come to him not very long
ago, and I understood how painful explanations
might be, and admired his
uncomplaining courage.

At our last meeting, for he was going
away the next day, we discussed
that burning question of what an enlightened
conscience owes to others—to
prejudice and class distinction as
against its larger usefulness and happiness.

We were seated near the top of a
sand dune with the Atlantic murmuring
at our feet, and behind us the merry
little village settling down to rest after
the labors of the day. Mr. Holford
had been talking of youth, its sensuous
keenness to pain or pleasure, and saying
that worldly prudence meant sacrificing
life at its flood of physical development
to the dreary protection of its decay.

“We must go hungry,” he concluded,
disdainfully, “while we have the teeth
to eat, in order that our mumbling old
age may be regaled with banquets it is
past enjoying.”

His reasoning seemed to me fallacious.

“If youth is restrained,” I said, “it
is only in the cause of self-respect.
What civilized being wishes to be a
burden to others?”

“Civilization means hardened selfishness,”
he said. “It conjugates all its
tenses with to have, seldom with to be.”

I asked myself whether this bitterness
was a protest against the social
barrier between us, and I said, reproachfully:

“I don’t like you in this mood. You
are hard.”

“The sordid side of life has been
thrust upon me,” he said, sadly. “I
have known poverty and riches, and I
have suffered almost as much from one
as the other, till I hate such influences.
Why, even you—a girl of twenty—would
deny your best impulses if you
fell in love with a man below you in
position. Look into my eyes and tell
me if I have guessed the truth?”

I looked into his eyes and saw something
that made the color mount to my
cheeks and set my heart thumping.

“A girl doesn’t own her own life,
Mr. Holford,” I managed to answer.
“She only owns a little part of herself
called her heart, and that seems of
small consequence to her elders.”

“Her elders!” he repeated, scornfully.
“There spoke the conventional girl.
We will not talk in quibbles any longer.
I love you. I am an honorable man,
and therefore worthy of the woman I70
love. I can support you in decent comfort.
Will you marry me?”

He held out that handsome brown
hand to me, and I put mine in it.

“I will love you,” I said, “because I
cannot help myself, but I will not marry
you without my mother’s consent, because
it would make me miserable. You
have loved me in spite of my classbound
education, now win me openly
and honorably or go your way.”

I sprang to my feet, meaning to leave
him, but he caught my frock like a
naughty child, and held me while he
scrambled painfully to his feet.

“God bless you, Kate,” he said, “you
are right, as usual. As long as you love
me for my very self, it makes little
difference that your mother may probably
accept me for a different reason.
Tell me once more that you love the
poor sailing master of the Dido—that
if left to yourself, you would share his
fortunes, no matter how humble—and
then I will tell you the truth.”

And I told him; indeed, it was sweet
to make the confession, with no one to
share it but the crickets in the beach
grass, and a belated bird calling to
her mate, and when I had satisfied his
craving to be loved, I claimed his
promise.

“Now what have you to tell me?” I
demanded, for he had stung my woman’s
curiosity.

“Only that Holford is no longer my
name,” he said, smiling; “at least only
a part of it. Several years ago, by a
strange turn of fortune, I——”

He stopped abruptly, for mamma
appeared on the top of the sand hill
and fluttered down upon us like an
avenging angel.

“Kate!” she exclaimed. “What are
you doing here? And who is this person
with whom you are on such intimate
terms that he holds your hands
while he talks to you? My daughter
seems unable to answer me,” she continued,
turning to my lover; “perhaps
you will favor me with some account
of yourself?”

“With pleasure,” he said, his eyes
dancing wickedly. “Miss Russell could
not tell you my name because she
doesn’t know it herself. I am——”

And here he was again interrupted
by uncle Barton sliding down the sand
hill and landing heavily.

“Great Scott!” he grumbled, “I’ve a
ton of sand in each shoe! I hope I did
not hurt you, sir—why, can it be?
What the devil are you doing here,
Battleford? Do you know my sister,
Mrs. Russell? This is Lord Battleford,
Julia, whom I met at Nassau.”

At this point his wits revealed to him
that Lord Battleford was the castaway
sailor whose attentions to me had
alarmed Bridget into writing to my
mother for help, and he turned upon
the young gentleman with rancor.

“You don’t seem to need any introduction
to my niece, Lord Battleford,”
he said, loftily, while his face flushed
with turkey-cock rage, “and I beg to
inform you that I think it a deuced
ungentlemanlike thing on your part to
compromise a girl with clandestine
meetings and flirtations in the absence
of her family, and I tell you plainly the
whole thing has got to stop.”

“Not so fast, if you please, Mr.
Hay,” said my sailor, laughing. “I have
won a wife who likes me for what I
am irrespective of what I have, and I
hope you and Mrs. Russell are not going
to spoil our romance by refusing
your consent. Speak up, Kate,” he
said, turning to me; “tell these discreet
people that I am something better than
a title—a man you have learned to
love.”

And so I had to make a second confession
of the state of my heart, and
mamma succumbed in two minutes to
Battleford’s charms—or those of his
title—but I heard Uncle Barton still
scolding as he helped her up the sand
dune.

“Oh, yes, he’ll make a she-earl of
Kate—countess, I mean—but he’ll take
her away from us, and I fancy you will
yet regret the day you trusted her out
of your sight, when the ocean lies between
us and our little girl.”

But she didn’t! For in giving me to
Battleford she not only had me often
with her, but gained the dearest of sons.


71

Mrs. Evremond
By
Mrs. John Van Vorst
& Marie Van Vorst

Mrs. Evremond, by Mrs. John Van Vorst & Marie Van Vorst
W

WHEN Mrs. Evremond
found herself
actually in her carriage
it seemed to her that it
would never go fast enough, although
Heaven knows she was indifferent
to the speed of her vehicles as a
rule, there being no reason why she
should hasten—no place she especially
cared to arrive at, no excitement or
element of it in her quiet life. But this
afternoon she was conscious of every
rotation of the wheels.

When the Arc de Triomphe had been
passed and in and out among automobiles
and tramways her little yellow-wheeled
brougham crossed the Etoile
and began the descent, suddenly, with
the inconsequence marking a woman’s
emotions as clearly as it stamps her reasonings,
Mrs. Evremond decided the
coachman was driving at a ridiculous
rate. After all, she hoped never to
reach the Place de la Concorde—never
to traverse the Pont Royal and leave for
the Latin Quarter and the other side of
the river—the insouciant world of the
Bois and American Paris. She had no
desire to find the obscure street in which
her husband had his studio—which
street was, however, the direction she
had given her footman, and it was toward
No. 15 bis, Passage du Maine,
that with such useless speed she was being
driven.

They reached and passed the Elysée
Palace Hotel. Mrs. Evremond blew
through the tube at her side, the brougham
drew up to the curb, stopped and
she got out.

“You may go home. I shall not
need you again to-day,” she directed,
and, turning to the avenue, she began
to walk down the Champs Elysées. She
might at least be mistress of her own
gait; walk with short, feverish little
steps or retard her pace to keep harmony
with her alternate rapid or halting
reflections, for her mind, as
she walked, went back over
the past six months of her
married life with a persistence,
a clearness, that denoted how important
were the details, how ineffaceable
were the marks her experiences
had made upon her, how intensely she
felt what she had lived, how seriously
she had taken life, how absorbed she
was in the man to whom she had attached
herself—how desperately she
loved her husband. The vividness with
which she thought of him had the precision
of a fresh image. The impulsive
rush of herself toward the harbor her
conception of him made proved, by its
very force and freshness, that thinking
of him like this was a new thing. She
had lived with him, existed by his side,
for six years, and had never thought
about him, around him, as she did to-day.

She gasped. “Perhaps if I had
thought about him a little more and
loved him a little less, this might not
have happened!”

The happening, so distressing to her,
which had caused her, at an unusual
hour, to ring for her carriage, dress and
fly from the house on an expedition she
knew to be close to ill-breeding in its
likeness to melodrama and its distinct
opposition to codes of expedient, had
been finding a letter—the world-worn
story that comes to each woman with a
new pang.

As Mrs. Evremond reached the Rond
Point, she asked herself: “What am I
really going to do? What do I expect
to see and find, and how shall I
act when I find it?”

Women constantly commit the platitude—if
such an expression can be
used—of thinking they are acting on
certain occasions contrary to their characters,
out of gear with their codes.
Mrs. Evremond was not an impulsive72
temperament. Unaccustomed to crises
or events that called for the quick decision
of more brilliant and self-sufficient
minds, she had found herself face
to face with a problem, and was acting
with a precipitation that made her dizzy,
and a promptitude that suggested she
had been brought into contact with just
such difficulties many times before.

The well-bred gentlewoman had
seized, without second thought, the letter
lying open at her feet, read it,
gasped over it, paled over it, hated and
disbelieved it—crushed it in her hand,
and, with the now crumpled sheet between
glove and palm, she was on her
way to verify its purport; to make sure
of the fact which women, if they would
but know it, are many times happier
in ignoring; to prove to herself what?
That her husband was unfaithful to
her; that she must either “cease to love
him”—by the operation of one of those
unbalancing coups de foudre which, we
are told, turn honey to gall and love to
hate in the human breast at one revolution—or
that with the discovery she
must also acknowledge, no matter what
he did, she would love him still, and
would, therefore, curse an enlightenment
which should only give her a useless
bitter grief to suffer for the rest
of her life.

She stopped still at the Place de la
Concorde. She never walked alone in
the streets of Paris at this hour, and the
aspect of the city was new to her. In
the early winter twilight the Place shone
through the mingled mists of evening,
and the golden hazy scintillations haloing
the yellow lamps. The sunset had
left the sky over the Tuileries still red,
and above the river the heavens darkened
and grew cold, but the bridge
lights beckoned. Her hands were in
her muff, her cheeks red with exercise,
and her eyes, which had wept more
tears in the last few hours than they
would acknowledge to have seen for
many months, stung in the sharp air.
She stood irresolute. Behind her the
Champs Elysées stretched to the apex at
the Arc. It would be a quiet, restful
walk home. Should she not take it,
return and force herself to learn the
lesson—that it is folly to be too wise?
As she clasped her hands together in
her muff the letter crushed upon her
palm; she set her lips, drew a sharp
breath, and resumed her walk, turning
across to the Pont de la Concorde, traversing
it quickly, a graceful, agile
pedestrian among the many foot passengers,
unobserving of the admiring
eyes of those whose chase is beauty.

After a very long walk, Mrs. Evremond
gained the boulevard she sought,
turned into a dark little street, into a
still darker alley.

The old concierge met her at the
loge, a peasant gardienne, blear-eyed
and wearing the white cap of her province.
She blinked at madame, and under
the thick lace veil Mrs. Evremond
had worn to shield her emotion from
the curious, the old woman did not recognize
her tenant’s wife.

“Monsieur told me that he is expecting
madame,” she said, familiarly. “He
will not be long. Madame will go
in——”

Without reply, she passed the woman
and went up to her husband’s room.

Expecting her? No, that she knew
was not the case—he was expecting another;
even the old portière was in his
wretched secret, while she alone, perhaps,
of all Paris had been ignorant.

As she crossed the threshold of the
studio she seemed to enter the apartment
of a perfect stranger, so far away
from her the last few hours had served
to put him. The room was cold. She
opened the door of the little stove, and,
finding the fire laid, put a match to the
kindling; in a moment the sharp crackling
of the wood met her ears with a
friendly domestic voice whose language
was to her ears cruelly that of the
hearth and home. If what the missive
implied were true, her husband had
loved another woman for many months.
He had met her here in this place which
the wife looked upon as sacred to his
art; whose precincts she had respected
with fidelity, believing them devoted to
his work, and fearing to be obtrusive.

The studio had indeed been sacred,
but to an unlawful love.

Her first impulse was to throw her73
muff down, unwind the fur from her
neck and make herself as comfortable
as she could in the gloom of the spacious
room; but instead she walked
restlessly about, taking in the details of
decoration, the attractive disorder, with
unseeing eyes. Behind that large screen
Maurice’s models dressed and undressed—women
of the people, women
of the streets, of course, of the lowest,
most degrading type; face to face with
them, alone with them, he had passed
hours of his life with them for years.
She had never been jealous of them,
she had never thought of them; she had
regarded them in the same light with
easels, and paint, and studio equipment.

Why had she not been jealous of
them? They were women, and if
Maurice was so unattached that he
was either a prey or a victim, or a
seeker of such affairs as this which she
now believed she had discovered, why
should she not take it for granted that
there were many and varied experiences
of which she had been the unconscious
dupe? She shuddered—anger and distrust
whispered her to hate her husband,
to despise his weakness and never
to forgive him.

In her lonely promenade she peopled
the room with incidents and scenes
which did her wrong, and proved to
what extent she had unnerved herself,
what rein she gave to jealousy and fear.
She had lighted a lamp, and in its light
took out the crumpled piece of paper
from her glove and re-read it again.
It was a love letter, the warm and confident
letter of a woman who loves to
the man who loves her. At its close it
gave him rendezvous for half-past five
o’clock at 11 bis, Passage du Maine.

As Mrs. Evremond’s eyes followed
the lines among the wrinkles of the
crumpled page, her eyes brimmed over
again with tears, her knees trembled,
she felt herself actually ready to fall.
With the return of her tears came a
softening of her anger—a relief of her
unnerved state, of her suffering—for a
second she wept silently. At the moment
when her control was beyond her
power she thought she heard a sound
on the stairway, and her heart stopped
beating very nearly—the blood flew to
her face.

A sense of shame overcame her—shame
for herself, for him and for the
other woman. What a horrible thing to
follow and spy upon her husband!
What scene did she meditate? What
tirade should spring to her lips? It
showed, indeed—the fact of her presence—how
degrading was the whole
matter, if it could bring her to this.
And the woman who bravely had come
all the way from her home to find out
what she dreaded, now that enlightenment
was at hand, longed to run from
it, and wished herself a thousand miles
away. If it were true, she would rather
die than know.
If it were not true, how
she would loathe herself for her presence
here!

The steps ceased, and in the consoling
silence Mrs. Evremond regained
her natural balance—and swung true.
She turned from the table near which
she had been standing, and more hurriedly
than she had entered left the
studio—almost ran past the loge of the
old concierge, and unseen by her slipped
out of the open gate, called a passing
cab and crept into it, guiltily, closing
the door upon what she felt was her
dishonor.

* * * * *

Whereas Mrs. Evremond’s life was
made up of monologue reflection, of
days of solitude and lately of lonely
evenings, Mr. Evremond was seldom
alone. Weariness and ennui possessed
him as soon as he was face to face with
his thoughts in solitude, and he, therefore,
arranged his life, in as much as
possible, to avoid his ego, which, for
some reason or other, he cared never to
entertain en tête-à-tête!

He gave rendezvous for the morning
hours to his men friends, so that even
while he painted he was attended by
one or another of a dozen intimates,
who amused and diverted him. When
these failed, he would even call in the
curtain hanger or a carpenter for some
impromptu task, and the necessity of
sharing the burden of his personality
he attributed to his sociability. It was
innocent enough that the mere noise of74
a carpenter’s plane, the tap, tap, of an
upholsterer’s hammer, should be company
to him, yet this need of another’s
presence had been the demoralization of
his character. So long as there was
somebody with him, he put off the moment
of reckoning with himself, the
salutary confession productive of the
efforts which count in a man’s life. And
so the inward voice of conscience had
been drowned by the voice of human
companions.

Evremond was pleased with the
world and disgusted with himself. Good
health and a love of beauty caused him
perpetual enjoyment, whereas his moral
insensibility, the deadening of his ego,
deprived him of all happiness. He had
too long stifled his yawns with a smile
to be capable now of tears or laughter,
and his attitude was a menace to his
wife’s contentment. In the best hours
of Mrs. Evremond’s married life, she
had felt between her husband and herself
that breach of solitude which, no
matter by whom, must be filled.

She was six years younger than her
husband, whom, without knowing, she
loved passionately and timidly. Silent
as he was, indifferent, as a rule, and always
preoccupied, nevertheless he depended
upon her. She was the blank
page at the end of a book, the instant’s
repose for the emotions—she was a
habit—she was his wife.

Evremond was at the close of an affair;
on his part, an affair not of business,
but of the heart. For the past
three months he had made desperate
love to a woman not his wife. She had
denied him nothing. And now it was
over. Their meetings had taken place
at her house and his own studio, he had
seen her in her own boudoir, he had
driven with her in the broad light of
day through hidden alleys in the Bois.
They had made sentimental journeys to
the Louvre. Together they had sat in
the public gardens of the Tuileries. For
three long months they had amused
themselves and each other. And now
the affair was ended. Evremond was
ready to yawn upon it already. Already
the memory was becoming indistinct,
blent with memories of other adventures
so like to this one that it
would require a useless effort to distinguish
it. But this time there was
something different in the ending of the
romance, the happy ending reserved for
sensitive readers.

This afternoon at five they had met
and parted in his studio, a sundering
of friendship by mutual consent, with
adieux into which both had tried to put
feeling enough to justify the hours they
had consecrated to each other.

After she had gone he lingered in
the familiar room. A long glass screen
reflected the dying embers that had
fallen red against the iron hearth of the
stove. A certain perfume brought with
a rush to his mind moments that now
became intolerable to him. As he impatiently
put the scenes from him, between
the stove and the mirror, the mirror
in which Evremond could not, try
as he would, imagine himself alone, he
saw a small gray spot on the polished
floor. A handkerchief—no, a glove!
He stooped, picked it up, and, as though
in defiance of the bolder odors of heavier
scent that hung in the air, a faint
breath like an appeal came from the bit
of suède which held still the imprint of
a woman’s hand. His heart seemed to
stop as he turned the object over in his
hand. It was a small gray glove, distinctly
not the property of the woman to
whom he had said good-by.

He picked it up and smoothed it out;
there was something in it—a bit of
crumpled paper over whose ruffled surface
ran the words of love and the appeal
which had brought him to his last
rendezvous. He could not believe his
eyes! This was his wife’s glove! It
meant, then, that she had found the letter
which he had evidently carelessly
let fall, and she had read the ridiculous
sheet of paper whose words and expressions
gave him now a sort of
wearied nausea. She had come to the
studio to confirm her doubts, she had
seen them enter together, of course.
She knew everything, then, everything—everything
except that it was over—all
that should never have been was
ended. But that would not clear him
in her eyes.

75
Much disturbed and sick at heart, he
went out into the streets and walked
slowly along, somewhat like a man in
a dream, lighting one cigarette after
another, following, as it were, the leading
of the tiny light that faded and
glowed at the end of the paper cylinder.
He walked on until the small house in
which he lived near the Avenue du
Bois was not more than fifteen minutes
distant, then he wandered away from
it, his thoughts following an irregular
route.

* * * * *

As Mrs. Evremond got into her cab
without giving an address, the coachman
waited for a second, then leaned
down from his box and asked her where
he should drive her.

Home—she had none! Why, the
term was a farce! It had meant a
place shared by her husband and herself—he
had dishonored it, blighted it
forever in her eyes. She would go at
once to her mother’s, and from there
write him her conditions—they were
hers to make, she knew—he would not
put forth any plea; she would never see
him again.

She gave the coachman an address
in Passy, and the speaking of the number
and street out into the dark put
finality to what she did. He received it
with a “Bien, madame,” as casual and
cheerful as if she had given him a point
of happy meeting instead of neutral
ground on which to decide for misery.
She sank back in the fiacre, white and
shaking, and watched the lights of the
interminable streets mark her as she
passed, and the unconcerned passersby,
whom she envied in their apparent
freedom from an hour of agony.

She had been betrayed; horribly,
cruelly, disloyally left for another woman.
At first the jealous bitterness of it
obscured all other feeling. She was
only conscious of a desire to escape—to
put miles between herself and her
husband and to be free. He had then
not loved her for long, and she had believed
herself cherished. Now she believed
she had only been uneasily
watched. No doubt, even the few occasions
on which he had showed her
marked affection—notably after some
unintended indifference on her part—were
to be attributed to his uneasiness,
to the assuaging of his conscience.
That to such caresses she had been dupe
was a fatal obstacle to any reconciliation.

It was her hour to choose between
her rights as a wife and her divine right
as a woman, and as she mused, hidden
in the corner of the little, rattling carriage,
Mrs. Evremond saw only the
first. The reality from which she was
fleeing brought its flood of indignant
shame to her face, and she began to
despise the ignorance which had placed
her in the way of being so easily deceived.
She scorned her trust in her
husband, and the beautiful qualities of
confidence and belief grew to appear as
the most pitiable dupes—a rage of humiliation
filled her as she realized her
blindness during the most poignant moments
of her husband’s treachery. Her
constancy, her very loyal love, made
her pitifully ridiculous in her own eyes.

That a man’s betrayal has power
to waken such heat of passion and
base humiliation as this in a gentle
breast is too unfortunately the case.
Evremond’s excuses for tardy entrances,
his evading of little attentions
to herself which would have involved
the devotion of several hours, how
puerile and trifling they seemed!—how
bald and flagrant they appeared to her
illumined understanding! Worst of all
it was to feel that whatever love she
had innocently shown her husband during
these few months had for him no
value; had only served to assure him
that his wife was suspicionless—at ease;
that she was successfully duped, and he
might more fearlessly continue on his
way. She would set him free—leave
him to love whatever woman he chose
without the sin of a dishonored vow.
He would be at liberty—there would be
no trace of her left in his life. And for
herself? What would it mean for her?
She must well think of it now.

With the completeness a supreme
moment of grief alone is capable to accomplish,
she saw in a flash her past
filled with Maurice and her future without76
him. With an audible cry, quickly
stifled, she leaned forward in the little
vehicle, and stretched her hands before
her as if she would seize the first, then
shrank back, covering her face as if she
would shut out the latter.

“I don’t believe he loves her more
than me!” she cried, to her wounded
soul. “I don’t believe it; there is something
in me still that tells me he cares
for me—and there is nothing in me to
tell me that I do not love my husband—nothing
to help me to take the stand
of pride and jealousy. I love him—and
I always shall.”

Ah, she loved him! There was no
doubt about that. And how deeply inevitably
it shamed her now to acknowledge
it. Her history is the repetition
of many a woman’s, and of women less
one-minded, less unselfish, more warped
by petty jealousies, whose frequency
has become habit. But this, the first
jealous hour of Mrs. Evremond’s life,
was met by a storm of love, in which it
was beaten down to the ground as, with
a rush, came over her the accumulated
tenderness of years, never checked,
spontaneously allowed to live in her
heart, if never shown to her husband.
Instantly purged by its holiness—spiritualized
by its unselfishness—she began
to wonder if the fault did not lie with
herself.

“It is never one-sided,” she thought.
“He really loved me very much once—why
should he stop loving me? If I
have not been able to keep my husband’s
love, part, at least, of the fault
must be mine?”

It is rare that when a height is
reached, after a painful climb, that the
vision is dimmed; the reward of the
struggle is sight. Whether or not she
fatuously blamed herself, whether or
not a stronger-minded woman, zealous
for her rights and keen to the sense of
hurt honor, would be able to detect any
fault in the years of the gentle life, the
wife, examining herself, believed she
saw clear.

She had too readily accepted as a
matter of course the idea that devotion
promised at the altar is a commodity
given over in sacred form and secure
from all assaults; hers without future
effort. She had slipped into married
life too easily, too calmly, and now she
thought stupidly, without varying, or
seeking to amuse, distract or entertain—without
eternally charming the man
whom she had once charmed. For her
restless and vacillating husband—he
was this in her eyes as she mused—she
had discovered nothing new in six
years. She was a fixture to him—an
article of furniture, one with the home,
indispensable perhaps as the home itself,
but only because, like inanimate
things, she had been useful and had
made no claim. If she now sought him
in judicial manner and demanded confession,
renunciation, and all the rest of
it, what power remained with her still?
Having brought her this far in her musings,
the fiacre drove up and stopped.
Looking out she saw the grille and the
iron lamps hanging lit on either side the
posts of the gate, and back of it the
garden and her mother’s home. But
the sight of this destination brought
only a chill to her and no comfort. It
was no welcome asylum; she had no desire
to fly to her mother’s arms, to weep
and pour out her grief. She felt no
need of a confidant. She wanted to find
some basis of her unchanged loyalty to
rest upon—a natural resting place—some
strength to take her to her own
door.

Her grief, her contemplation of the
disaster to her faith in her husband, had
left her shaken in all but her love. She
loved him, and any life without him was
intolerable for her to face. “But,” she
reflected, “however much I may prefer
a future with him to no matter what
life without him, it does not follow that
he would decide in the same way.” Yet
for some intangible reason she believed
it.

She had arrived at the hour which
presents itself sooner or later in the life
of every married woman, the hour of
combat whose issue decides the limit
for all future relations.

If she should go to him to-night—wounded
vanity recalcitrant—she might
stipulate conditions that should forever
sunder their lives. Sunder their lives77
she believed for a passing fantasy, for
a weakness, for a caprice on his part.
If, on the contrary, she went to him
with forgiveness, the very fact that
there was such need, that he was forced
to receive it, would leave a scar. It requires
more grace to forget forgiveness
than to forgive. She knew her husband’s
nature—it would rankle and corrode.
She shrank from the ordeal of
an explanation, of any rôle that would
link her with this liaison.

At all events, descent here at the
friendly home was impossible. She gave
her own address, Rue Leonard de Vinci,
and directed a return through the Bois
de Boulogne. The coachman, thinking
he was driving a disappointed lady from
a rendezvous manqué, said: “Très bien,
madame!
” with less cheerfulness than
he had shown at the first instructions.
Turning briskly through Passy to La
Muette, and entering the Bois at that
gate, he drove her along at a jogging
pace toward home. Home—it had become
this once again; not as yet destroyed
and marred by torturing questions
and recriminations—never, please
God, so to be by her! If it had any sacredness,
she would try to save it still;
if the link were not too fragile, she
would mend it; if there were a hearthstone
left she would, if she might, kindle
some warmth upon it still.

“Perhaps,” she mused, “happiness is
ended for my husband and me; at all
events, I will not seek its destruction.
Perhaps he wants to leave me and be
free. He must prove it to me. He has
not proved it yet. Perhaps I can learn
to be to him more than any other woman
can ever be—can charm him to me
again as I did when I was a girl. I
can try with all my heart.”

She let down the glass of the little
window and leaned out. The air was
sweet with the smell of the damp winter
woods—the trees clustered like phantoms
close to the road—there had been
an ice storm, and the glistening tops of
the pines shone in the night like fairy
trees in crystal urns. A few stars were
out, big and bright in a sky faintly blue;
as Mrs. Evremond lifted her face to
them they seemed to shine on her as
never before. She looked up into the
heavens with a childlike sweetness,
and perhaps, in her hope and her goodness,
with as pure a faith as prayer ever
carried. She was possibly deserted definitely
by the man she loved. She had
been betrayed by him. She had never
suffered in her life as to-day. She
could never so suffer again.

We all possess the power to make
those who love us suffer just so far.
Evremond had come all at once to the
high-tide mark of his limit. He could
never cause her such keen pain again,
and he paid the penalty. She loved him
not less but differently, with a tenderness
that comes only when we have
ceased to lean—to repose; with a protection
that only comes when we are
conscious of weakness; with renunciation
that only comes when we see and
accept the destruction of the ideal, the
death of illusion, and take up with courage
the reality and embrace it instead.

“He shall never know that I know,”
she murmured, “unless he wishes to.
He has a right to his life; he has a right
to love where he likes, not by law, but
because of his nature. If he loves me
still, if he wants to go on as we are,
he will make me feel it to-night. I shall
know to-night, and for all our future
he shall decide.”

* * * * *

Mrs. Evremond was a methodical
woman of reasonable habits, and not
given to tardy wanderings about shops
or prolonged absences from her home.
She was on this night very late indeed.
The long time Evremond waited for her
confirmed his most unpleasant fears.
He had come in about six and gone to
the salon to wait her probably speedy
entrance. Then, with the nervous impatience
of a person who had every reason
to dread, and every reason to hope
for, the arrival of the expected, he
watched the clock mercilessly mark
hour after hour. At eight—never had
she been out so late before—he said,
definitely:

“She has left me—there is no doubt
about it. She knows everything, and
she never wants to see me again.”

Such a fact as the termination of78
their married relations, in the most extreme
moments of his interest in another,
he had never thought of—he had
never wished for. He had always considered
his wife suited to him, understanding
his idiosyncrasies, patient and
a pleasant background, but never had
he supposed that the naked truth of the
loss of her—or the risk of the loss of
her—would fill him with dismay.

Not caring to suggest significance in
her absence by questioning the servants,
he waited in the salon without giving
orders to retard the dinner. Every
passing cab that showed evidence of
drawing up to the curbstone made him
go to the window, only to see the vehicle
roll unconcernedly past. His wife had
left the house at five o’clock in her carriage,
which had been sent back from
the Champs Elysées; this was all he
knew save that she had been to his
studio half an hour before his rendezvous,
and had there dropped her
glove with the compromising letter.
The end, then, of his conventional commonplace
married life was to be a kind
of tragedy; the public were to have
their taste offended by his delinquencies—or
to remain indifferent to the subject.

At all events, the poignancy of the
affair was reserved for himself alone.
Consistent with his self-absorbed nature,
he pictured but one sufferer. He
allotted to his wife righteous anger, disgust
and a jealous pride—which, nevertheless,
he justified—and nothing else.
With surprise and vexation he discovered
that he was suffering, and, unused
to pain of any kind, annoyed and ill at
ease with his conscience and his fate,
he could have snapped at his irritation
like an animal at a tantalizing wound.

If she were, indeed, gone, then his
home was wrecked in consequence of
his passing passion for a woman he had
always thought in no wise equal to the
wife whom he had dishonored, whom
he, nevertheless, discovered he treasured
and valued and could not lightly
lose. What folly—what poor logic—what
false judgment! Neither logic
nor judgment entered into the case, and
he knew it, nor did an overwhelming
temptation of a grand passion justify
even remotely his behavior in his eyes;
he admitted his weakness, his facile
drifting, when he took no means to
stem the tide, his half-cynical pastime.
It looked to have cost him dear.

As sentiments whose characters have
changed in the unalterable and fickle
moment of time, when love is love no
more and desire non-existent, become
as unpleasant and safe as they were secret
and dangerous, so he thought of
his late friendship with anger and held
it cheap, a priceless imitation for which
perhaps he had given a pure jewel in
stupid exchange.

If she did not come in by nine o’clock
he would go to her, to her mother’s,
where she had undoubtedly taken refuge
in the sudden storm that had driven her
from her own doors. Once there, facing
her, what should he say? She was
so simple, so direct, so honest, so unworldly.
He was too intelligent not to
comprehend all that occasion would require
of his duplicity, subtleties, to dupe
her, to make her believe—what? He
could not make her now believe anything
but the truth. Her entire confidence
had spared him hitherto the necessity
of lying to her. He owed her
that.

As he said this to himself, the debt of
everything that he owed came very
practically to his mind. All the peace
he had known; agreeable and courteous
companionship whenever he had sought
it; the grace and comfort of a well-ordered
household; and, if anything
further, he had for a long time been too
careless to foster it, unheedful of its
value. If she were only a habit, she
was a fixed one, more steadfast than
any other hitherto formed. What
should he say to her? Since he could
not trick her to regard the situation
with anything but disgust and anger,
he would tell her the truth and plead
weakness without love and beg her forgiveness.
His nature twinged at this,
a burning flush made him hot all over.
A distaste of the cowardice in such confessions
nauseated him. If she forgave
him, if he made a clean breast of it in
loyalty to her and disloyalty to the other,79
things would never be the same
again. Between them there would always
be his weakness and her nobility.
Before humiliations such as these some
natures do not shrink. Evremond
shivered at it with all his sensibility and
pride.

“Not,” he acknowledged, “that I am
too beastly proud to own up, but that
I dread the result to us both. Que
faire?

At nine o’clock, his nerves on the
rack, his control gone, he telephoned
to the little hotel, 75 Rue Docteur
Blanche.

“Mrs. Evremond has not been at her
mother’s for several days—who wished
to know? Was there anything wrong?”

“Nothing.”

He put up the receiver—a new
thought seized him horribly. Why had
he supposed this the one and only solution—the
quiet solution to his wife’s
problem, the sequence to her discovery?
What if she had suddenly, surprisingly,
taken it to heart, and it had unnerved
her? He had not thought of her or
her feelings. She loved him—she had
loved him, he knew it well—dearly.

“What if she had——” he exclaimed,
aloud, white with emotion. Then:
“Nonsense,” he exclaimed, “she is not
hysterical—she is control itself.”

What was she? Really, what did he
know of her accurately; when had he
seen her obliged to face any crisis in
her quiet life?

He rang violently, and when the man
came in, asked:

“When did madame go out, did you
tell me? Tell me again.”

“At five. Charles drove madame a
little way on the Champs Elysées, and
was then dismissed.”

She had been gone then five hours.
There was no house of an intimate
friend to which she could have gone
for advice or even familiar confidence.
She had no intimes, no enthusiasms;
she lived, and he knew it, for him and
her home absolutely. She had built a
simple, healthful existence around him.

In this, his first solitude, his first long
soliloquy, the state of Evremond’s mind
altered as did his countenance. He
grew stilled, almost appalled, at what
might come to his knowledge now, at
any moment, and facts magnified by his
vivid imagination became ghosts to
him—every one.

He went from the salon to her rooms—the
pretty rooms of the woman of
wealth and good taste, where every article
of toilet and furniture spoke
charmingly of the mistress. Mrs. Evremond’s
dinner dress lay out on the bed;
her maid stood in the window looking
out. With a word about madame’s being
very late to-night, she left the room
discreetly.

Neither dressing table nor bureau
nor secretary had any letter for him.
There was no evidence of a hasty departure,
no melodramatic chaos in the
tranquil rooms that, with bright wood
fires and shut-in invitingness, waited
her return. She had gone out, as usual,
but not as usual had she returned.

These rooms, to whose voices he had
been for months deaf and indifferent,
spoke to him now so insistingly that he
turned away from them, not able to
bear their appeal.

Back in the salon the clock marked
the quarter after nine—at half-past he
would go out to the prefecture of the
police—and what then? Did this mean
that he discarded the idea of a voluntary
flight from him? No—she was,
of course, safe. She had simply left him
without a word or sign. He could do
nothing—but suffer and wait.

In her withdrawal, in his certainty
of loss of her, she grew infinitely precious
in his eyes and, above all the
rest of the world, for the first in a long
time she took her rightful place. If
anything sinister had occurred he knew
the whole face of life would be altered
for him forever. If she had left him,
he determined to move heaven and
earth to win her back to him—and just
here he turned sharply at the opening
of the salon door.

He sprang toward her—his white
and drawn face wore a look of fear and
suffering that at the sight of her altered
to a welcome and relief, and with a tenderness
such as had never greeted Emily80
Evremond in her life before, he cried
her name:

Emily!” He stammered it and
stopped. The face of his wife was so
different to what he would have looked
for it to be, her coming was so little
what he had planned for, that he had
no words at command.

“I am late. I am awfully late—I did
not realize it was half-past nine. Have
you dined, Maurice?”

She laid her muff and furs down.
She had only one glove on—a gray
suède glove; she drew it slowly off,
her other hand was bare.

Dined!” echoed her husband. “Why,
I’ve been waiting for you here since six
o’clock. I’ve been horribly anxious.
Emily, where on earth have you been?”
He might have said, “Where in heaven?”
for her face was heavenly. He
knew her for a pretty woman, a graceful
woman, but the face of his wife,
as she stood looking at him, quiet, unemotional,
was of a divinity that made
him marvel. He felt more infinitely far
away from her than if she had not returned
to him.

“I am sorry,” she said. “I had some
things to do, and I did not realize the
time. You must be starved, Maurice.”

What things—what had she done
and planned further to do? That tears
and reproaches and accusations were
not in the rôle she had given herself,
he saw. Any opening of the subject by
him he felt would be a grave mistake.
If she said nothing he would ignore
that she knew. She did not, of course,
know yet that he had found her glove,
even if she had purposely left it—how
could she be sure that he would return?
Perhaps she did not know that she had
lost it, or where. His heart leaped at
the respite—the little respite it was—his
color came back, and the possibility
of a natural attitude.

She had gone over to the mirror and
was taking off her hat tranquilly, instead
of going to her own room. She
arranged her hair deftly and lightly
with a touch here and there. Maurice
watched her, and the light on her hands
and on the jewels of her engagement
ring and the plain round of her wedding
ring. Her hands were small; on
one hand all day she had worn a gray
glove, and between it and her palm had
lain the letter with its cruel flaunting to
her of his treachery and his sin. And
she returned to him like this—gentle,
controlled!

He drew a deep breath. “What
pluck!” he thought. “What a woman!”
He adored her, and all that her
unspoken forgiveness meant, all that
her grace conceded, worked in him a
change—a conversion. Maurice Evremond
was a different man to the one
who had left her that very morning—she
had won her husband.

And she, for her part, was under the
spell of his greeting. She wanted never
to forget his face until its pallor and
its transfiguration, until its significance,
were fixed upon her heart. He had believed
her gone—and he cared. He
answered her question unconsciously
without speaking a word. If he loved
her ever so little, she would win the
rest. She would supersede any other
woman in the world with him. She
turned with a smile to find his eyes
fixed on her.

“Let’s go in to dinner as we are,
Maurice, it’s so late.”

Evremond came to her, put his arms
around her; for the thousandth part of
a second he felt her shrink. He drew
her close. Under his touch her face
suffused like a bride’s. He saw now,
as he held her, the marks of tears on
her eyes; the illuminating of her spirit
had concealed them until now, but the
human touch brought her to life.

The sharp drawing of the cord, as
the curtains were pulled back between
salon and dining room, made them start
apart as the maitre d’hôtel summoned
them to a repast already two hours
late.

Madame est servie.


81

The Dog Star
By Joseph C. Lincoln

The Dog Star, by Joseph C. Lincoln
I

IT commenced the day
after we took old man
Stumpton out codfishin’.
Me and Cap’n
Jonadab both told
Peter T. Brown that
the cod wa’n’t bitin’
much at that season,
but he said cod be jiggered. “What’s
troublin’ me jest now is landin’ suckers,”
he says.

So the four of us got into the Patience
M.
—she’s Jonadab’s catboat—and
sot sail for the Crab Ledge. And
we hadn’t more’n got our lines over the
side than we struck into a school of
dogfish. Now, if you know anything
about fishin’ you know that when the
dogfish strike on it’s “good-by, cod!”
So when Stumpton hauled a big fat one
over the rail I could tell that Jonadab
was jest ready to swear. But do you
think it disturbed your old friend, Peter
Brown? No, sir! He never winked
an eye.

“By Jove!” he sings out, starin’ at
that blamed dogfish as if ’twas a gold
dollar. “By Jove!” says he, “that’s the
finest specimen of a Labrador mack’rel
ever I see. Bait up, Stump, and go at
’em again.”

So Stumpton, havin’ lived in Montana
ever sence he was five years old,
and not havin’ sighted salt water in all
that time, he don’t know but what there
is sech critters as “Labrador mack’rel,”
and he does go at ’em, hammer and
tongs. When we come ashore we had
eighteen dogfish, four sculpin and a
skate, and Stumpton was the happiest
loon in Ostable County. It was all we
could do to keep him from cookin’ one
of them “mack’rel” with his own hands.
If Jonadab hadn’t steered him out of the
way while I sneaked down to the Port
and bought a bass, we’d have had to
eat dogfish—we would, as sure as I’m
a foot high.

Stumpton and his daughter, Maudina,
was at the Old Home House, at
Wellmouth Port. ’Twas late in September,
and the boarders had cleared
out. Old Dillaway—Ebenezer Dillaway,
Peter’s father-in-law—had decoyed
the pair on from Montana because
him and some Wall Street sharks
were figgerin’ on buyin’ some copper
country out that way that Stumpton
owned. Then Dillaway was too sick,
and Peter, who was jest back from his
weddin’ tower, brought the Montana
victims down to the Cape with the excuse
to give ’em a good time alongshore,
but really to keep ’em safe and
out of the way till Ebenezer got well
enough to finish robbin’ ’em. Belle—Peter’s
wife—stayed behind to look after
papa.

Stumpton was a great tall man, narrer
in the beam, and with a figgerhead
like a henhawk. He jest enjoyed himself
here at the Cape. He fished, and
loafed, and shot at a mark. He sartinly
could shoot. The only thing he
was wishin’ for was somethin’ alive to
shoot at, and Brown had promised to
take him out duck shootin’. ’Twas too
early for ducks, but that didn’t worry
Peter any; he’d a-had ducks to shoot at
if he bought all the poultry in the township.

Maudina was like her name, pretty
but sort of soft and mushy. She had
big blue eyes and a baby face, and her
principal cargo was poetry. She had a
deckload of it, and she’d heave it overboard
every time the wind changed.
She was forever orderin’ the ocean to82
“roll on,” but she didn’t mean it; I
had her out sailin’ once when the bay
was a little mite rugged, and I know.
She was jest out of a convent school,
and you could see she wasn’t used to
most things—includin’ men.

The fust week slipped along, and
everything was serene. Bulletins from
Ebenezer more encouragin’ every day,
and no squalls in sight. But ’twas almost
too slick. I was afraid the calm
was a weather breeder, and sure
enough, the hurricane struck us the day
after that fishin’ trip.

Peter had gone drivin’ with Maudina
and her dad, and me and Cap’n Jonadab
was smokin’ on the front piazza. I
was pullin’ at a pipe, but the cap’n had
the home end of one of Stumpton’s
cigars harpooned on the little blade of
his jackknife, and was busy pumpin’ the
last drop of comfort out of it. I never
see a man who wanted to git his
money’s wuth more’n Jonadab. I give
you my word, I expected to see him
swaller that cigar remnant every minute.

And all to once he gives a gurgle in
his throat.

“Take a drink of water,” says I,
scared like.

“Well, by time!” says he, p’intin’.

A feller had jest turned the corner
of the house and was headin’ up in our
direction. He was a thin, lengthy craft,
with more’n the average amount of
wrists stickin’ out of his sleeves, and
with long black hair trimmed aft behind
his ears and curlin’ on the back of his
neck. He had high cheek bones and
kind of sunk-in black eyes, and altogether
he looked like “Dr. Macgoozleum,
the Celebrated Blackfoot Medicine
Man.” If he’d hollered: “Sagwa Bitters,
only one dollar a bottle!” I
wouldn’t have been surprised.

But his clothes—don’t say a word!
His coat was long and buttoned up
tight, so’s you couldn’t tell whether he
had a vest on or not—though ’twas a
safe bet he hadn’t—and it and his pants
was made of the loudest kind of black-and-white
checks. No nice quiet pepper-and-salt,
you understand, but the
checkerboard kind, the oilcloth kind,
the kind that looks like the marble floor
in the Boston post office. They was
pretty tolerable seedy, and so was his
hat. Oh, he was a last year’s bird’s
nest now, but when them clothes was
fresh—whew! the northern lights and a
rainbow mixed wouldn’t have been
more’n a cloudy day ’longside of him.

He run up to the piazza like a clipper
comin’ into port, and he sweeps off that
rusty hat and hails us grand and easy.

“Good-mornin’, gentlemen,” says he.

“We don’t want none,” says Jonadab,
decided.

The feller looked surprised. “I beg
your pardon,” says he. “You don’t
want any—what?”

“We don’t want any ‘Life of King
Solomon’ nor ‘The World’s Big Classifyers.’
And we don’t want to buy any
patent paint, nor sewin’ machines, nor
clothes washers, nor climbin’ evergreen
roses, nor rheumatiz salve. And we
don’t want our pictures painted, neither.”

Jonadab was gittin’ excited. Nothin’
riles him wuss than a peddler, unless it’s
a woman sellin’ tickets to a church fair.
The feller swelled up until I thought
the top button on that thunderstorm
coat would drag anchor, sure.

“You are mistaken,” says he. “I
have called to see Mr. Peter Brown; he
is—er—a relative of mine.”

Well, you could have blown me and
Jonadab over with a cat’s-paw. We
went on our beam ends, so’s to speak.
A relation of Peter T.’s; why, if he’d
been twice the panorama he was we’d
have let him in when he said that. Loud
clothes, we figgered, must run in the
family. We remembered how Peter
was dressed the fust time we met him.

“You don’t say!” says I. “Come
right up and set down, Mr—Mr.——”

“Montague,” says the feller. “Booth
Montague. Permit me to present my
card.”

He dove into the hatches of his checkerboards
and rummaged around, but he
didn’t find nothin’ but holes, I jedge,
because he looked dreadful put out, and
begged our pardons five or six times.

“Dear me!” says he. “This is embarrassin’.
I’ve forgot my cardcase.”

83
We told him never mind the card;
any of Peter’s folks was more’n welcome.
So he come up the steps and
set down in a piazza chair like King
Edward perchin’ on his throne. Then
he hove out some remarks about its
bein’ a nice morning’, all in a condescendin’
sort of way, as if he usually attended
to the weather himself, but had
been sort of busy lately, and had
handed the job over to one of the crew.
We told him all about Peter, and Belle,
and Ebenezer, and about Stumpton and
Maudina. He was a good deal interested,
and asked consider’ble many
questions. Pretty soon we heard a carriage
rattlin’ up the road.

“Hello!” says I. “I guess that’s
Peter and the rest comin’ now.”

Mr. Montague got off his throne kind
of sudden.

“Ahem!” says he. “Is there a room
here where I may—er—receive Mr.
Brown in a less public manner? It will
be rather a—er—surprise for him,
and——”

Well, there was a good deal of sense
in that. I know ’twould surprise me
to have such an image as he was sprung
on me without any notice. We steered
him into the gents’ parlor, and shut the
door. In a minute the horse and wagon
come into the yard. Maudina said she’d
had a “heavenly” drive, and unloaded
some poetry concernin’ the music of
billows, and pine trees, and sech. She
and her father went up to their rooms,
and when the decks was clear Jonadab
and me tackled Peter T.

“Peter,” says Jonadab, “we’ve got a
surprise for you. One of your relations
has come.”

Brown, he did looked surprised, but
he didn’t act as he was any too joyful.

“Relation of mine?” says he. “Come
off! What’s his name?”

We told him Montague, Booth Montague.
He laffed.

“Wake up and turn over,” he says.
“They never had anything like that in
my fam’ly. Booth Montague! Sure
’twa’n’t Algernon Coughdrops?”

We said no, ’twas Booth Montague,
and that he was waitin’ in the gents’
parlor. So he laffed again, and said
somethin’ about sendin’ for Laura Lean
Jibbey, and then we started.

The checkerboard feller was standin’
up when we opened the door. “Hello,
Petey!” says he, cool as a cucumber,
and stickin’ out a foot and a ha’f of
wrist with a hand at the end of it.

Now, it takes consider’ble to upset
Peter Theodosius Brown. Up to that
time and hour I’d have bet on him
against anything short of an earthquake.
But Booth Montague done it—knocked
him plumb out of water.
Peter actually turned white.

“Great——” he began, and then
stopped and swallered. “Hank!” he
says, and set down in a chair.

“The same,” says Montague, wavin’
the starboard extension of the checkerboard.
“Petey, it does me good to set
my lamps on you. Especially now,
when you’re the reel thing.”

Brown never answered for a minute.
Then he canted over to port and reached
down into his pocket. “Well,” says he,
“how much?”

But Hank, or Booth, or Montague—whatever
his name was—he waved his
flipper disdainful. “Nun-nun-nun-no,
Petey, my son,” he says, smilin’. “It
ain’t ’how much?’ this time. When I
heard how you’d rung the bell the
first shot out the box and was rollin’
in coin, I said to myself: ‘Here’s where
the prod comes back to his own.’ I’ve
come to live with you, Petey, and you
pay the freight.”

Peter jumped out of the chair. “Live
with me!” he says. “You Friday evenin’
amateur night! It’s back to ‘Ten
Nights in a Barroom’ for yours!” he
says.

“Oh, no, it ain’t!” says Hank, cheerful.
“It’ll be back to Popper Dillaway
and Belle. When I tell ’em I’m your
little cousin Henry and how you and
me worked the territories together—why—well,
I guess there’ll be gladness
round the dear home nest; hey?”

Peter didn’t say nothin’. Then he
fetched a long breath and motioned with
his head to Cap’n Jonadab and me. We
see we weren’t invited to the family reunion,84
so we went out and shut the door.
But we did pity Peter; I snum if we
didn’t!

It was ’most an hour afore Brown
come out of that room. When he did
he took Jonadab and me by the arm and
led us out back of the barn.

“Fellers,” he says, sad and mournful,
“that—that plaster cast in a crazy-quilt,”
he says, referrin’ to Montague,
“is a cousin of mine. That’s the livin’
truth,” says he, “and the only excuse
I can make is that ’tain’t my fault. He’s
my cousin, all right, and his name’s
Hank Schmults, but the sooner you box
that fact up in your forgetory, the
smoother ’twill be for yours drearily,
Peter T. Brown. He’s to be Mr. Booth
Montague, the celebrated English poet,
so long’s he hangs out at the Old Home;
and he’s to hang out here until—well,
until I can dope out a way to get rid of
him.”

We didn’t say nothin’ for a minute—jest
thought. Then Jonadab says, kind
of puzzled: “What makes you call him
a poet?” he says.

Peter answered pretty snappy:
”’Cause there’s only two or three jobs
that a long-haired image like him could
hold down,” he says. “I’d call him a
musician if he could play ’Bedelia’ on
a jews’-harp; but he can’t, so’s he’s got
to be a poet.”

And a poet he was for the next week
or so. Peter drove down to Wellmouth
that night and bought some respectable
black clothes, and the follerin’
mornin’, when the celebrated Booth
Montague come sailin’ into the dinin’
room, with his curls brushed back from
his forehead, and his new cutaway on,
and his wrists covered up with clean
cuffs, blessed if he didn’t look distinguished—at
least, that’s the only word I
can think of that fills the bill. And he
talked beautiful language, not like the
slang he hove at Brown and us in the
gents’ parlor.

Peter done the honors, introducin’
him to us and the Stumptons as a friend
who’d come from England unexpected,
and Hank he bowed and scraped, and
looked absent-minded and crazy—like a
poet ought to. Oh, he done well at it!
You could see that ’twas jest pie for
him.

And ’twas pie for Maudina, too. Bein’,
as I said, kind of green concernin’
men folks, and likewise takin’ to poetry
like a cat to fish, she jest fairly gushed
over this fraud. She’d reel off a couple
of fathom of verses from fellers named
Spencer or Waller, or sech like, and
he’d never turn a hair, but back he’d
come and say they was good, but he
preferred Confucius, or Methuselah, or
somebody so antique that she nor nobody
else ever heard of ’em. Oh, he
run a safe course, and he had her in
tow afore they turned the fust mark.

Jonadab and me got worried. We see
how things was goin’, and we didn’t like
it. Stumpton was havin’ too good a
time to notice, goin’ after “Labrador
mack’rel” and so on, and Peter T. was
too busy steerin’ the cruises to pay any
attention. But one afternoon I come
by the summerhouse unexpected, and
there sat Booth Montague and Maudina,
him with a clove hitch round her waist,
and she lookin’ up into his eyes like
they were peekholes in the fence ’round
paradise. That was enough. It jest
simply couldn’t go any further, so that
night me and Jonadab had a confab up
in my room.

“Barzilla,” says the cap’n, “if we
tell Peter that that relation of his is
figgerin’ to marry Maudina Stumpton
for her money, and that he’s more’n
likely to elope with her, ’twill pretty
nigh kill Pete, won’t it? No, sir; it’s
up to you and me. We’ve got to figger
out some way to git rid of the critter
ourselves.”

“It’s a wonder to me,” I says, “that
Peter puts up with him. Why don’t he
order him to clear out, and tell Belle if
he wants to? She can’t blame Peter
’cause his uncle was father to an outrage
like that.”

Jonadab looks at me scornful. “Can’t,
hey?” he says. “And her high-toned
and chummin’ in with the bigbugs? It’s
easy to see you never was married,”
says he.

Well, I never was, so I shet up.

We set there and thought and
thought, and by and by I commenced85
to sight an idee in the offin’. ’Twas hull
down at fust, but pretty soon I got it
into speakin’ distance, and then I broke
it gentle to Jonadab. He grabbed at it
like the “Labrador mack’rel” grabbed
Stumpton’s hook. We set up and
planned until pretty nigh three o’clock,
and all the next day we put in our spare
time loadin’ provisions and water aboard
the Patience M. We put grub enough
aboard to last a month.

Just at daylight the mornin’ after
that we knocked at the door of Montague’s
bedroom. When he woke up
enough to open the door—it took some
time, ’cause eatin’ and sleepin’ was his
mainstay—we told him that we was
plannin’ an early-mornin’ fishin’ trip,
and if he wanted to go with the folks he
must come down to the landin’ quick. He
promised to hurry, and I stayed by the
door to see that he didn’t git away. In
about ten minutes we had him in the
skiff rowin’ off to the Patience M.

“Where’s the rest of the crowd?”
says he, when he stepped aboard.

“They’ll be along when we’re ready
for ’em,” says I. “You go below there,
will you, and stow away the coats and
things.”

So he crawled into the cabin, and I
helped Jonadab git up sail. We intended
towin’ the skiff, so I made her
fast astern. In ha’f a shake we was
under way and headed out of the cove.
When that British poet stuck his nose
out of the companion we was abreast
the p’int.

“Hi!” says he, scramblin’ into the
cockpit. “What’s this mean?”

I was steerin’ and feelin’ toler’ble
happy over the way things had worked
out.

“Nice sailin’ breeze, ain’t it?” says I,
smilin’.

“Where’s Mau—Miss Stumpton?” he
says, wild like.

“She’s abed, I cal’late,” says I, “gittin’
her beauty sleep. Why don’t you
turn in? Or are you pretty enough
now?”

He looked fust at me and then at Jonadab,
and his face turned a little yellower
than usual.

“What kind of a game is this?” he
asks, brisk. “Where are you goin’?”

’Twas Jonadab that answered.
“We’re bound,” says he, “for the Bermudas.
It’s a lovely place to spend the
winter, they tell me,” he says.

That poet never made no remarks. He
jumped to the stern and caught hold of
the skiff’s pointer. I shoved him out of
the way and picked up the boat hook.
Jonadab rolled up his shirt sleeves and
laid hands on the centerboard stick.

“I wouldn’t, if I was you,” says the
cap’n.

Jonadab weighs pretty close to two
hundred, and most of it’s gristle. I’m
not quite so much, fur’s tonnage goes,
but I ain’t exactly a canary bird. Montague
seemed to size things up in a jiffy.
He looked at us, then at the sail, and
then at the shore out over the stern.

“Done!” says he. “Done! And by a
couple of ‘come-ons’!”

And down he sets on the thwart.

“Is there anything to drink aboard
this liner?” asks Booth Hank Montague.

* * * * *

Well, we sailed all that day and all
that night. Course we didn’t reelly intend
to make the Bermudas. What we
intended to do was to cruise around
alongshore for a couple of weeks, long
enough for the Stumptons to git back
to Dillaway’s, settle the copper bus’ness
and break for Montana. Then we was
goin’ home again and turn Brown’s relation
over to him to take care of. We
knew Peter’d have some plan thought
out by that time. We’d left a note
tellin’ him what we’d done, and sayin’
that we trusted to him to explain matters
to Maudina and her dad. We
knew that explainin’ was Peter’s main
holt.

The poet was pretty chipper for a
spell. He set on the thwart and
bragged about what he’d do when he
got back to “Petey” again. He said
we couldn’t git rid of him so easy.
Then he spun yarns about what him
and Brown did when they was out
West together. They was interestin’
yarns, but we could see why Peter
wa’n’t anxious to introduce Cousin86
Henry to Belle. Then the Patience M.
got out where ’twas pretty rugged, and
she rolled consider’ble, and after that
we didn’t hear much more from friend
Booth—he was too busy to talk.

That night me and Jonadab took
watch and watch. In the mornin’ it
thickened up and looked squally. I
got kind of worried. By nine o’clock
there was every sign of a no’theaster,
and we see we’d have to put in somewheres
and ride it out. So we headed
for a place we’ll call Baytown, though
that wa’n’t the name of it. It’s a queer,
old-fashioned town, and it’s on an
island; maybe you can guess it from
that.

Well, we run into the harbor and let
go anchor. Jonadab crawled into the
cabin to git some terbacker, and I was
for’ard coilin’ the throat halyard. All
to once I heard oars rattlin’, and I
turned my head; what I see made me
let out a yell like a siren whistle.

There was that everlastin’ poet in
the skiff—you remember we’d been
towin’ it astern—and he was jest cuttin’
the painter with his jackknife. Next
minute he’d picked up the oars and
was headin’ for the wharf, doublin’ up
and stretchin’ out like a frog swimmin’,
and with his curls streamin’ in the wind
like a rooster’s tail in a hurricane. He
had a long start ’fore Jonadab and me
woke up enough to think of chasin’
him.

But we woke up fin’lly, and the way
we flew round that catboat was a caution.
I laid into them halyards, and I
had the gaff up to the peak afore Jonadab
got the anchor clear of the bottom.
Then I jumped to the tiller, and the
Patience M. took after that skiff like a
pup after a tomcat. We run alongside
the wharf jest as Booth Hank climbed
over the stringpiece.

“Git after him, Barzilla!” hollers
Cap’n Jonadab. “I’ll make her fast.”

Well, I hadn’t took more’n three
steps when I see ’twas goin’ to be a
long chase. Montague unfurled them
thin legs of his and got over the ground
somethin’ wonderful. All you could
see was a pile of dust and coat tails flappin’.

Up on the wharf we went and round
the corner into a straggly kind of road
with old-fashioned houses on both sides
of it. Nobody in the yards, nobody at
the windows; quiet as could be, except
that off ahead, somewheres, there was
music playin’.

That road was a quarter of a mile
long, but we galloped through it so fast
that the scenery was nothin’ but a blur.
Booth was gainin’ all the time, but I
stuck to it like a good one. We took a
short cut through a yard, piled over a
fence and come out into another road,
and up at the head of it was a crowd of
folks—men and women and children
and dogs.

“Stop thief!” I hollers, and ’way
astern I heard Jonadab bellerin’: “Stop
thief!”

Montague dives headfust for the
crowd. He fell over a baby carriage,
and I gained a tack ’fore he got up. He
wa’n’t more’n ten yards ahead when I
come bustin’ through, upsettin’ children
and old women, and landed in what
I guess was the main street of the place
and right abreast of a parade that was
marchin’ down the middle of it.

Fust there was the band, four fellers
tootin’ and bangin’ like fo’mast hands
on a fishin’ smack in a fog. Then there
was a big darky totin’ a banner with
“Jenkins’ Unparalleled Double Uncle
Tom’s Cabin Company, Number 2,” on
it in big letters. Behind him was a boy
leadin’ two great, savage-lookin’ dogs—bloodhounds,
I found out afterward—by
chains. Then come a pony cart with
Little Eva and Eliza’s child in it; Eva
was all gold hair and beautifulness.
And astern of her was Marks, the Lawyer,
on his donkey. There was lots
more behind him, but these was all I
had time to see jest then.

Now, there was but one way for
Booth Hank to git acrost that street,
and that was to bust through the procession.
And, as luck would have it, the
place he picked out to cross was jest
ahead of the bloodhounds. And the
fust thing I knew, them dogs stretched
out their noses and took a long sniff,
and then bu’st out howlin’ like all possessed.
The boy, he tried to hold ’em,87
but ’twas no go. They yanked the
chains out of his hands and took after
that poet as if he owed ’em somethin’.
And every one of the four million other
dogs that was in the crowd on the sidewalks
fell into line, and such howlin’
and yappin’ and scamperin’ and screamin’
you never heard.

Well, ’twas a mixed-up mess. That
was the end of the parade. Next minute
I was racin’ across country with the
whole town and the Uncle Tommers
astern of me, and a string of dogs
stretched out ahead fur’s you could see.
’Way up in the lead was Booth Montague
and the bloodhounds, and away
aft I could hear Jonadab yellin’: “Stop
thief!”

’Twas lively while it lasted, but it
didn’t last long. There was a little hill
at the end of the field, and where the
poet dove over t’other side of it the
bloodhounds all but had him. Afore
I got to the top of the rise I heard the
awfullest powwow goin’ on in the holler,
and thinks I: “They’re eatin’ him
alive!”

But they wa’n’t. When I hove in
sight Montague was settin’ up on the
ground at the foot of the sand bank he’d
fell into, and the two hounds was rollin’
over him, lappin’ his face and goin’
on as if he was their grandpa jest
home from sea with his wages in his
pocket. And round them, in a double
ring, was all the town dogs, crazy mad,
and barkin’ and snarlin’, but scared to
go any closer.

In a minute more the folks begun to
arrive; boys first, then girls and men,
and then the women. Marks come trottin’
up, poundin’ the donkey with his
umbrella.

“Here, Lion! Here, Tige!” he yells.
“Quit it! Let him alone!” Then he
looks at Montague, and his jaw kind of
drops.

“Why—why, Hank!” he says.

A tall, lean critter, in a black tail coat
and a yaller vest and lavender pants,
comes puffin’ up. He was the manager,
we found out afterward.

“Have they bit him?” says he. Then
he done jest the same as Marks; his
mouth opened and his eyes stuck out.
Hank Schmults, by the livin’ jingo!”
says he.

Booth Montague looks at the two of
’em kind of sick and lonesome. “Hello,
Barney! How are you, Sullivan?” he
says.

I thought ’twas about time for me to
git prominent. I stepped up, and was
jest goin’ to say somethin’ when somebody
cuts in ahead of me.

“Hum!” says a voice, a woman’s
voice, and toler’ble crisp and vinegary.
“Hum! it’s you, is it? I’ve been lookin’
for you!”

’Twas Little Eva in the pony cart.
Her lovely posy hat was hangin’ on
the back of her neck, her gold hair had
slipped back so’s you could see the
black under it, and her beautiful red
cheeks was kind of streaky. She looked
some older and likewise mad.

“Hum!” says she, gittin’ out of the
cart. “It’s you, is it, Hank Schmults?
Well, p’r’aps you’ll tell me where you’ve
been for the last two weeks? What
do you mean by runnin’ away and leavin’
your——”

Montague interrupted her. “Hold
on, Maggie, hold on!” he begs. “Don’t
make a row here. It’s all a mistake;
I’ll explain it to you all right. Now,
please——”

“Explain!” hollers Eva, kind of curlin’
up her fingers and movin’ toward
him. “Explain, will you? Why, you
miser’ble, low-down——”

But the manager took hold of her
arm. He’d been lookin’ at the crowd,
and I cal’late he saw that here was the
chance for the best kind of an advertisement.
He whispered in her ear.
Next thing I knew she clasped her
hands together, let out a scream and
runs up and grabs the celebrated British
poet round the neck.

“Booth!” says she. “My husband!
Saved! Saved!”

And she went all to pieces and cried
all over his necktie.

And then Marks trots up the child,
and that young one hollers: “Papa!
papa!” and tackles Hank around the
legs. And I’m blessed if Montague
don’t slap his hand to his forehead, and
toss back his curls, and look up at the88
sky, and sing out: “My wife and babe!
Restored to me after all these years!
The heavens be thanked!”

Well, ’twas a sacred sort of time.
The town folks tiptoed away, the men
lookin’ solemn but glad, and the women
swabbin’ their deadlights and sayin’ how
affectin’ ’twas, and so on. Oh, you
could see that show would do bus’ness
that night, if it never did afore.

The manager got after Jonadab and
me later on, and did his best to pump
us, but he didn’t find out much. He
told us that Montague b’longed to the
Uncle Tom’s Cabin Company, and that
he’d disappeared a fortni’t or so afore,
when they were playin’ at Hyannis.
Eva was his wife, and the child was
their little boy. The bloodhounds knew
him, and that’s why they chased him
so.

“What was you two yellin’ ‘Stop
thief!’ after him for?” says he. “Has
he stole anything?”

We says: “No.”

“Then what did you want to get him
for?” he says.

“We didn’t,” says Jonadab. “We
wanted to git rid of him. We don’t
want to see him no more.”

You could tell that the manager was
puzzled, but he laffed.

“All right,” says he. “If I know
anything about Maggie—that’s Mrs.
Schmults—he won’t git loose ag’in.”

We only saw Montague to talk to
but once that day. Then he peeked
out from under the winder shade at the
hotel and asked us if we’d told anybody
where’d he been. When he found we
hadn’t, he was thankful.

“You tell Petey,” says he, “that he’s
won the whole pot, kitty and all. I
don’t think I’ll visit him again, nor
Belle, neither.”

“I wouldn’t,” says I. “They might
write to Maudina that you was a married
man. And old Stumpton’s been
prayin’ for somethin’ alive to shoot
at,” I says.

The manager give Jonadab and me a
couple of tickets, and we went to the
show that night. And when we saw
Booth Hank Montague paradin’ about
the stage and defyin’ the slave hunters,
and tellin’ ’em he was a free man,
standin’ on the Lord’s free soil, and so
on, we realized ’twould have been a
crime to let him do anything else.

“As an imitation poet,” says Jonadab,
“he was a kind of mildewed article,
but as a play actor—well, there
may be some that can beat him, but I
never see ’em!”


AS IT ENDED

GOD planned me for a butterfly,

But I was marred i’ the making;

What is it that old Omar says

Of the Potter’s hand a-shaking?

Ah, no, not that, the colors ran,

The form turned out awry,

And so I’m what they call a man

Who’d be a butterfly.
Farringdon Davis.

89

The Tears of Undine
By
Edith Macvane

The Tears of Undine, by Edith Macvane
I

IN the morning young
Glyn lost his steamer,
so he was forced to
spend the whole day
at Pemaquid; in the
afternoon he lost his
heart, so he was forced
to stay there for his
entire vacation.

This is the way it happened.

After luncheon he went out to sit
all by himself on the end of the pier,
with a book on “Recent Developments
in Dairy Machinery”; for Glyn was a
young patent lawyer, a very rising one,
in the city of New York; and, as he had
failed to find one familiar face in this
far-away Maine resort, it seemed to him
that he could do nothing better with
his time of waiting than devote it to his
business. So he sat deep in study, lifting
an eye occasionally to the granite
cliffs, the dark, ancient fir trees, and the
bay with its distant rim of purple-shadowed
hills; while the old fisherman beside
him smoked his pipe placidly, and
the noisy crowd of bathers in by the
shore splashed one another with screams
of mirth. The student sighed occasionally,
for, though a lawyer and a good
one, he was still young; then he reproved
himself for his sighing, for he
aimed to be rather superior, and was
also, as a matter of fact, rather shy.

Suddenly a shower of scattering
drops fell cold upon his neck and glittered
upon the page before him. He
started and looked up; the sky was blue
and cloudless, his ancient neighbor as
placid as the day itself. Then it seemed
to him that he heard a laugh, the merest
tinkle of a laugh, from somewhere below
the wharf; and, starting to his feet
and looking downward, he beheld a
mermaid floating in the water beneath
him.

She lay slim and green upon the gentle
harbor swell, her white arms outstretched,
her eyelids closed, her wet,
upturned face framed by the floating
wreaths of dark hair that coiled and
rippled in the water about her. Suddenly
she threw up her hands and sank
slowly, vanishing with a cloud of little
bubbles. Glyn started back, horror-smitten.
He was not much of a swimmer,
even in the warm waters of the
Sound; and this North Atlantic water
chilled his very eyes with its icy-green
transparency.

Nevertheless, under the racial impulse
of the life-saver, he threw off his
coat and swung his arms preparatory to
a jump. Suddenly the hoary and languid
old sea dog by his side reached out
a slow, restraining hand.

“Don’t go wettin’ yourself for nothing
young fellah! That girl, she’s a
fish. Watch and see her come up
again.”

In a cold perspiration of anxiety the
young man waited for a fulfillment of
these words. The suspense seemed endless,
till suddenly, and at an amazing
distance, the waters heaved and parted,
and the swimmer’s sleek dark head
emerged like a seal’s. Back she came
to the wharf, swimming with strokes
like those of an oarsman—easy, long
and sure. At the end of the pier she
paused and clung to the foot of the
slippery green steps that ran down the
side of the piles, and, resting her chin
upon her clasped arms, she glanced up
at the two men above her like a severe
and dripping cherub. The old90
fisherman returned to his line, but the
student, flinging away his book, ran
down the oozy staircase to meet her.

“May I—may I be of any assistance
to you?” he inquired, with eager politeness.

She continued to look up at him with
the same disapproving air. “You didn’t
jump in after me, did you?” she observed,
suddenly.

“Well, no,” returned Glyn, somewhat
dazed at this greeting. “You see, I was
told that you could swim.”

She glared up at the unobserving
fisherman. “That was Ben—old tattle-tale!”
she hissed; then, turning back to
the young man, she inquired, with sudden
pathos: “And how should you have
felt if I had never come up again?”

“Like a murderer,” replied Stephen
Glyn, solemnly. The answer seemed to
please her, for she relaxed her frown.
“Oh, well, you are all right, anyway,”
she was good enough to observe, as she
loosed her hold upon the step and swam
slowly away to the shore.

So when the afternoon steamer left
Pemaquid, one hour later, it left without
Stephen Glyn.

He told himself that the air of this
sea-girt promontory was just the thing
for him: good chance to learn to swim;
quiet place, capital chance to study and
get at the bottom of those dairy implements.
As for the girl—she was pretty
to look at, to be sure, with her big
green eyes and the glancing motions of
her long white hands beneath the water.
But still what did the prettiness of a
passing girl matter to a prosaic fellow
like him? “Besides,” as Stephen added,
wisely, to himself, “I’m too old for nonsense,
and too young for business—so
what’s the use?”

And so, being in this indifferent frame
of mind, he spent an hour in putting on
his newest English flannels and the very
latest thing in pale green shirts, and
then, upon descending to the dining
room, he bribed the waiter to give him
a seat at the next table to his casual acquaintance
of the pier; merely, as he
told himself, out of curiosity to see how
she looked with her hair dry.

In spite of all this indifference, there
was a distinct sinking at Glyn’s heart
when at last she came, passed by him,
seated herself at her table without even
a glance in his direction. She seemed
in high spirits, she ate with a remarkable
appetite, and she talked and
laughed incessantly with the large, pink-faced
lady on her right and the jolly
youth in a blue necktie on her left. All
Glyn’s honest Harvard blood rose and
boiled within him at the sight of that
blue necktie—merely, he assured himself,
at the thought of recent football
scores. As for the girl, what did it
matter to him if she let a dozen Yale
men tell her jokes and crack her lobster
claws for her?

It must be confessed, however, even
by the most disapproving and indifferent
critic, that she was charming to look
upon, with her thick hair—yellow with
greenish lights—and her warm, white
skin, tanned by the sun to the pale
brown of coffee with cream in it. So
after dinner, when a half dozen other
youths had dispossessed the Yale man
of his monopoly, Glyn strolled up to
him and inquired whether he had not
seen him at New London the month before.

The Yale man replied to these overtures
of friendship with the offer of his
cigarette case, his name and the secrets
of his heart. “I’m Martin, ’05,” he confided.
“Ever been in New Haven?
Best place on earth! I say, how do you
like Pemaquid—how long are you going
to stay? There are some ripping
girls here. At least, there’s Elfie May,
that girl I sat next to at the table. Notice
her? A queen, isn’t she? And you
just ought to see her swim! But she
throws a fellow down so. I guess I’ll
go home to-morrow.” The blithe face
drew down into sudden sadness—ah,
poor little Yale man!

“The girl that sat next to you at
dinner,” mused Glyn. “Ah, yes. I
think I noticed her—rather good-looking,
yes. New York girl?”

“No, Boston. Want me to introduce
you?”

“If you will be so kind,” returned
Glyn, with elation, and a sudden softening
of his heart toward the blue. Martin91
went over to the far end of the piazza,
where Miss May sat trailing her
indifferent gaze across her little court of
admirers, and laughing lazily at their
witticisms and their compliments. As
the Yale man spoke to her, Glyn saw
her glance flash for a brief instant in
his direction, and he started forward to
meet his new friend halfway upon his
return. But oh, disappointment! “I’m
so sorry,” said the pleasant little chap
from New Haven, “but she says no!
I don’t know why, but she said it, just
like that—no!”

“It doesn’t matter in the least,” returned
Glyn. “And thank you so much
for taking all that trouble.” He spoke
gayly, but his hand trembled as he tried
to strike a light upon the side of his
match case. “Here, let me give you
some fire, old chap,” cried his new acquaintance,
genially.

That night Glyn did not sleep very
well. Not that he cared one scrap for
a snub from a disagreeable, spoiled
child! But deep down he recognized
what it was—the regretful ache, the
yearning, baffled tenderness that had
newly filled his heart. He writhed in
recollection of the repulse he had received,
and then forgot the pain in delight
as that glance came back to him,
those eyes raised to him from the water,
eyes so thickly fringed, with dark
irids rimmed in clear sea green.

Dawn broke early and brilliant; after
that there was no sleep for the restless
newcomer, and suddenly it occurred to
him that the best plan—the most enjoyable
and the most independent—would
be to hire a craft and go out for
a day’s deep sea fishing, far from the
jars and distractions of the hotel. For
though, like many sailors, he had but
little skill in swimming, he was excellent
at managing a boat, and fishing
was one of his favorite sports. A descent
to the pier, in the long-shadowed
quiet of the early morning, proved this
plan easy of fulfillment. Old Ben, the
fisherman of the day before, was there
clearing out his tiny sloop, the Fried
Cod
. For a mildly exorbitant sum he
agreed to let the boat to the New York
man for the day, provide tackle, throw
in bait, and give all necessary directions
to the fishing grounds.

So Glyn had a day of long-shore
sport, of long waiting, of rolling in a
hot and oily sea, finally of hauling in
fat, plobby fish—cod and hake, which
lacked blood to make even a decent
fighting struggle for their lives. Then
in the calm of the sunset the Fried Cod
drifted back with the tide into the little
harbor on the nose of the rocky promontory.
Her skipper worked lazily at the
sweeps, keeping a dazzled eye out ahead
over the glassy reflection of the golden
west which fronted him. Suddenly, as
he floated in between the breakwaters,
it seemed to him that he saw the head
of a swimmer silhouetted blackly
against the sunlit water, approaching
him from the shore in a wake of fire.

“Sloop ahoy!” called a slow, soft
voice. Glyn jumped up, his heart beating,
and with a few more vigorous side
strokes the swimmer shot to the side of
the little craft and blinked two clear
wet eyes up at its skipper.

“Please, may I come aboard for a
moment?”

Glyn forgot all past injuries as he
bent over the side of the boat, beaming
upon the face upturned to him from its
aureole of ripples.

“Oh, I can climb up all right,” she
cried, in answer to his offers of aid,
and with a quick, vaulting motion she
swung herself up over the gunwale of
the little sloop. Seating herself upon
the thwart, she threw back her long,
wet locks from her face, and shot a
glance, half serious and wholly sweet,
at the young man before her.

“I’ve been waiting for you all day,”
she said, plaintively. “Why didn’t you
come in sooner?”

Glyn regarded her in amazement.

“Well, you could hardly expect me to
believe that I was wanted,” he retorted,
in a slightly aggrieved tone, remembering
his wrongs of last night.

She began to laugh softly—a long,
noiseless chuckle that moved even
Glyn’s watchful dignity to a smile. “Oh,
you mean last night.” Glyn noticed
that her voice was deep and smooth,
with just the faintest suspicion of92
hoarseness, and deep, mellow tones and
overtones that vibrated richly through
its inflections. “Last night, you see, is
just what I want to explain,” she went
on. “You see, that little Martin thing
has such a funny way of dropping his
jaw when one says no to him, that I
just couldn’t resist. And, besides, you
see, I didn’t want to have him introducing
us—little calf! So, if you don’t
mind, I’ll just introduce myself: Elfrida
May, that’s my name.”

Glyn looked at her seriously as he set
his tiller for a course to the anchorage
near the pier. “Thanks very much,”
he returned, “but, if you don’t mind, I
should rather make believe it was Undine.”

“Undine!” she cried. “Who was Undine?”

“You don’t know about poor little
Undine? Very well, then, I’ll tell you
her story some time. Now you must let
me introduce myself, too.”

“Oh, I know your name, Mr. Glyn,”
she cried, artlessly, and, extending her
wet hand, she gave him a hearty grip,
like a man’s.

Suddenly her eye roved to the floor
of the little cockpit, and her face took
on suddenly its severe lines of the day
before. “Ah, they are dead!” she whispered,
in a kind of horrified way; then
stooping, she picked up one of the fish—a
small cod, curved in a rigid bow
from nose to tail. She stroked its slippery
back tenderly. “Poor little thing!”
she mourned.

Glyn stared at her bewildered. “Don’t
you approve of fishing?” he asked.

“No, I don’t!” she replied, with
vehemence. “I won’t eat them, even
canned! I’d feel like a cannibal! Poor
things! To drown in the lovely green
water—that wouldn’t be bad. But to
be pulled out of the sea, and drown in
the air, think how horridly unpleasant!
Do you mind if I put them back again,
please?” she asked, anxiously.

“Certainly not,” replied Glyn, though,
as a matter of fact, he was particularly
fond of fresh boiled cod, and also proud
of his morning’s catch.

One by one the tender-hearted pirate
dropped the motionless things softly
into the sea; they sank heavily, and then
rose, floating with white bellies upturned.
Her eyes, as she regarded
them, were surprisingly soft and tender.
“Poor things,” she murmured, “they
can’t swim any more, but I am sure that
they must rest easier so. Thank you,
Mr. Glyn, for giving them back to me.”

And so their friendship began, in
bewilderment and mutual good will.

Now, much can happen in a month,
and as July drew near to a close
Stephen no longer tried to disguise
from himself the change that had come
into his life. The question that unceasingly
knocked at his brain was no longer
“Do I care for her?” but “Does
she, oh, can she possibly, care for me!”
The very intensity with which he put
this question to himself made him delay,
from day to day, the crucial test of putting
it to the only person that could
decide it for him. So he relieved his
feelings by sending every week to Maillard’s
for a huge box wrapped in silver
paper; and every morning he waited
with impatient heart upon the pier for
the coming of that slim and dancing
figure with the long green silk legs, the
cream-white arms and the flying strands
of pale yellow hair, that fell to the hem
of the short green petticoat.

Her skill in the water was to him a
constant wonder, a constant delight.
His own attempts at diving and swimming
he soon gave up, finding this
northern water too cold for him; and
so, in spite of Elfrida’s gibes, he sat
on the dock and watched her as she
took backward somersaults and dead-man
dives and went down below in
search of sinking clam shells. Her high
jump from the piles, holding up her little
skirt with a dainty hand, and winking
blithely as she descended, was a
thing long to be remembered for sheer
mirth, for frank, childish joy. Yet it
was then that Stephen sighed as he regarded
her. After all, was it a woman
he loved, with a warm human heart to
respond to his own; or a careless mermaid,
a cold creature, whose sole joy
was thus dancing, plunging, flashing
through the foam of the white, curling
waves?

93
So far as he could judge, there was
no real affection in her heart except
this for her friend, the sea. Toward
her mother, a heavy, placid woman with
literary pretensions, Elfrida was kind
in an impersonal, far-off sort of way;
to the other girls in the hotel—who respected
her for her high dives and
hated her for her monopoly of the few
men at Pemaquid—she seemed indifferent,
with a kind of mocking politeness;
while toward her little court of admirers
she showed a capricious tyranny,
at times almost savage. To these things
even the adoring eyes of Stephen Glyn
could not be blind; and one day when,
owing to a severe headache of her mother’s,
she was obliged to forego her
swim, and appeared at dinner a muttering
thundercloud, it was impossible for
even the most ardent of adorers to pass
by these signs without a sigh.

True, she had shown a tender heart
toward the lifeless cod and hake; and
sometimes, as she looked at the sea, in
the uproar of a summer squall or in the
silvery silence of a fog, Glyn would be
startled by the look that suddenly crept
into her eyes.

“Ah!” she breathed one evening, as
they sat together watching the sunset
from the pier. “Ah, it wouldn’t be hard
to die, would it, if one could lie at the
bottom of the sea?” Glyn grunted uncomfortably
in answer, and tried to look
as though he agreed with this sentiment.

The next day, when they were out
canoeing together, Elfrida surprised
him by reverting suddenly to one of
the first conversations of their acquaintance.
“You said you were going
to tell me about Undine,” she said, “but
you haven’t—not a word.”

Glyn sighed as he regarded her. She
had been unusually tantalizing, not to
say aggravating, that afternoon, and
his honest heart was sore within him.
But what better mood, what better occasion,
for relating the story of the unfortunate
water nymph, from the time
she first appeared in the hut of the old
fisherman, a light-hearted, soulless child,
to the unhappy hour when, abandoned
by the man she loved, she vanished silently
into her native element—“a woman
gifted with a soul, filled with love
and heir to suffering.”

It was but recently that Stephen had
read the story, and he told it well, for,
though a lawyer, he was in love, and
he had a poetical soul. Elfrida listened
in silence, her face turned away, her
hand trailing in the still water beside
her. After the story-teller had finished,
there was a pause.

“Well,” said Stephen, disappointed,
“didn’t you like it?”

Elfrida glanced up at him—a quick,
irresolute glance, quite unlike her usual
frank gaze. She seemed about to speak,
but to Glyn’s disappointment she turned
away her head again, so that her face
was hidden from him. With her trailing
hand she drew a long, dripping
spray of brown seaweed from the water.

“What did Undine gain, after all,”
she said, “by leaving the sea?”

“She learned how to love, and she
won a soul,” responded Stephen, leaning
toward her. “Don’t you think that
she was the gainer, after all?”

She suddenly flung away the seaweed.
“No, I don’t!” she cried, passionately.
“In the sea she had freedom and happiness!
But love—what did she find it,
after all, but a miserable slavery? And
she got her heart broken in the end.
No, indeed, you can’t make me pity her—she
was just silly, your Undine!”

Nothing more was spoken as they
paddled to the shore. Glyn was hurt,
disappointed; and Elfrida kept her face
still turned away.

The next morning, however, Glyn
was more disappointed than ever; for
when he came down to breakfast he
failed to find the one face that he desired
to see. From Mrs. May he learned
that Elfrida had gone out for a day’s
sail with young Martin and two or three
others. So he moped about all day,
smoking and trying to read his “Dairy
Machinery,” now sadly rusty. And
from time to time he was drawn unwillingly
into the universal discussion
on costumes for the coming dance and
masquerade.

Toward evening Elfrida and her companions
returned. In spite of her day’s94
amusement, her face wore its severe expression,
and she glanced at him without
a smile as she passed him on the
piazza.

“You’ve been here all day, I suppose,”
she said, with an inflection of resentment
in her tone. “Just think, a
great big man like you afraid to go into
the sea!”

Before Glyn could open his mouth to
defend himself she was gone. But after
dinner she came to him with a shy, suspicious
air, and a touch of mystery that
was explained by her first words.

“See here,” she said, softly, “this masquerade.
I’ve been thinking it over,
and I think if I can manage it, I want
to go as Undine, you know.”

Stephen was filled with delight.
“And you’ll let me help plan your
dress?” he cried.

Elfie nodded, and offered her ideas
on the subject to the approval of his
authority. The young man listened, offered
suggestions here and there, and
then, with a sudden backward thought,
he remembered a trinket in his possession—a
little pearl bracelet, a trifle, but
beyond anything appropriate to the costume
in hand. Within himself he resolved
to send home immediately for
it, and to present it to Elfrida on the
night of the dance.

In the days that followed it seemed
to him that he saw strangely little of
her, and the little that he did see was
less than satisfactory. Her absence
from the piazza, and her refusals to go
paddling with him, she excused on the
plea of being busy with her new costume.
But even on the pier at the bathing
hour she seemed to shun him, or
noticed him only with jeers and gibes
at what she called his laziness.

“Ah, can anybody have a soul that
is afraid of the sea?” she cried. “Come,
Mr. Martin, let us race over to the
monument!” With a splash and a
flounce the two set out together, the
green bathing dress and the triumphant
blue; while Glyn sat alone on the wharf
with a leaden heart and rage at his soul.

This state of affairs had very little
altered when at last the day of the
dance arrived. A hundred times in the
interim had Stephen resolved to give up
the whole affair and go home; but then
he decided to wait and see this new Undine
in the flesh. To his anxiety, the
bracelet had not yet arrived; nor did it
come until the last post on the evening
of the dance, after everybody had gone
upstairs to dress. In joyful relief,
Stephen slipped the little box in the
pocket of his improvised admiral’s costume,
and ran downstairs to the hall to
wait for the coming of his Undine.

Elfrida did not appear till late, when
the room was filled with whirling harlequins
and Pompadours and Swiss peasant
maidens. The admiral stood by the
door, waiting for her, his little box in
his hand and his heart in his mouth.
Finally, as though she had been on the
watch to avoid him, he saw her enter
the hall by one of the long windows
opening from the veranda without. In
spite of his vexation, he could not but
smile with sheer pleasure at the sight
of her, as her eyes and her white teeth
flashed a smile upon the room. In her
pale, sea-green draperies, dragging
heavily at the hem with a fragile border
of urchin shells, her creamy neck and
shoulders bare, her flowing yellow hair
bound and wreathed with strands of
dark, wet seaweed—oh, she was pretty,
indeed! Stephen sprang forward.

“Good-evening, Undine! Here—I
have something for you, will you let
me give it to you? A little ornament
to complete your costume.”

“You may give it to me later,” she
replied, with an indifference that chilled
and baffled him; and he watched her
miserably as she swung off into the two-step
with a tall, sunburned youth from
Boston—a conceited-looking pup, Glyn
told himself, in a vain attempt at consolation.

The evening was half over before
he managed to get near her again. “Our
dance, Mr. Glyn,” she cried, taking
his arm and smiling up at him. Her
eyebrows, which, in spite of her fair
hair, were black and thickly ridged,
were arched high in the mocking expression
that he hated to see upon her
face. She was in wild spirits, gay with
the evening’s success, fluttered with a95
reckless and inconsequent laughter that
set the fibers of her lover’s heart quivering
painfully.

“Let’s go down on the breakwater,”
she said, “instead of dancing. It’s so
hot here.” Bewildered and obedient,
Stephen followed her, and a few moments
later they were sitting side by
side at the end of the moonlit pier.

“Doesn’t the water look nice?” cried
Elfie, bending over it lovingly. “For
two cents, I’d jump into it this very
moment.”

“Please don’t!” expostulated Stephen,
in alarm. She turned her bright eyes
toward him.

“What did you say you had for me?”
she said.

Half shamefacedly, Stephen drew
from his pocket the little box that he
had received a few hours before. “Just
a trifle,” he said, “that I picked up in
Swabia a few years ago. See!” He
opened the cover and took out a slender
string of fresh-water pearls set in silver,
some milk-white, some shimmering
prismatically in the moonlight.

“Oh, how lovely!” cried Elfie, with
artless delight. “And they’re for me?”

“If you’ll take them,” replied Stephen,
hurriedly. “You see, they are perfectly
valueless little things—but the reason
I wanted you to wear them was because,
you see, they really belong to
you. These pearls are found in one of
the headwaters of the Danube, in Undine’s
own country. The peasants say
they are the drops that Undine wept
after she had returned heartbroken to
her water world. And so they call these
pearls the tears of Undine. Will you
have them, Undine?”

He bent toward her tenderly, and she
held out her hand with a constrained
gesture. “This Undine doesn’t intend
to shed any tears of her own,” she answered,
“and so, I suppose, that these
drops will save her a lot of trouble.
Thanks! Yes, do clasp it on. Thank
you very much.” She tried to pull her
hand away, but Stephen retained it in
his own.

“I love you. Don’t you care a bit
for me, Elfie?” he blurted, desperately.
“Elfie, will you be my wife?”

She snatched her hand away this
time, and scrambled to her feet. “Oh,”
she cried, “don’t be silly, don’t be sentimental—here
by the lovely, sensible
sea, too!” Stephen rose and stood staring
at her, and she went on with a hurried
laugh: “Thank you very much, Mr.
Glyn, and now that I have had a proposal,
I shall always be a bachelor-lady,
and shan’t ever have to worry about
being an old maid. And the pearls are
lovely, but I never intend to marry anyone—and
now, oh, do let’s go into that
dear black water.”

She stood, a lovely, pale figure in the
moonlight, embarrassed, half-laughing,
while her green eyes shot out and
streamed a reckless gleam at the young
man standing dejected before her. “Do
you dare me?” she cried.

Stephen saw that in her present daredevil
mood she was equal to anything.
“No, please don’t!” he cried. “This time
of night, in all those long draperies, it
wouldn’t be safe—please don’t!”

“Not safe for Undine?” she laughed,
defiantly. “Pooh, who’s afraid?”
Stephen put out his hand to restrain
her, but she laughed again—one of her
long, silent chuckles. “Such a grand
chance to show off. I’m not going to
miss it!” she cried, and, eluding
Stephen’s touch, she sprang like a long,
silvery streak over the edge of the
breakwater into the phosphorescent
blackness beneath. In wrath and anxiety,
the young man waited until her
head emerged in a whirlpool of silvery
fire.

“You are quite safe, Elfie?” he called,
anxiously.

Her wild, careless laughter answered
him. “Come in, the water’s fine. Come
in; oh, come in! I dare you! I dare
you!”

She swam off toward the moonlight
with powerful side strokes, hardly diminished
by her encumbering drapery.
“I dare you!” she cried again.

No flesh and blood, not even of the
most prudent young lawyer in New
York, could withstand such a challenge.
Heedless of consequences, Stephen
flung himself over into the dark. The
water was cold, his clothes were heavy;96
but he struck out valiantly. “Come on,
oh, come on!” called the voice, far away
on the surface of the water, and he
strained every tendon to follow. A
canoe drifted out slowly from somewhere—he
didn’t know where—then it
seemed to draw nearer, or else to disappear—he
didn’t know which. The
water was icy cold, his breath drew
thick, his limbs, unaccustomed either to
the cold or to the unwonted strain, were
wrenched with a sudden muscular
agony, and seemed to pass from his
ownership and his control. Still, in the
white moonlight before him, the black
streak that he was following moved
steadily along. He cursed himself as
an effeminate monkey—“beaten by a
girl!”

Then girls and Undines, farming implements
and crystal palaces, whirled
and shimmered dimly before his eyes.
All he wanted was to rest—just a chance
to rest! And, throwing out both arms,
he gave himself up helplessly to the
water.

II.

It was late the next morning when
Martin thrust his cheerful little face in
at the door of Stephen Glyn’s room at
the hotel.

“Well, how are you to-day?” cried
the newcomer. “Gee, that was a narrow
squeak you had last night, and no
mistake!”

Stephen woke with a start, and
turned in a dim and growing amazement
at the stiffness of his limbs, the
painful heaviness of his breath. Slowly,
as the little Yale man sat chattering
by his bed, the troubled events of the
night before came back to him—the
foolhardy plunge from the breakwater,
the interval of blank nothingness,
the agonized struggle back into life, the
hands working at his chest and his
limbs; then the slow opening of his eyelids
under the frightened face of young
Martin, bending over him.

“Yes, I did make an ass of myself,
and no mistake,” he mused, aloud, in a
hoarse and broken voice.

“Nonsense!” cried Martin. “A cramp—why,
that’s likely to come over anybody.
No one could laugh at you
for having a cramp; though Miss
May——” he stopped short, with a half-embarrassed
laugh.

“What about Miss May?” asked
Stephen, trying to conceal the agitation
he felt.

“Why, nothing. Only, I met her just
now going out to sail with some of the
fellows. They all stopped to ask how
you were. She didn’t say a word—stood
there looking queer, somehow.
So I told them you were feeling better
this morning with all the water pumped
out of you; and she began to laugh;
didn’t say a word, just stood and
laughed, till, upon my word, I thought
she was going to cry. She’s a funny
one and no mistake—half fish, I call
her.”

Glyn was silent. So this was the way
that his narrow escape from drowning
appeared to Elfrida—to her for whom
he had risked not only his life, but his
dignity as well.

“Can I do anything for you, old
chap?” asked the other, with good-natured
solicitude.

“Thanks, I think you have done
quite enough for me already.”

“Pshaw!” cried Martin, rising in the
alarm of approaching thanks. “It was
nothing. And now I’ve got to be going
downstairs. As for you, my boy, you’d
better lie still to-day. You don’t want
to get pneumonia out of this, do you?”

But in spite of timely warnings, in
spite of aching limbs and a dizzy head,
it was not very long after this that
Stephen rose, dressed himself and went
slowly downstairs. From the few people
sitting about on the piazza waiting
for lunch—ladies with toy poodles, old
gentlemen with newspapers—Glyn received
congratulations on his escape,
and remarks of a more or less trying
facetiousness. Of course Elfrida was
not there; of course she had not yet returned
from her sail. And even if she
had, what difference should it make to
him?

So he strolled down on the rocks toward
the breakwater with a rather slow
and uncertain step. His heart was sore
within him. The future was dim; in97
the present, one fact only stood out with
dreary distinctness—he had given the
best love of his life where return was
not only denied, but, from the nature of
things, impossible. As well toss a rose
in a monkey cage as bestow a living
heart on a perverse and freakish child
like Elfrida, who regarded the gift
merely as the means of a moment’s
amusement, to be picked to pieces and
then tossed to the ground. After all,
was she a woman, or, as Martin had
said, a wild creature, half human and
half fish, for the possession of whom it
was useless to contend with her cold
and tempestuous lover, the sea?

He caught himself almost shaking
his fist in a helpless rage of jealousy at
the little green waves that lapped at his
feet. “Rubbish!” he said to himself, in
scorn at the fanciful absurdity of his
notion. But then, as the scene of last
night came back to him, he shook his
head in mournful bewilderment.

A light clatter of stones on the breakwater
above his head roused him from
his reverie. Looking up, he saw a
white figure hurrying silently along.
“Good-morning,” he called, with a wild
hope that his thoughts had translated
themselves into the wild, living embodiment.
There was no answer. “Miss
May, is that you?” he called again.

There was a moment’s pause, then
Elfrida’s face, white and severe, appeared
over the stone coping. “I didn’t
intend that you should hear me pass,”
she said, frowning. “It was these hateful
old stones that gave me away.”

Glyn’s heart contracted. Was his
presence so disagreeable to her, then,
that she chid the very stones that betrayed
her presence to him? Then concern
for his own pain was lost in sudden
concern for the unsteadiness of her
position.

“Take care, please! Those stones
are loose where you are standing, I can
see from below here.”

She smiled willfully. “Thank you,
Mr. Glyn, I am quite secure. You see,
this breakwater is a friend of mine. It
would never go back on me.”

In her words, as in her smile, Glyn
found an echo of that laughter with
which earlier in the day she had greeted
Martin’s story of his narrow encounter
with death. “Yes,” he replied, with a
bitter sinking of the heart, “I did make
rather an ass of myself last night, didn’t
I?”

She laughed abruptly, but made no
reply. Glyn stood looking up at her
as she stood on the barrier of loose
stones above his head—shading her eyes
with the book that she held in her hand,
looking out over the sea. A sense of
his own helplessness rocked Glyn’s soul
in a sudden rage. He wanted her, oh,
he wanted her, as she stood there, cold
and immovable, defended at every point
by her own scornful ignorance of common
human emotion, unassailed even
by the twin lords of mankind, Love
and Death, which had so newly brushed
closely past her.

Suddenly she started and turned to
meet his gaze with half-startled, inscrutable
eyes. “The tide is on the
turn,” she said, in a quick-breathed undertone—then
the stone under her foot
slipped and settled, she flung out her
arms to steady herself, and barely recovered
her balance as she swayed for
an instant on the edge of the rough
stone parapet. In wild anxiety Glyn
sprang forward, heedless of her book,
which fell fluttering past his head.

“Take care!” he cried. “Take care!”

She smiled down at him, her lips a
little white, but otherwise perfectly
composed. “It’s too bad,” she said.
“From the first day I met you, I am
always frightening you to death, Mr.
Glyn.”

Was she thinking of his failure of the
night before? Glyn’s heart quivered
with mortification. “Yes,” he said; “it’s
easy to frighten me, you see.”

She laughed again—a little, quick,
troubled laugh. “But I didn’t come
down here to see you, you know, Mr.
Glyn,” she said. “I was going out on
the end of the breakwater to read for a
little while, till lunch time—I didn’t expect
to see you, you know.”

Why need she disclaim so eagerly
any wish to see him? thought Glyn to
himself. Not much danger of his flattering
himself to the contrary. So he98
bowed with as much composure as he
could muster.

“Certainly,” he replied; “and I am
very sorry to have intruded upon your
solitude. But let me see, your book—it
fell past me just now, I think.”

He turned to search among the
bowlders which lay strewed about him.
Suddenly Elfrida’s voice came to him,
strained and high.

“Mr. Glyn,” she said, “please don’t
take any trouble about my book.”

He paused, perplexed. “It’s no
trouble, Miss May, I assure you. Look!
I can see it there between the bowlders
in the seaweed—a new book, isn’t it?
Here, let me give it to you.”

He took a step toward it. “Mr.
Glyn!” cried Elfrida. “You mustn’t—you
mustn’t! I forbid you to touch my
book!”

Glyn turned and gazed up at her. She
was leaning down toward him from
the rough masonry above, her hands
stretched out, her face flushed to a
bright crimson, her eyes sparkling, wide
open, filled with anger and with something
else besides—misgiving and something
that was almost like fear.

“Mr. Glyn!” she repeated, violently.
“Please go away now, please! And let
me come down and pick up my book
myself!”

Glyn looked up at her, at her face,
wild, beautiful and threatening, bent
down toward him. So her scorn for
him was so deep, her detestation so entire,
that he was not to be permitted to
touch so much as the book that had
fallen from her hand.

Now, at last, beyond a doubt, he had
his answer. He stood silent for a moment,
looking dumbly first at the half-soaked
volume almost hidden among the
seaweed, then at the head above him,
so lovely and so carelessly terrible,
bright and golden against the blue background
of the sky.

“Miss May,” he said, “believe me, I
had no intention of intruding on you.
I beg your pardon, and—good-by,
Elfie!”

* * * * *

Now, the solitary steamer that calls
at Pemaquid makes her single trip in
the morning; the overland route to the
distant railway station is so hilly and
rough as to be almost impossible to the
few aged horses in the village; hence
there are difficulties in the way of anybody
who is resolved to take his departure
from Pemaquid immediately after
lunch. “It’s too bad,” drawled old
Ben, in sympathetic reply to Stephen’s
eager inquiries, “but, you see, down
East here nobody ain’t ever in a hurry.
We hev all the time they is. In the
West, of course, I know it’s different.
I suppose, naow, in N’ York you have a
train every hour in the day, don’t you?”

Stephen stood helpless. To remain
another day in Pemaquid, after what
had happened, was to him an impossibility;
and yet how to escape? His eye
fell on a small fishing schooner at the
end of the wharf, the only boat of seagoing
size that the place boasted. Her
sails were hoisted and two men were
working at her anchor. A sudden idea
came to Stephen. “Couldn’t I hire that
boat,” he said, “to sail me over to
Boothbay Harbor?”

Old Ben began to laugh. “Couldn’t
you hire a whale?” he said. “That boat,
she’s the Twin Sisters, and she belongs
to my brother-in-law, Jabez Hooper, and
he’s sot in his ways, like the old monument
over there. This is the day he’s
goin’ swordfishin’ in her; and now he’s
p’inted her nose for ’Tit Menan, it
would take more money than you could
find in six pots o’ gold to git him to
p’int her to the west’ard for you instead.”

Stephen grasped eagerly at the idea.
A few more weeks away from his work—what
did it matter now, after all, in
the emptiness of the dog days? “Swordfishing?
Just the thing! Do you think
he’d take me with him?”

As a passenger?” asked the cautious
Ben.

“A passenger? Certainly. I’ll pay
him anything in reason.”

To this proposition the old longshoreman
gave a grudging and indifferent assent;
then gleefully pushed out in a
dory to arrange terms with his relative
and wrangle about the amount of commission
which his own enterprise was99
to receive; while Stephen went back to
the hotel to pack up a few necessaries
for the trip and arrange with the landlady
for the storage of his luggage till
his return.

A hurried inquiry brought forth the
information that Martin had gone out
sailing, together with most of the others.
“Miss May, she’s gone, too,” remarked
the woman, with the faint and
flickering ghost of a smile. “They’ll
all be real sorry to find you turn up
missin’ when they come back, I’m sure
of that.”

Glyn left a hastily scribbled note for
Martin, and hurried down to the pier,
with strength restored to his limbs and
hope to his heart by this unlooked for
and novel means of escape. On the deck
of this rough fishing boat he might escape
from the fancied chains which had
weighed him down to the unmanly
servitude here in Pemaquid. Here on
the sea he might find “the world of
men for a man”; the world of hand-to-hand
struggle with forces unchanged
since the earth was made; the wind, the
water, the sharp necessities of the chase.
Here, if anywhere, was the path of deliverance
from the chimera of Unfulfilled
Desire.

III.

It was nearly three weeks later that
the Twin Sisters rounded Allen’s Island—traveling,
as her skipper said, “with
a bone in her mouth”—and set her
homeward course across the windy and
sparkling waters of Muscongus Bay.
In the stern the steersman flung his
weight on the wheel; in the bow lay
Stephen, his hand closed upon the helplessly
fluttering leaves of his “Dairy
Machinery,” his eyes fixed upon the
mound of glittering green foam that
swept in perpetual advance of the vessel’s
bow.

Through his mind flitted a shifting
retrospect of these last weeks upon the
sea—the rushing voyage through rock-sown
bays and windy fairways; the days
of creaking rise-and-fall upon the heavy
swell of a dead and scorching sea, or of
groping for buoys through the blind
white fog; nights under the starlight,
nights when the wild summer rain had
driven him for shelter to the hot and
evil-smelling cabin of the little schooner.
And, above all, the ceaseless watch for
the great fish that they had come to
hunt, the tense excitement of the signal,
the swift dark flight of the harpoon;
then the breathless chase of the flying
keg that marked the flight of the frenzied
monster across the sea. In their
wild hunts Stephen had shown a reckless
audacity, a rapidly acquired skill,
that gradually commanded the respect
of the cynical and indifferent Captain
Jabez himself. “Y’ain’t so bad, for a
rusticator,” was his outspoken praise.
Stephen sighed in helpless irritation;
after all, what was the use of pretending
to himself that it was the respect of
his fellow man for which he exerted
himself in these strenuous exertions to
show nautical strength and skill? What
was the use, after all, of leaving Pemaquid
at all, so long as the very sea foam
itself brought him a fantastic vision of
white arms flashing from the water, and
each curling green wave recalled to him
a pair of eyes deeper and more transparent
than the sea itself?

“Spoony!” hissed Stephen, in fierce
self-contempt, when suddenly the skipper
raised a languid cry from the stern.

“There’s the old p’int, Stephen, if
you want to see it.”

Sure enough, there were the high
brown walls of Pemaquid, bare to the
wind and the surrounding ocean. In
spite of himself, Stephen’s heart leaped
up as he regarded it.

The wind calmed down with the approaching
sunset as the Twin Sisters
floated slowly in between the breakwaters,
recalling to Stephen that first
evening when his boat had been met
and boarded by a wandering sea nymph.
This time the mirrored sunset was
empty and bare, the harbor was silent.

“Reckon they’re all busy with their
fried lobster an’ hot biscuit, up to the
hotel,” remarked Captain Jabez, sourly,
as he surveyed their catch, laid out upon
the deck—seven great swordfishes, black
and shapeless, like elongated kitchen
stoves, their skin still glistening from100
their icy bed in the vessel’s hold. “I
thought we’d git a dozen,” he remarked,
discontentedly. “Mind, I tell you, it’s
just my luck. A catch like that makes
me feel like all my folks was sick to
home.”

Suddenly from the end of the breakwater
a white figure started up, her eyes
shielded with a book, her hair reddened
brilliantly by the sinking sun.

“For the law’s sakes!” exclaimed
Captain Jabez. “See, there’s what’s-her-name,
the fish girl, waitin’ to see us
land!”

Stephen turned; the world was warm
and smiling. Was she really waiting
for him? He waved his hat and cried
to her. For a moment she stood, white,
slim and motionless; then, with a single
gesture, lifeless and perfunctory, she
turned and walked slowly up to the
hotel.

“Of course,” said Stephen to himself,
in vain mockery at his own pain.
After all, what did it matter? Tomorrow
he would leave it forever, this
cold and alluring coast of Maine; and
with paved streets and the rush of work
would come forgetfulness.

Martin welcomed him warmly at the
hotel. “Gee, you’re as brown as a nut,”
he said, “and old Jabez says you’re the
best hand he ever had—worth any two
of these native loafers about here. Say,
come and sit at my table, and tell us
about your trip.”

So, after Glyn had changed to the
garb of civilization, he came down and
ate his supper, listening to the merry
chatter of the little Yale man. Elfrida
bowed to him as he entered, but left
the table soon after he sat down. “I am
going down to the breakwater, to look
at those poor swordfish that you killed,”
she said, with some reproach, as she
passed by him. Her face was severe
and unsmiling; it seemed to Glyn that
she was paler than usual, and her large
eyes were faintly shadowed with dark
circles beneath their lids.

“What’s the matter with Miss May?”
he asked Martin, abruptly.

The other turned his eyes from her
retreating figure. “Oh, yes, I forgot
you’d been away. We’ve had great excitements
since you were gone, here at
little Pemaquid.”

“What was the matter?” cried
Stephen, while a thousand terrible possibilities
rose in his mind.

Martin began to laugh. “Oh, nothing
very thrilling, that I could see. But
that girl—you know she’s a queen, but
she’s half a freak, too—the good half!
Anyone that tries to understand her will
have his job cut out for life.”

Glyn raised his cup of tea carelessly.
“But what did you say it was that happened?”

“Why, this is the way it was—see if
it doesn’t make you tired! Everybody
was talking about it. You remember
that time last month when you came so
near your end, going in with her the
night of the dance, she never made a
sound. And last week, when she lost
a little trifling bracelet in swimming—gee!
she burst out crying right there
on the pier before everybody!”

A wild thought flitted into Stephen’s
mind. “What kind of a bracelet was
it?” he inquired, with elaborate indifference.

“Nothing very much, to make a girl
cry like that—a girl like Elfie, too, the
cold, superior, athletic kind. But, then,
she’d been acting queer for some time,
didn’t you notice? No, it was since
you went away—nervous and quiet,
and ready to snap your head off if you
spoke to her, always sitting down there
on the breakwater, reading—Elfie reading!
Just fancy that! Gee! I never
saw a girl change so quick before.”

Stephen went on with his supper.
“Well, did she find her bracelet?” he
inquired, carelessly.

“After the harbor was turned inside
out—that’s the excitement, you see. The
whole town was out every day. Then
she offered a reward—fifty dollars; then
a hundred. She wanted to send to
Portland for divers. But an old native
chap found it at low tide—old Ben,
you know, that is always fishing there
on the dock. So she paid him, on the
nail—a hundred plunks. And her
mother said she couldn’t have any autumn
clothes, and she said she didn’t
care one scrap.”

101
Stephen lit a cigarette with elaborate
pains. “So, I suppose,” he observed,
tentatively, “that it was quite an elaborate
bit of jewelry.”

“That’s the joke. A hundred dollars
would have bought a dozen like it—just
clam pearls and silver. Say, it’s
a peachy evening. Let’s go and look
up some of the crowd, and have a
marshmallow toast on the beach.”

Glyn rose. “I’m sorry, Martin, I
have to go down and help my skipper
ashore with our catch. See you later—business,
you see.”

“Three cheers for the bold fisherman!”
grinned Martin, as Stephen
rushed from the hall with an eagerness
which did credit to his sense of
duty toward Jabez.

Twilight was drawing down, damp
and dusky, over rocks and harbor, as
Stephen hurried down to the breakwater.
With swift precaution, he stepped
along over the loose stones—no one was
there. He looked about in desperate
search. Then, in a little rocky nook at
the extreme point, he caught the glint
of a familiar yellow head.

“Elfie!” he called, softly, as he hastened
toward her. Her white form
rose up; she stood there looking at
him, her book still in her hand—looking
at him silently.

As he joined her she laughed, a little,
nervous laugh. “Oh, Mr. Glyn, is that
you?” she said. “And have you come
to tell me about your cruise?”

For a moment Stephen stood at a
loss. Here before those clear cool
eyes, what Martin had told him seemed
so absurd, so impossible. His eyes fell
upon the book in her hand. Suddenly,
as he read the title in the fading light,
his heart beat again high and quick.

He put out his hand and gently took
the volume from her. “I see that you
have been reading about Undine,” he
said, tentatively.

She flushed a bright rose color; it
was the second time he had ever seen
her color change. “Ah!” she cried, in
a pale reflection of her old mocking defiance.
“The story you told me about—I’m
sorry, you know, but, really, I
don’t find it very interesting.”

Stephen looked at her. “Elfie——”
he said, but she stretched out her hand
in sudden embarrassment. “Give it back
to me, please,” she whispered. “I
didn’t mean to be reading it now. Give
it to me, please.”

For a moment Stephen stared at her,
bewildered at this sudden intensity of
appeal. With her old impulsiveness,
she flung out her arm to snatch the betraying
volume from his grasp. The
laces of her sleeve fell back, and there
about her wrist Stephen beheld a bracelet—a
string of large, irregular pearls,
rimmed and linked in silver.

He dropped the book and seized the
hand in both of his own.

“So you still think of me sometimes,
Elfie?”

She glanced up at him, frowning.

“Why did you go away without saying
good-by to me last month?” she
asked, with her old air of severity.

“I didn’t want to bother you. I knew
you didn’t care.” Beneath the rigid
inquisition of her gaze, Stephen
stumbled over his words.

“You thought I didn’t care!” She
turned her eyes away from him, and
twisted the bracelet upon her wrist.
“Do you care?” she asked, abruptly.

“Elfrida, you know why I had to
come back. You know that I care about
nothing else in the world but just you—dear,
dearest little Elfie!”

She stepped back. “And yet,” she
said, with a catch in her voice, “you
went away and left me.”

“But, Elfie dear, what else could I
do? After you had laughed at me, after
you had refused to let me touch
as much as your book when you
dropped it here on the beach!”

She began to laugh brokenly. “Don’t
you understand?” she said, softly. “I
wasn’t going to let you know how silly
I was. I couldn’t let you see that I
had sent for the book for myself—just
because I wanted to read again the story
that you had told to me.”

“Elfie! My own dear Elfie!”

She raised her hand. “No, Stephen,
one moment! Listen to me.” She
leaned toward him a little, standing102
there white and slender in the gathering
dusk, while Stephen listened eagerly.
The little waves lapped and
gurgled through the rocky spaces of
the breakwater; all about them was the
quiet evening of the sea.

“Last month, when you told me about
Undine, I hated you,” she said, passionately;
“because I thought you meant
that she was me, all the time. And I
was bound to show you that I wasn’t
weak and silly like that, and that I
didn’t care a single scrap! And I
didn’t care then, either—not till that
night when I was such a beast to you,
and made such a fool of myself, and you
almost died—all my fault! So next
day I was so ashamed of myself, I
didn’t dare even to speak to you, until
I had told you I was sorry. And just
then I was so afraid you’d see that
book, that I made you go away—little
fool! As though that made any difference!”
She paused a moment. “And
then in the evening I came back and
found that you were really gone away,
without a single word!”

She raised her eyes to him slowly,
and, to his amazement, he saw that
they were bright with the transparent
wetness of tears.

“Do you remember,” she whispered,
brokenly, “how—that night—I told you
that I never intended to shed any tears—planning
to live like a little brute?
And you gave me these pearls, and told
me they were the tears that Undine had
wept, after her soul had been given to
her. Oh, Stephen! There’s not a
night since that night that I haven’t
cried myself to sleep thinking of you.
So now I know that I have a soul,
and I have a heart. And the heart is
all yours, if you want it, Stephen!”


NOW’S THE TIME O’ YEAR

NOW’S the time o’ year when the deep skies seem

(Look where you will) like the dream of a dream;

Toss of gold, floss of gold, weed-tip and tree,

And purple like the twilight for the lone late bee.
Now’s the time o’ year when the cider-stills run

Amber—luscious amber—in the round red sun;

And the bloom on the grape’s like the bloom on the cheeks

Of a maid at the tryst when a low voice speaks.
Now’s the time o’ year when the hill-crests call,

And the clear rill-music has a tinkling fall;

Piper of the South Wind, play up, play!

Your hand in mine, love, let us away!
Clinton Scollard.

103

Pride of Race
By P. S. Carlson

Pride of Race, by P. S. Carlson
A

AT luncheon Bishop Chalmers,
ensconced snugly
between his hostess,
the handsome widow,
Mrs. Patricia Danvers,
and her equally
charming daughter,
Miss Isabel, sublimated from
the seclusion of boarding
school to society two seasons before,
listened quietly to the many laudatory
comments on his sermon of the previous
evening.

The sermon had been delivered in the
large and fashionable city church of St.
Barnabas. Ostensibly it had been on
“Charity”; principally it was a plea for
aid for the bishop’s struggling diocese
in the South. The bishop had received
the invitation to preach from the rector
of the rich congregation, a classmate
at the theological seminary, who
occupied a seat at the left of the hostess.

The rector was wifeless, as was the
bishop, and after Mrs. Danvers had satisfied
herself that she had paid due
deference to the bishop she left him
to the tender mercies of the daughter.

Mrs. Danvers, Patricia Hardesty
that was, had begun life with a devotion
to the church, especially its representatives
in this mundane sphere. Her
impoverished family, painfully aware
that dollars were far scarcer than devotion,
insisted on her giving up her maidenly
intention of wedding a clergyman
and urged on her the necessity of marrying
Horace Danvers, by no means
religious, many years her senior and
“interested in cotton.” Now that the
cotton had been shelved for all time by
the death of the husband, leaving a
magnificent golden fleece in its stead,
her devotion to “the cloth” had reasserted
itself. Witness the bishop as a
guest, the presence of the rector.

To the mind of the widow, worldly-minded,
even if a devotee, the rector
was the far more desirable prospective
parti. The bishop was too small to fit
her ideal. Her fancy was for large
blond men who, in the pulpit, have the
appearance of Greek gods brought up
to date by the saving grace of the surplice.
The rector was one of these.

Although Bishop Chalmers was below
medium height, with anything but
a robust figure, he had a striking face.
It was clean-shaven, ascetic and of
cameo-like clearness. The nose itself
was indicative of ancestry, the mouth
was sensitive yet strong, and his blue
eyes were remarkable for their depth
and expression of sadness. His silvery
gray hair belied his age, not yet fifty
years. Pride of vocation and of race
showed itself in every feature.

The adoring women of his diocese
were accustomed to describe the bishop
as one who was never known to smile.

“When his wife died he lost interest
in everything but his life work,” they
were accustomed to say. “He reveres
her memory as that of a saint. Her
death cast a shadow over his life, poor
little bishop!”

That was not the underlying cause of
his sadness. In the ecclesiastical closet—a
sanctum the interior of which none
might see—a skeleton was concealed.

As Mrs. Danvers glanced to her right
with uninterrupted speech to the rector,
she smiled with satisfaction to see that
the daughter was cleverly holding the
attention of the distinguished guest.

104
The girl had taken up the subject-thread
of conversation where her mother
had dropped it.

“In your sermon I was greatly impressed
by the story you told of the
unknown donor who each year sent
you the large sum of money for your
diocesan work,” she was saying. “It
appears so strange that anyone should
wish to conceal identity where such
good work is concerned. You have no
intimation as to his or her identity?”
she asked.

The bishop shook his head.

“Not the slightest. The nearest I
have approached is to learn the name of
the bankers through whom the annual
donation is made. It is a good seed
sown in a fruitful field, and some day
the sower will reap harvest an hundredfold,”
he declared, reverently.

Of course Miss Isobel was properly
impressed. She said nothing for a little.
She was a bright, butterfly sort of
creature, whose veil of innocence and
apparent ingenuousness hid a nature
which delighted in sacrificing dignity
and reserve to her mischief-making propensities.
She was of the kind ever
ready to revert to the subject of round
dances or divorce with a High Church
dignitary.

This idiosyncrasy asserted itself when
she said to her listener, with her well-feigned
air of irresponsibility:

“Bishop, I should greatly like to have
the pleasure of taking you this afternoon
for a spin in my runabout, had I
not an engagement to see the Derby
run. Besides my promise to go, my
favorite jockey is to ride in this race,
and I cannot miss the chance of winning
or losing kid gloves or bonbons
on his horse. I suppose it is very sinful,”
she sighed, resignedly, glancing
with challenging eyes at the bishop.

Emboldened, though disappointed,
perhaps, by the fact that he did not appear
shocked or surprised, she continued
in a tone wherein earnestness and
raillery were mingled:

“Could you reconcile your conscience
so far as to accompany me to such a
sinful place as the race course, bishop?”

For a time, so long that the silence
grew painful, the bishop made no sign
that he had heard. She noted a look on
his face—was it one of offended dignity
or simple disgust at her daring?
She could not determine. Already she
had framed an apology, when he said,
without lifting his eyes:

“Is it really so sinful?” continuing,
quickly: “I do not doubt that it is,
and, perhaps, it may strike you as being
strange and unworthy of my calling,
but for just once I should like to
see the inside of a race course.”

For some reason the statement struck
a chord of sympathy in the girl’s heart.
It was in the nature of a confession.

“It is a beautiful sight, bishop,” she
hastened to reply, thinking of nothing
less inane as her mind struggled to find
reason for his admission. “The horses,
with their coats like satin, the jockeys
in their bright colors, the excited throng
of spectators and the velvety greensward.
One jockey is a special favorite
among the girls of the ‘horsy’ set,” she
continued, now fairly advanced in her
stride, figuratively speaking. “He’s a
darling!”—ecstatically. “I surely believe
half the women attend the races
simply to see him ride, and all of them
make wagers on his mounts.” She
paused for a moment and glanced at
the bishop. He did not appear offended.
“When his horse wins and he returns
to the judges’ stand they cheer him and
wave their handkerchiefs, and some
even throw kisses at him. He doesn’t
notice it, though, for he never even
smiles, but only looks up at the Blaisdell
box.”

“Blaisdell?” echoed the bishop.

“Yes, ex-Secretary Blaisdell. Rumor
says that Bettina Blaisdell wants to
marry him, but, of course, the family
couldn’t countenance such a thing—her
becoming the wife of a jockey. It is
reported he is of an excellent family,
however, and rides under a nom de
course
.”

“And this name—what is it?” inquired
the bishop, scarcely above a
whisper. Feverishly, almost, he appeared
to wait for an answer.

“Nowell—of course it is an assumed
one——”

105
She would have said more, but the
words were checked on her lips, and she
was staring at her companion in undisguised
astonishment. His head was
bowed over, and the hand, one finger
of which held the episcopal ring, was
trembling violently. In a moment he
had regained composure.

“Tell me of this race,” he said, in
his accustomed well modulated voice.
“Does this—jockey”—the word came
with an effort—“ride for Mr. Blaisdell
altogether? Is it the Blaisdell who
was once in the Cabinet?”

Eagerness was evinced in his voice,
his expression, the attitude in which he
leaned toward his fair informant.

“Ex-Secretary Blaisdell—the one formerly
in the senate, you know. He is
more interested in the ponies now than
in politics,” she said, dropping unconsciously
into slang. “He was thinking
of selling off all his race horses, when
he discovered this jockey, who is said
to get a princely salary. Mr. Blaisdell
treats him almost as a son.”

The bishop winced.

“And this particular race—you call
it the Derby, I believe?” he ventured.

“It’s the greatest racing event of the
year. The papers this morning were
full of it. Secretary Blaisdell has set
his heart on winning it with Nowell and
Ixion, his favorite race horse. He is
tipped by all the papers, and will be
the favorite. That is, it is believed he
has the best chance of winning, you
know,” she explained. “Ixion and
Nowell are a winning combination.”

“Where is the race to take place?”
persisted the bishop.

“At the Ravenswood Park race
course,” answered the girl, and then,
impulsively: “Why, bishop, I might
almost be tempted to believe that you
are going! Why not let me take you?”
she pleaded, coaxingly, with sweet,
pursed-up lips and chin stuck out coquettishly
toward him.

She pictured to herself what a sensation
she would create with a bishop on
parade at the races. Well she knew
that not a few would be there who
would recognize them both, and she
could imagine herself the cynosure of
the eyes of hundreds of churchgoers
transformed into racegoers on this
Derby day.

The idea was positively entrancing!
With glowing eyes and cheeks flushed
at the thought, Miss Danvers awaited
the bishop’s reply. It was merely a
shake of the head, without comment on
her daring.

Then the mother, having overheard
the latter part of the conversation,
turned to her daughter with gentle reproof:

“I’m surprised at you, Isobel, having
the audacity to extend such an invitation
to a bishop. It’s shocking bad
taste, really. I’m ashamed of you.”

Naturally the conversation drifted
into other channels.

During the rest of the meal the
bishop was strangely distracted. On
more than one occasion his hostess
found it necessary to address the same
remark to him, whereat he excused himself
somewhat lamely for his inattention.

After they had risen from the board
he pleaded some matter that needed his
especial care, and retired to his chamber.
Probably a half hour later Mrs.
Danvers and the rector, who remained
to talk over church affairs, saw the
bishop descend the main stairway near
the drawing room.

“He wishes to be alone still. I can
tell by his expression,” said the rector.
“I know him like a book. A queer man
in some ways, but no better anywhere.
Inclined too much to melancholy, and
a trifle too straitlaced for his advanced
age, perhaps.”

In his own chamber the bishop had
gone over in his own mind, not once,
but a hundred times, the question, at
the present the one momentous to him
above all others, should he visit the
race course that afternoon to see the
Derby run? A thousand reasons had
suggested themselves why he should not
do so. One why he should stood forth
clearly and plainly. When all had been
turned over in his mind, something told
him “Go!”

But how should he go? As he was,
his clothes of severe clerical cut singling106
him out for the sneers of the unrighteous?
He would not deny his
Master. In his own heart he knew
that his presence at the race course
meant no intent of desecration of his
calling, though he believed horse racing
was one of the unpardonable sins.

So his mind was settled that he should
go!

At the street corner he bought a
newspaper. In it he read that the
great Derby would be decided about
four P. M. By inquiring casually, he
learned that the race course was not
many minutes distant.

Hailing a passing cab, he asked, in
a voice in which he endeavored to hide
the shame he felt:

“To the race course, please. Shall
I be in time for the Derby race?”

The half-intoxicated driver looked
him over carefully before replying, with
a leer:

“All the time you want. I’ll take
you right there as cheap as anybody,
and I’ll give you a tip besides! If this
wasn’t my busy day I’d be inside there,
too, quick.”

He pointed his whip indefinitely.
“Take my tip, sir,” he added, insinuatingly,
holding to the swinging door.
“Don’t bet a penny on Ixion. Hotspur
is the goods to-day. He’ll beat Ixion
a mile. You mind what I’m telling
you. I’ve got inside information.”

The bishop’s soul was filled with disgust
as he stepped inside.

The cabby slammed to the door,
whirled the vehicle sharply around and
started.

By and by they ran out of the street
into an open space with large gates in
front, through which people were passing
by the uniformed gatekeepers. The
bishop could catch the flutter of flags
in the air; men and boys were selling
sheets of paper and bawling loudly in
his ears. Many cabs and carriages
and automobiles were “parked” about
the inclosure. He paid the driver, who
again took occasion to tell him, in a
hoarse whisper:

“Take my tip; you won’t be sorry.
Bet it all on Hotspur.”

On either side of the gates the bishop
saw booths at whose windows men were
selling tickets. Approaching a booth,
he tendered a five-dollar bill, receiving
in return a badge and three dollars.
For a moment he hesitated, and looked
at the grinning countenance of the
ticket seller.

“How much is—this?” he faltered,
holding up the badge.

“Grand stand, two dollars; that’s a
grand-stand badge.”

The window shut down with a bang,
and the small man in black passed
through the turnstile, holding out the
badge dumbly to the gatekeeper. The
man tore off something and handed the
larger portion back to him.

As the bishop passed inside he saw
a man attach the—to him—badge of
iniquity to the lapel of his coat. He
himself held the gaudy bit of pasteboard
as if its very touch was defiling,
and then tossed it on the ground.

Presently he found himself in front
of a stand a quarter of a mile long,
black with people. So many never had
he seen gathered together at one place.

A band was playing back near the
grand stand. Men and women jostled
him, laughing, chatting, paying no attention.
He heard a young man near
him say: “Get your program—one
dime,” and gave ten cents for the narrow-leaved
“racing card.” He stood
holding it mechanically in his hand.
Though his eyes rested on the verdant
green of the infield, they did not
see it. They were looking back into
the past of little more than four years
before. The racegoers shouldered him
heedlessly. He hardly realized the discomfort,
he had forgotten the place to
which he had come, the sights and
scenes of the race course on this great
Derby day were forgotten.

How well he remembered the other,
the day when the crushing blow had
fallen on his heart! That had been the
real reason for his sadness.

Until that morning, four years before,
as fresh in memory as yesterday, the
bishop had thought his only son, at
college, would follow in the footsteps
of the father. He recollected tearing
open the missive in the beloved handwriting,107
and reading the letter which
had burned deeply into his memory and
his soul.

As he stood looking back into the
past, isolated, though surrounded by
thousands, he went over it again:

Dear Father: Your last letter, in which
you suggested that it was high time I had
made the choice of a profession, set me to
thinking. As a result I have made my decision.

Father, you know how fond I have been
of horseflesh. Do you remember—but of
course you do—when I rode in the tournament
three years ago, the youngest knight
there, I captured the prize and crowned the
queen of beauty? You seemed very proud
of me then, and when I crowned mother the
queen you complimented me on my good
taste.

Near the college grounds is a race course,
with training stables attached. Owing to my
fondness for thoroughbreds, during the winter
I have become acquainted with one of
the trainers. I told him I could ride, and
he let me exercise one of his best racers.
He says that I have an excellent seat and
hands, and has asked me to go with him as
an apprentice boy, after which I will become
a first-class jockey—a big thing nowadays. I
think I am exceedingly fortunate in having
such an opportunity.

You know, father, I never have been very
studious. I would rather sit in the saddle
all day than be perched on a stool in an
office for a few hours. I have heard you
yourself say that a man cannot succeed in his
vocation unless he is in sympathy with it.

Please don’t oppose me in my choice, for
I know I shall make a great name for myself
in the turf world, as you are known in that
of the church. Hoping to hear from you
soon and favorably, I am,

Affectionately, your son,
Lionel.

At first the little bishop had been
highly indignant at his son. The idea
of his presuming to couple his own
name, as one in the direct line of apostolic
succession, with that of a jockey!
Surely his son was bereft of his senses.

From wrath the father had changed
to heartsickness. Rather in anything
else would he have his son engaged
than in such a pursuit. He had in
mind his own brother, the pride of his
mother’s heart, the idol of the family,
who, through that same love of horseflesh,
had fallen so low that he was
either an outcast or the occupant of an
unmarked grave in the Western country.

His answer to the letter had been
this:

My dear Son: I am sure that you have not
reflected deeply on the course which you
write me you are bent on pursuing. I cannot
consider it as a serious resolve, but regard
it rather as the result of sudden impulse
on your part induced by the promptings
of a man who would lead you away
from all that is good and proper to something
which is most sinful, degraded and
pernicious.

If, after seeing your father in his priestly
vestments, you can array yourself in the trappings
of Satan—the jockey’s colors—you are
not the son I have fondly imagined.

I will not pretend to coerce you in the
matter. Yet I counsel you well to consider
fully before you take the final step.

Of course if you persist in your wild
determination, in future all communication
between us must cease. I can advise you no
further.

I am glad your dear mother is not alive
to share in the pain which your communication
has caused me.

Your Disappointed Father.

The bishop had hoped, rather than
expected, that his son would turn from
his resolve. He knew the breed! From
the time when their ancestor, Hugh de
Chalmers, had started forth to the
Crusades, not one had ever retreated.
And this same De Chalmers, knighted
for some deed of valor on the field of
battle, had chosen his coat of arms,
which had remained to the house
through the vicissitudes of generations.
And this coat of arms consisted of field
gules, horse argent, with the motto:
Ubique honor et equus” (“Wherever
honor and his horse should lead him”).
Always the horse had been associated
with the Chalmers race, for good or
bad, it seemed.

After the two letters there had been
no others. The lives of father and son
were as those of persons unknown to
one another.

The little bishop, sadder than ever—more
sanctified, the women of his flock
said—went about his work with renewed
vigor, if it were possible. They
did not know of the derelict.

And the son? Never until this day
had the father heard of him.

Try as hard as he had done, the
bishop could not put from him the desire,108
the consuming, yearning wish,
once more to look on the face of his only
child, even if engaged in his ungodly
pursuit. The bishop considered this
would be his only chance; he was certain
his heart was affected.

Suddenly he came to himself. He
was here, but as yet he had seen no
horses or jockeys. His son was apparently
as far away from him as he
had been when he first had become a
professional rider. The bishop had supposed
men and women, horses and
jockeys, were all wallowing together in
one slough.

Neither did Bishop Chalmers distinguish
the face of an acquaintance.
Vaguely he had supposed he would
be seen by some who had heard him
preach the night before, and who would
express astonishment at meeting him
there. Where was Miss Danvers?

If he had only known, he would have
been aware that the people who would
recognize him were in their boxes or
grand-stand seats, or in the paddock,
where society condescends to jostle elbows
with stable boys, proving the
truth of the adage enunciated by a true
sage: “On the turf, and beneath it, all
men are equal.” At least, the bishop
was saved from explanation.

It was just after the third race he had
arrived. Even now that he had come,
he saw no prospect of accomplishing his
design. He knew nothing of a paddock.

Looking about him helplessly, his
black garments contrasting strangely
with the bright costumes of the women,
and the “horsy” garb of the male portion,
his eyes rested on the figure of a
man near him. He was a big, burly
fellow, with a good-natured Irish face,
the most noticeable feature of which
was a huge red mustache. Certainly
here was one who could help him, for
the man’s attire was as typical of his
calling as the bishop’s own. A glittering
diamond pin in the shape of a
horse’s head was in the cravat, a horseshoe
watch charm rested on the double-breasted
waistcoat of “loud” pattern.

Chalmers’ eyes caught those of the
turf gambler as the latter lifted them,
after making an apparently satisfactory
calculation on the back of his program.

“I beg your pardon, sir,” said the
bishop. “I—er—as you possibly may
guess, I am not well versed in racing
matters. Would you please enable me
to understand a few things? I believe
a jockey named Nowell——” he paused,
interrogatively.

“Nowell is it, Blaisdell’s crack jock,
ye are askin’ about, now, father?” inquired
the man, with an expression of
mild surprise. Evidently he mistook
the bishop for a priest.

“Yes. Somebody said—I understood
he was to ride in the Derby to-day,”
continued the bishop, anxiously.

“I see ye ain’t used to racin’ at all,
at all, now, father,” laughed the man,
good-humoredly. “If ye were, sir, ye
would have seen his name on the official
jockey board over beyant. Do ye see
it now, father? The numbers have
been up so long they’ll be takin’ them
down shortly. Over beyant, father.”

The bishop’s eyes followed the outstretched
finger across the track to
where he saw opposite “No. 1” on the
board the name “Nowell” in large letters,
with other numbers and names below
it.

“Let me show ye, father,” said the
man, taking the program and turning
over the leaves rapidly.

“There ye are—foorth race, the Derby—No.
1, Ixion. That’s the horse
Nowell rides. It’s No. 1 on the board,
an’ I’m hopin’ he’ll be No. 1 at the
finish.”

“Do you attend the races regularly?”
asked the bishop, hesitatingly.

“That’s about the size av it, father,”
acknowledged the other. “I’m what ye
call a ‘regular.’ I don’t suppose annywan
is known better about the tracks in
this section than Miles Halloran. I
play the ponies for a livin’. Mebbe ye’d
be scoldin’ me, now, father?” he inquired,
indulgently.

The question was ignored.

“Perhaps you can tell me about this
jockey Nowell?” the bishop asked
again. “Do you know him?”

“Little Nowell?” repeated the man.
“I reckon not. Nobody knows him but109
Blaisdell and the horses. They say his
own father don’t know him. But that
don’t keep me from playin’ his mounts,
father. I’ve been backin’ him ever
since he started to ride. That’s why
I’m all to the good. I don’t know him,
but sure I can tell ye av him, an’ nothin’
but good. He’s as straight as a
string.”

“Do you mean that he rides sitting
straight up in the saddle?” inquired the
bishop, misunderstanding.

“No, no, sir; not that. Sure, if all
the boys were like him the bookies
would go out of business, I’m thinkin’.”

“Bookies?” repeated the bishop. “Will
you kindly elucidate what you mean by
bookies?”

“Sure, the bookmakers.”

“Bookmakers—publishers, do I understand
you to mean?” inquired the
bishop, failing to see the connection between
publishers and the race course.

“No, no, father; the layers what takes
your long green, your dough, your yellow
backs—the ones ye make your bet
with, ye know.”

“Oh!” said the bishop.

“This little jock, Nowell, as I was
sayin’,” continued Halloran, “is pounds
better than any rider in the country.”

Once more the bishop failed to comprehend.

“Pounds? Do you mean in the nature
of dollars and cents? Do I understand
that his services are so much
more valuable than those of any other
rider?”

The ill-concealed pride of a father
was manifest.

Unable to hide his merriment longer
at the dense ignorance displayed by his
interrogator, the race-track habitué
gave vent to a series of chuckles, ending
with spasmodic gasps which threatened
to choke him. Finally he said:

“When we say that a horse is so many
pounds better than another, we mean
that he can pick up so much more
weight than another one carries and win
out. It’s made by lead carried in the
saddle pad. Now, this Darby to-day——”

“Go on, I think I understand,” said
the bishop, faintly. “About the Derby——”

“Now, in this here Darby—it’s a mile
and a half race—all the horses are
three-year-olds, and they carry the same
weights.”

“Ah, yes, I see, I see. Then Nowell
should win?”—tentatively.

Halloran meditated, frowning deeply.

“Ye seem to take uncommon interest
in this jock, sir——” he began.

“You are quite right, Mr. Halloran,”
said the bishop. “I—I knew him well
some years ago. It was before he became
a jockey. His—his mother and
father I was well acquainted with.”

“Well, annywan that has been a
friend av that lad is all right. I’m goin’
to put ye wise to somethin’. It’s
only track gossip, but I believe there’s
truth in it. It’s this”—he paused a
moment before continuing, impressively:
“Nowell will win if he gets through
alive. It’s a mighty rough passage he’ll
have this day. If he finishes with his
neck safe, he’ll have the saints to thank
at the end.”

The bishop’s face blanched. He
could not understand.

“Is there a plot against his life? Can
such a thing be allowed?” he demanded.

“Ye see, it’s this way—all the other
jocks is jealous of Nowell, one of them
in particular. That’s the Dago, Satanelli.
‘Little Satan,’ they call him, and
he’s one of the devil’s own imps. He’s
next to Nowell in winning mounts. He
rides the second favorite, Hotspur, and
it’s said Hotspur’s owner, Cantrell, has
promised Satanelli two thousand dollars
if he beats Ixion. He don’t have
to win—come in ahead of Ixion, that’s
all. More’n that, I hear each one of
the other jocks has been slipped a hundred-dollar
bill if he does all he can to
beat Ixion. It’s easy money, you see.
They’ll try to beat Nowell now if they
have to put him over the fence to do
it.”

“I am truly grateful to you for your
information,” was the bishop’s reply.
“What you say is a terrible state of affairs.
Could you not find time to warn
him—Nowell, I mean?”

“Why, he knows it, all right, father.110
Bless your soul, he’s wise as to what’s
goin’ on.”

“And still he will go into this death
trap set for him! Where can I find the
officials?” implored the bishop. “Certainly
they cannot be aware of the existing
state of things. Mr. Halloran,
won’t you help me?”

At the instant the clear notes of a
bugle rang out. The bishop and his
companion were separated. In some
unaccountable manner the air appeared
surcharged with electricity. For a second
the noise and clamor of the grand
stand, the babble of thousands of
tongues, were succeeded by a strange
stillness.

Again the noise began, but now it
was more subdued—the vast crowd
seemed to be under a spell. Wondering
and bewildered, feeling that he had
lost his mainstay, conscious that the
crisis was near at hand, Bishop Chalmers
looked about him.

He was brought to himself by a
friendly hand on the shoulder, a rough
but kindly voice in his ear:

“I slipped into the bettin’ ring to put
down an extra wad, father. It looks
now like everywan thinks Nowell will
get through all right. All the big
plungers is bettin’ on him, and they
know what’s afoot. I thought maybe
the little church might be needin’ some
money now, and I put down a bet for
ye,” he said, with a sly smile.

“Thank God!” was the bishop’s fervent
ejaculation. But he was not referring
to the wager.

“That was the call to the post, father,”
said Halloran. “Come down here
by the rail, so ye can get a good look
at the boy. It’s the only chance ye’ll
have. Right here, up against the rail,
with me.”

Leaning over the rail, forgetful of
all else, the bishop watched in the direction
indicated by his companion for the
horses and riders. Soon he saw them
trooping out of the paddock gate on the
track, in single file, a brave show. He
thought he recognized the figure on the
leading horse. A mist came before his
eyes.

“That’s him—the wan on the big
chestnut in front, No. 1, that’s Nowell.
Ye’ll be havin’ a good look presently,”
whispered the Irishman. “That’s him—the
jock with the blue jacket, brown
sash, brown cap.”

The bishop’s highly imaginative brain
had preconceived this first glimpse of
his son. He imagined the boy he had
known would be transformed into a
rough, profane creature, with heartless
laughter and obscene jest to catch the
applause of the crowd—young in years,
old in crime, a tool of gamblers and
blacklegs.

What the father saw, as with trembling
fingers he clutched the rail near
the judges’ stand, was a bright-faced
young man, or, rather, a youth, with the
father’s calm, deep blue eyes looking
out from under the peak of his jockey
cap straight ahead, fearless and confident.

The face had lost its boyish laughter—it
wore an earnest, business-like expression.
The father felt a thrill of—was
it pride? His son was still a Chalmers,
going to what might prove his
death with unmoved countenance, just
as his cavalier ancestor had gone generations
before.

The horses—twelve of them—“a big
Derby field,” some one said—passed by
in parade, one after the other, on their
way to the starting post, a half-mile distant
around the circular track on which
the Derby was to be run. There had
been yells for Ixion and Nowell, handclapping
and cheering, but the jockey
had ridden on without noticing the favor
with which he was received; past
the grand stand, the field stand and
around the turn.

At last the bishop was roused from
his contemplation by the voice of Halloran.
The plunger explained to him
the manner of starting, the positions at
the post. Most of it was meaningless
to the bishop. He endeavored to understand.
It had been his intention
first to remain only until he had seen
his son, and then go. The startling information
given him had changed that.

Nervously expectant, imbued with
the general feeling of suspense, Chalmers
stood by the side of Halloran, the111
big Irishman peering through field
glasses, shifting uneasily, and muttering
to himself incoherently. The
bishop watched silently, trying to pick
out the blue and brown colors from the
jumble of others, a prayer in his heart
for one in peril of sudden death.

Would it never end? For minutes
and minutes, each one of which added
its load of misery to the watcher’s heart,
the bishop saw the twisting and turning,
the perverse actions of the racers as the
starter tried to line them up behind the
frail barrier. The wait was nerve racking—would
it continue to torture the
heart and brain for hours?

A something like a white ribbon
flashed upward. For the infinitesimal
part of a second—silence.

A roar as of relief from the vast multitude,
a cry so concerted that the thousands
might have rehearsed it for
weeks, sharp, short, distinct and crescendo:
“They’re off!”

The tension was broken.

A simultaneous darting forward of
the released level line of racers.

A flirt downward of a glaringly yellow
flag.

Already the rumble of hoofbeats was
heard, approaching closer each fraction
of a second. Now the flying racers
had reached a position opposite the
grand stand. The leaders were sweeping
by the bishop and his companion
with their marvelous, frictionless,
space-devouring strides. A sharp exclamation
came from Halloran, a jubilant
expression: “I told ye Nowell
would get off well. He’s second now,
an’ takin’ it easy.”

Even the inexperienced eye of the
bishop had picked out instantaneously,
well to the fore, the blue and brown of
his jockey son.

They had swept past the paddock;
they were making the first turn to the
back stretch. The grand-stand spectators
had risen in their excitement, the
occupants of the packed lawn were tip-toe
with expectation, eyes strained to
lose no move of the Derby contenders
well advanced in the struggle for the
great prize.

Halloran gave an inarticulate cry—a
burst of dismay and sympathy came
from the backers of the favorite.

“Bumped into, by——!” was the
Irishman’s sharp exclamation, coupled
with a fierce oath. One of the flying
racers, urged on to terrific pace by its
rider, with no thought of saving for the
heartbreaking finish, had struck Ixion
on the quarter with his shoulder. For
a moment the favorite was seen to falter
and fall back; the next, under the
superb handling of his rider, he had regained
his stride and recovered the
ground lost to the leaders.

The bishop had merely guessed something
had happened. He was brought
to full realization by Halloran saying,
impersonally:

“They’re up to their devil’s tricks
early in the game. They don’t care for
foulin’ in this Derby.”

Some man alongside answered, with
a sneer:

“I guess they’ll fix Blaisdell’s kid-glove
jock to-day. I see his finish. The
other boys will see to him, all right—his
uppishness.”

Halloran, letting fall the glasses from
his face, grabbed the strap, turned on
the speaker like a tiger, and said in a
tone of deepest menace:

“Ye know me, Cantrell. Another
word the like av that, an’ I’ll brain ye
right in the presence of his riverence,
here. Don’t forget that little jock is a
friend av him an’ av me.”

The man was silent.

“Watch yerself, Nowell,” the big fellow
cautioned, as if the jockey was in
earshot. “It’s all right in the straight.
Watch yourself on the last turn for
home; it’s there they’ll try to do the
dirty work.”

Down the back stretch they raced in
a compact bunch, the blue and brown
on the rail, the black horse of Satanelli,
like an avenging demon, hanging on
to Ixion’s quarter, the rest close behind,
ready to aid in the devilish work cut
out for them by the chief conspirator.

In reality it took but a few seconds,
though it seemed minutes, until the
far turn was reached. Here the blue
and brown, the all yellow of Satanelli,
the violets and greens and pinks and112
blacks and reds and all the other colors
of the jockeys, became merged in a
maze to the bishop. Whether the positions
had changed, how his son was
faring, he could only guess by the disjointed
utterances of the man beside
him. Halloran, on tiptoe, breathing
heavily, and with head turning slowly,
followed the movements of the racers.
The bishop had a sensation of faintness
steal over him. For a space he feared
he would lose consciousness.

“Oh! Mother of mercies!”—from
Halloran. “They pinched him off at the
far turn! Bumped into again! He’ll
never win now. If the stewards don’t
take action now——”

A heavy foot was raised and stamped
the ground savagely.

His breath coming in gasps, the
bishop watched the expression of the
other to try and read the fate of his
son. To him the race itself was as a
closed book.

Around the far turn they had swept,
and the bishop, looking at the other’s
face, listening intently, caught the
words:

“They’ve got Ixion pocketed. He’ll
never get through. If he tries, they’ll
put him over the fence, sure. Ye young
devils, ye’ve done your work well.”

Now they had reached the turn for
home. They had rounded it. A black
horse, with the all yellow, was in the
lead, a jockey, white and black checks,
was alongside, half a length away, both
at the whip. Two lengths back, in the
middle of the ruck, seemingly hopelessly
beaten, apparently shut off with no
chance to get through, was the blue and
brown.

Between Ixion and the rail two
horses nearly on even terms with him;
in front Satanelli on Hotspur, and
Blashford, the second choice, carrying
the black and white “magpie” colors;
on Ixion’s whip side a beautiful brown
filly, with gray and magenta, the filly
so tired she was ready to lean against
Ixion’s heaving flank.

So with those in the “first flight,” the
racers came down the stretch in a whirlwind
finish, the vast crowd, in a frenzy
of excitement, shouting frantically,
hysterically, the names of the two leaders,
Hotspur and Blashford, for it seemed
certain one or the other was sure to win.
Halloran was silent.

Suddenly the brown filly halted perceptibly
in her stride. Now she had
fallen back! The racer in front of
Ixion, slightly to his right, running
gamely and true under the now added
incentive of pricking steel in side, had
drawn slightly away from under the
nose of Ixion, and was pressing hard
the two leaders, with evident intention
of capturing a portion of the purse. An
open gap of daylight showed between
the colt in front of Ixion and the completely
fagged filly. It was but a chance,
but it meant freedom. It was the one
thing remaining for Nowell and Ixion.

Rising in his saddle, crouching forward,
whip lifted and falling with one
lash only, Nowell reined Ixion sharply
to the right.

A horse less royally bred than Ixion,
an animal with more temper and less
courage than this thoroughbred, after
the buffeting he had received during
the race, would have sulked, or responded
at best with feeble effort. Not
so with the Blaisdell thoroughbred, under
the skillful guidance of a premier
jockey.

Ixion checked his stride, almost landing
on his haunches, and, with a plunge
which threatened to throw his rider over
his head, had found an opening, on the
extreme outside, it is true, but an unobstructed
path to the finish. With
tremendous leaps and bounds the horse
was recovering his lost ground.

Another second and Ixion’s clean-cut
head, outstretched until the upper lip
was lifted, baring the grinning teeth,
was seen with that of Blashford, fallen
back three-quarters of a length behind
Hotspur, as yet showing no diminution
of his wonderful speed under the cruel
rawhide and steel of Satanelli.

Scarcely before that jockey realized it—probably
the first intimation he had of
his rival’s nearness was the crowd yelling
Ixion’s name—the racer had drawn
up to Hotspur, changing places with
Blashford, now dropping further behind.

113
Head and head Ixion and Hotspur
hung together for a couple of strides.

As a man transformed from a paralyzing
grief to sudden great unexpected
joy, Halloran was dancing up and down
like a madman, pounding the rail with
a huge fist.

Ixion and Hotspur were nose and
nose. Once more, only, nearing the finish
line, did Nowell strike his horse
with the whip, and the racer, as if understanding
the need, lengthened his
stride, passing Hotspur by the small
space of a man’s hand at the finish, and
winning by so much.

At the instant, with a shrill yell of
rage, all the ferocity of his Latin nature
roused by defeat when victory
seemed assured, Satanelli jerked his
right rein, so that his horse “bored”
against Ixion, at the same time hitting
viciously at that racer’s head with
his whip.

His mighty stride as yet unchecked,
Ixion swerved, stumbled, fell to his
knees and rolled to one side, on the
jockey.

Snorting wildly, the colt regained his
feet and rushed on as the rest of the
field, contesting for third place, rushed
up to the finish.

Two of the leading horses jumped
clean over the prostrate figure of the
jockey in blue and brown; the flying
hoofs of another struck it and rolled the
body of the little rider to one side. The
others, sufficiently far behind, avoided it
altogether.

Yells of exultation at the winning of
the favorite were checked. They were
changed to groans of sympathizing men,
screams of terror-stricken, white-faced,
fainting women.

When the bishop came to himself he
was in the center of the track, kneeling
down by his unconscious son, holding
the head of the unfortunate in his
hands. Uniformed men were by him.

Through a little gate opening from
the judges’ stand hurried a large,
distinguished-looking
man, with gray mustache.

He had the unmistakable air of authority
as he stood over the jockey’s
form, his uncased field glasses, with the
case itself, dangling by his side. The
others moved away, all but the bishop.
The elderly man, to whom the others
gave way, would have lifted the boy
in his arms, but the bishop would not
release his hold.

“Pardon me, sir; let me have him,”
said the gentleman, with something of
austerity, as if hinting that the presence
of a clergyman was more superfluous
than necessary. “What he needs now
most of all is prompt medical attention.
He is my jockey.”

“And he is my son, sir; my only
child,” was the response of the kneeling,
dark-garbed figure. He permitted
the large man to lift the boy in his arms.

As the ambulance drove sharply on
the course, the large man, still clasping
the jockey in his arms, looked hard at
the anguished face.

It was a brief but all-comprehensive
glance. The next instant he had lifted
a foot on the step, and with the assistance
of the surgeon had deposited
the insensible boy on the stretcher inside.

“Drive direct to Fordham,” he commanded.
“I will follow immediately.”

Only then did he turn to the bishop.

“I am William T. Blaisdell. You say
the boy is your son? You are——?”

His eyes roved over the other’s ministerial
dress.

“I am Bishop Chalmers, sir. This
young man is my son, my only child,”
he repeated, quietly.

“How is it that his name is Nowell?
He told me that was his right one?”
said the owner, doubtingly.

“It is his own middle name, and his
mother’s maiden one,” was the low reply.

“Come with me, bishop,” said Blaisdell,
his face softening. “He is a son
of whom any father might be proud.
Let us hope his injuries are not serious.
My automobile is outside here, and we
will go direct to the hospital.”

During the swift ride to the hospital,
in the wake of the ambulance, Bishop
Chalmers, as to a father confessor, unbosomed
himself to the quiet, self-contained
man beside him. When he had114
finished the recital, concluding with the
remark that he had misjudged his son,
and the two men had looked into one
another’s eyes, the father saw that
Blaisdell’s were filled with tears.

“You have misjudged him sadly,”
was Blaisdell’s reply. “No one in any
capacity was ever truer to his trust than
your son, bishop.

“None ever lived a cleaner life, I
know. He had offers innumerable to
ride for men who would have paid him
extra thousands for retainers. The
methods of some on the turf are questionable.
As in any other business, it
depends altogether on the man. Your
son preferred to ride only for me, because
he knew that always my horses
were ridden to win.”

He was silent a little.

“Although your son received from
me a retaining fee of fifteen thousand
dollars a year, he seemed to spend but
little money,” he continued. “Each
year, at his request, I deposited my personal
check, payable to him, for the
whole amount with my bankers, Relyea
& Farnum. As he seemed to spend little,
and, like myself, never ventured a
wager, it must have accumulated to a
good round sum. I always supposed
hitherto that the boy had others dependent
on him.”

Cringing in his seat, positively cringing,
at this latest revelation, Bishop
Chalmers heard.

To think how he had mistaken his
son! Relyea & Farnum, bankers?
Their names were familiar. Now the
bishop knew who furnished the seed
for his harvest. On this point alone
could he not reveal the truth to Blaisdell.

“It was remarkable how he could
handle horseflesh,” continued the latter,
in a matter-of-fact tone. “No one else
could ride Ixion. I verily believe he
would have pined away in any other
profession. He was not perfectly happy
unless he was about horses. Honest?
Why, bishop, the whole racing public
be——” He checked the word, smiling
to himself. He had started to say “bets
on him.” “The whole racing public believes
in him,” he declared, gravely.

“‘In whatsoever calling,’” murmured
the bishop.

The patient had been taken into the
operating room, was the report that
awaited Blaisdell and the bishop on
their arrival at the hospital. Nothing
was known regarding his condition.
Blaisdell whispered to the obsequious
interne who met them:

“I am ex-Secretary Blaisdell. Your
patient is the son of Bishop Chalmers
here, and in my employ. You will
greatly oblige me by sending for my
surgeon, Dr. Abercrombie. Leave no
stone unturned to save the boy. And,
by the way, doctor——”

The departing physician returned to
Blaisdell’s side.

“If—er—when he regains consciousness—you
might tell him that his father,
Bishop Chalmers, is waiting to see him.
The news might prove of benefit.”

In the hallway, too excited and interested
to remain quiet in the reception
room, the bishop and ex-Secretary
Blaisdell paced up and down. A few
minutes they had passed thus, conversing
together gravely, when the click of
small, dainty heels, the rustle of a woman’s
skirts, were heard on the bare
floor.

A tall girl, with light hair; a lovely,
highbred creature, gowned in the most
approved of summer “creations,” the
perfume of whose presence nullified
the odor of anæsthetics and antiseptics—a
young lady whose features were
strikingly like those of Blaisdell—the
light of whose blue eyes was dimmed
by weeping, threw herself, sobbing, into
his arms.

“How did you get here, Bettina?”
Blaisdell asked her, with something of
reproof in his tone.

“I saw it—the—oh, it was too terrible!”
she cried. “I asked where they
had taken him, and followed directly.
They said you were here.”

Her eyes rested on the bishop, standing
near.

“Is it—is it so bad as that, father?”
she cried, sobbing anew. “Oh, don’t
tell me he is——”

She could not bring herself to say the
word.

115
“This is Bishop Chalmers, daughter,”
was Blaisdell’s reply.

“Bishop Chalmers!” gasped the girl,
with wide-open eyes. “Why, bishop,
I heard you preach on ‘Charity’ last
night.”

“On ‘Charity,’ which I so badly
lacked—that which I thought I possessed,
but which I had so little of for
my own son,” said the bishop. “The
boy whom you knew simply as Nowell
was my son, Miss Blaisdell—Lionel
Nowell Chalmers. His father”—he
cleared his throat—“was so uncharitable
as to deny him the privilege of calling
him father.”

“To think that he was the son of a
bishop, and now it’s too late! Oh, why
would not he tell us!” she cried, reproachfully.

She had burst into a fresh fit of sobbing.
Blaisdell, one arm thrown affectionately
around the waist of the
weeping girl, placed the other on the
bishop’s shoulder.

“Your son and my daughter were in
love with one another,” he said, simply.
“I have no son, and the boy was much
at my house. I trusted him fully in everything.
I saw the growing attachment
between the two. I was certain
that he came of good people, but, as a
father, and on account of my social position,
I had to be sure. I asked him,
as he loved Bettina and she him, to tell
me who his father was.

“He would not,” continued Blaisdell,
after a pause. “I felt sure he had some
excellent motive for keeping his secret.
I did not press him further, and there
the matter rested.”

A pent-up sob came from the soul
of the bishop. “So much it would have
meant to him,” he said, and added, softly,
as if to himself: “As the father, in
his priestly vestments, would not recognize
the son in his Satan’s trappings, so
the son could not acknowledge the father.
Oh, Lord, spare him to us yet a
while.”

The door opened and a nurse appeared
on the threshold. She looked
curiously at the group.

“Jockey Nowell is conscious and asking
for his father, the bishop,” she
stated, with unintentional emphasis on
the last word, and then added, in a
coldly professional tone:

“He will recover, the physicians say,
but his injuries will probably prevent
him from riding again—at least not for
a very long while.”

Blaisdell drew a sharp breath. His
face was troubled.

“That means my retirement from the
turf,” he said, with a sigh. “I have lost
the one jockey I could trust.”

“And I have gained—a son,” breathed
the bishop, starting forward.

Pausing, he took the sobbing girl by
the hand.

“You will see him later, daughter,”
he whispered.

His face radiant with a smile it had
not known for years, the little bishop
followed the nurse down the passage.

A door opened and closed noiselessly
behind them.


116

The Princess’ Kingdom
By William J. Locke

The Princess’ Kingdom, by William J. Locke
T

THAT there once was
a real Prince Rabomirski
is beyond question.
That he was
Ottilie’s father may be
taken for granted. But
that the Princess Rabomirski
had a right
to bear the title many folk were scandalously
prepared to deny. It is true
that when the news of the prince’s death
reached Monte Carlo, the princess, who
was there at the time, showed various
persons, on whose indiscretion she
could rely, a holograph letter of condolence
from the czar, and later unfolded
to the amiable muddle-headed
the intricacies of a lawsuit which she
was instituting for the recovery of the
estates in Poland; but her detractors
roundly declared the holograph letter
to be a forgery, and the lawsuit a fiction
of her crafty brain. Princess, however,
she continued to style herself in Cosmopolis,
and princess she was styled by
all and sundry, and little Ottilie Rabomirski
was called the Princess Ottilie.

Among the people who joined
heart and soul with the detractors was
young Vince Somerset. If there was
one person whom he despised and hated
more than Count Bernheim—of the
holy Roman empire—it was the Princess
Rabomirski. In his eyes she was
everything that a princess, a lady, a
woman and a mother should not be.
She dressed ten years younger than was
seemly; she spoke English like a barmaid,
and French like a cocotte; she
gambled her way through Europe from
year’s end to year’s end, and, after
neglecting Ottilie for twenty years, she
was about to marry her to Bernheim.
The last was the unforgivable offense.

The young man walked up and down
the Casino terrace of Illerville-sur-Mer,
and poured into a friend’s ear his
flaming indignation. He was nine-and-twenty,
and, though he pursued the unpoetical
avocation of sub-editing the
foreign telegrams on a London daily
newspaper, retained some of the
vehemence of undergraduate days when
he had chosen the career—now abandoned—of
poet, artist, dramatist and
irreconcilable politician.

“Look at them!” he cried, indicating
a couple seated at a distant table beneath
the awning of the café. “Did you
ever see anything so horrible in your
life? The maiden and the Minotaur.
When I heard of the engagement today
I wouldn’t believe it until she herself
told me. She doesn’t know the
man’s abomination. He’s a byword of
reproach through Europe. The live air
reeks with the scent he pours upon
himself. There can be no turpitude under
the sun in which the wretch doesn’t
wallow. Do you know that he killed his
first wife? Oh, I don’t mean that he
cut her throat. That’s far too primitive
for such a complex hound. There are
other ways of murdering a woman, my
dear Ross. You kick her body and
break her heart and defile her soul.
That’s what he did. And he has done
it to other women.”

“But, my dear man,” remarked Ross,
elderly and cynical, “he is colossally
rich.”

“Rich! Do you know where he made
his money? In the cesspool of European
finance. He’s a Jew by race, a
German by parentage, an Italian by upbringing,
and a Greek by profession.
He has bucket shops and low-down
money lenders’ cribs and rotten companies
all over the Continent. Do you117
remember Sequasto & Co.? That was
Bernheim. England’s too hot to hold
him. Look at him now he has taken
off his hat. Do you know why he
wears his greasy hair plastered over
half his damned forehead? It’s to hide
the mark of the beast. He’s anti-Christ!
And when I think of that Jezebel
from the Mile-End Road putting
Ottilie into his arms, it makes me see
red. By heavens, it’s touch and go that
I don’t slay the pair of them!”

“Very likely they’re not as bad as
they’re painted,” said his friend.

“She couldn’t be,” Somerset retorted,
grimly.

Ross laughed, looked at his watch
and announced that it was time for
apéritifs. The young man assented,
moodily, and they crossed the terrace
to the café tables beneath the awning.
It was the dying afternoon of a sultry
August day, and most of Illerville had
deserted tennis courts, tir aux pigeons
and other distractions to listen lazily to
the band in the Casino shade. The
place was crowded; not a table vacant.
When the waiter at last brought one
from the interior of the café, he dumped
it down beside the table occupied by the
unspeakable Bernheim and the little
Princess Ottilie. Somerset raised his
hat as he took his seat. Bernheim responded
with elaborate politeness, and
Princess Ottilie greeted him with a faint
smile. The engaged pair spoke very
little to each other. Bernheim lounged
back in his chair, smoking a cigar, and
looked out to sea with a bored expression.
When the girl made a casual
remark he nodded rudely without turning
his head. Somerset felt an irresistible
desire to kick him. His external
appearance was of the type that
irritated the young Englishman. He was
too handsome in a hard, swaggering,
black-mustachioed way; he exaggerated
to offense the English style of easy
dress; he wore a too devil-may-care
Panama, a too obtrusive colored shirt
and club tie; he wore no waistcoat, and
the hems of his new flannel trousers,
turned up six inches, disclosed a stretch
of tan-colored silk socks, clocked with
gold, matching overelegant tan shoes.
He went about with a broken-spirited
poodle. He was inordinately scented.
Somerset glowered at him, and let his
drink remain untasted.

Presently Bernheim summoned the
waiter, paid him for the tea the girl had
been drinking, and pushed back his
chair.

“This hole is getting on my nerves,”
he said, in French, to his companion. “I
am going into the cercle to play écarté.
Will you go to your mother, whom I see
over there, or will you stay here?”

“I’ll stay here,” said the little Princess
Ottilie.

Bernheim nodded and swaggered off.
Somerset bent forward.

“I must see you alone to-night—quite
alone. I must have you all to myself.
How can you manage it?”

Ottilie looked at him anxiously. She
was fair and innocent, of a prettiness
more English than foreign, and the
scare in her blue eyes made them all the
more appealing to the young man.

“What is the good? You can’t help
me. Don’t you see that it is all arranged?”

“I’ll undertake to disarrange it at a
moment’s notice,” said Somerset.

“Hush!” she whispered, glancing
round. “Somebody will hear. Everything
is gossiped about in this place.”

“Well, will you meet me?” the young
man persisted.

“If I can,” she sighed. “If they are
both playing baccarat, I may slip out
for a little.”

“As at Spa.”

She smiled, and a slight flush came
into her cheeks.

“Yes, as at Spa. Wait for me on
the plage at the bottom of the Casino
steps. Now I must go to my mother.
She would not like to see me talking
to you.”

“The princess hates me like poison.
Do you know why?”

“No, and you are not going to tell
me,” she said, demurely. “Au revoir.

When she had passed out of earshot,
Ross touched the young man’s arm.

“I’m afraid, my dear Somerset, you
are playing a particularly silly fool’s
game.”

118
“Have you never played it?”

“Heaven forbid!”

“It would be a precious sight better
for you if you had,” growled Somerset.

“I’ll take another quinquina,” said
Ross.

“Did you see the way in which the
brute treated her?” Somerset exclaimed,
angrily. “If it’s like that before marriage,
what will it be after?”

“Plenty of money, separate establishments,
perfect independence and happiness
for each.”

Somerset rose from the table.

“There are times, my good Ross,”
said he, “when I absolutely hate you.”

* * * * *

Somerset had first met the Princess
Rabomirski and her daughter three
years before, at Spa. They were staying
at the same hotel, a very modest
one, which, to Somerset’s mind, ill accorded
with the princess’ pretensions.
Bernheim was also in attendance, but
he disposed his valet, his motor car and
himself in the luxurious Hôtel d’Orange,
as befitted a man of his quality; also
he was in attendance not on Ottilie, but
on the princess, who at that time was
three years younger and a trifle less
painted. Now at Illerville-sur-Mer
the trio were stopping at the Hôtel
Splendide, a sumptuous hostelry, whose
season prices were far above Somerset’s
moderate means. He contented himself
with the little hotel next door, and
hated the Hôtel Splendide and all that
it contained, save Ottilie, with all his
heart. But at Spa, the princess was evidently
in low water from which she
did not seem to be rescued by her varying
luck at the tables. Ottilie was then
a child of seventeen, and Somerset was
less attracted by her delicate beauty
than by her extraordinary loneliness.
Day after day, night after night, he
would come upon her sitting solitary on
one of the settees in the gaming room,
like a forgotten fan or flower, or wandering
wistfully from table to table, idly
watching the revolving wheels. Sometimes
she would pause behind her mother’s
or Bernheim’s chair to watch their
game; but the princess called her a little
porte-malheur and would drive her
away. In the mornings or on other
rare occasions, when the elder inseparables
were not playing roulette, Ottilie
hovered round them at a distance,
as disregarded as a shadow that followed
them in space of less dimensions,
as it were, wherever they went. In the
Casino rooms, if men spoke to her, she
replied in shy monosyllables and shrank
away. Somerset, who had made regular
acquaintance with the princess at the
hotel and who took a chivalrous pity on
her loneliness, she admitted first to a
timid friendship and then to a childlike
intimacy. Her face would brighten and
her heart beat a little faster when she
saw his young, well-knit figure appear
in the distance; for she knew he would
come straight to her and take her from
the hot rooms heavy with perfumes and
tobacco on to the cool balcony and talk
of all manner of pleasant things. And
Somerset found in this neglected little
sham princess what his youth was
pleased to designate a flower-like soul.
Those were idyllic hours. The princess,
glad to get the embarrassing child
out of the way, took no notice of the
intimacy. Somerset fell in love.

It lasted out a three years’ separation
during which he did not hear from her.
He had written to several addresses,
but a cold post office returned his letters
undelivered, and his only consolation
was to piece together from various
sources the unedifying histories of the
Princess Rabomirski and Count Bernheim,
of the holy Roman Empire. He
came to Illerville-sur-Mer for an August
holiday. The first thing he did
when shown into his hotel bedroom was
to gaze out of the window at the beach
and the sea. The first person his eyes
rested upon was the little Princess Ottilie
issuing, alone as usual, from the
doors of the next hotel.

He had been at Illerville a fortnight—a
fortnight of painful joy. Things
had changed. Their interviews had
been mostly stolen, for the Princess
Rabomirski had rudely declined to renew
the acquaintance and had forbidden
Ottilie to speak to him. The girl,
though apparently as much neglected119
as ever, was guarded against him with
peculiar ingenuity. Somerset, aware
that Ottilie, now grown from a child
into an exquisitely beautiful and marriageable
young woman, was destined
by a hardened sinner like the princess
for a wealthier husband than a poor
newspaper man with no particular prospects,
could not, however, quite understand
the reason for the virulent hatred
of which he was the object. He overheard
the princess one day cursing her
daughter in execrable German for having
acknowledged his bow a short time
before. Their only undisturbed time together
was in the sea during the bathing
hour. The princess, hating the pebbly
beach, which cut to pieces her
high-heeled shoes, never watched the
bathers, and Bernheim, who did not bathe—Somerset,
prejudiced, declared that
he did not even wash—remained in his
bedroom till the hour of déjeuner. Ottilie,
attended only by her maid, came
down to the water’s edge, threw off her
peignoir, and, plunging into the water,
found Somerset waiting.

Now, Somerset was a strong swimmer.
Moderately proficient at all games
as a boy and an undergraduate, he had
found that swimming was the only sport
in which he excelled, and he had cultivated
and maintained the art. Oddly
enough, the little Princess Ottilie, in
spite of her apparent fragility, was also
an excellent and fearless swimmer. She
had another queer delight for a creature
so daintily feminine—the salle
d’armes
—so that the muscles of her
young limbs were firm and well-ordered.
But the sea was her passion.
If an additional bond between Somerset
and herself were needed, it would
have been this. Yet, though it is a
pleasant thing to swim far away into
the loneliness of the sea with the object
of one’s affections, the conditions
do not encourage sustained conversation
on subjects of vital interest. On the
day when Somerset learned that his little
princess was engaged to Bernheim
he burned to tell her more than could
be spluttered out in ten fathoms of water.
So he urged her to an assignation.

At half-past ten she joined him at the
bottom of the Casino steps. The shingly
plage was deserted, but on the terrace
above the throng was great, owing to
the breathless heat of the night.

“Thank Heaven you have come,” said
he. “Do you know how I have longed
for you?”

She glanced up wistfully into his face.
In her simple cream dress and burnt
straw hat adorned with white roses
round the brim, she looked very fair
and childlike.

“You mustn’t say such things,” she
whispered. “They are wrong now. I
am engaged to be married.”

“I won’t hear of it,” said Somerset.
“It is a horrible nightmare—your engagement.
Don’t you know that I love
you? I loved you the first minute I
set my eyes on you at Spa.”

Princess Ottilie sighed, and they
walked along the boards behind the
bathing machines, and down the rattling
beach to the shelter of a fishing boat,
where they sat down, screened from
the world, with the murmuring sea in
front of them. Somerset talked of his
love and the hatefulness of Bernheim.
The little princess sighed again.

“I have worse news still,” she said.
“It will pain you. We are going to
Paris to-morrow, and then on to Aix-les-Bains.
They have just decided.
They say the baccarat here is silly, and
they might as well play for bonbons.
So we must say good-by to-night—and
it will be good-by for always.”

“I, too, will come to Aix-les-Bains,”
said Somerset.

“No, no,” she answered, quickly. “It
would only bring trouble on me, and
do no good. We must part to-night.
Don’t you think it hurts me?”

“But you must love me,” said Somerset.

“I do,” she said, simply, “and that is
why it hurts. Now I must be going
back.”

“Ottilie,” said Somerset, grasping her
hands, “need you ever go back?”

“What do you mean?” she asked.

“Come away from this hateful place
with me—now, this minute. You need
never see Bernheim again as long as120
you live. Listen. My friend Ross has
a motor car. I can manage it—so there
will be only us two. Run into your
hotel for a thick cloak, and meet me as
quickly as you can behind the tennis
courts. If we go full speed we’ll catch
the night boat at Dieppe. It will be a
wild race for our life happiness.
Come!”

In his excitement he rose and pulled
her to her feet. They faced each other
for a few glorious moments, panting for
breath, and then Princess Ottilie broke
down and cried bitterly.

“I can’t, dear, I can’t. I must marry
Bernheim. It is to save my mother
from something dreadful. I don’t know
what it is—but she went on her knees
to me, and I promised.”

“If there’s a woman in Europe capable
of getting out of her difficulties unaided
it is the Princess Rabomirski,”
said Somerset. “I am not going to let
you be sold. You are mine, Ottilie,
and, by Heaven! I’m going to have you.
Come.”

He urged, he pleaded, he put his
strong arms around her as if he would
carry her away bodily. He did everything
that a frantic young man could
do. But the more the little princess
wept, the more inflexible she became.
Somerset had not realized before this
steel in her nature. Raging and vehemently
urging, he accompanied her
back to the Casino steps.

“Would you like to say good-by to
me to-morrow morning, instead of to-night?”
she asked, holding out her
hand.

“I am never going to say good-by,”
cried Somerset.

“I shall slip out to-morrow morning
for a last swim—at six o’clock,” she
said, unheeding his exclamation. “Our
train goes at ten.” Then she came very
close to him.

“Vince, dear, if you love me, don’t
make me more unhappy than I am.”

It was an appeal to his chivalry. He
kissed her hand and said:

“At six o’clock.”

But Somerset had no intention of bidding
her a final farewell in the morning.
If he followed her the world over
he would snatch her out of the arms
of the accursed Bernheim and marry
her by main force. As for the foreign
telegrams of the Daily Post, he cared
not how they would be subedited. He
went to bed with lofty disregard of
Fleet Street and bread and butter. As
for the shame from which Ottilie’s marriage
would save her sainted mother,
he did not believe a word of it. She was
selling Ottilie to Bernheim for cash
down. He stayed awake most of the
night plotting schemes for the rescue of
his princess. It would be an excellent
plan to insult Bernheim and slay him
outright in a duel. Its disadvantages
lay in his own imperfections as a duelist,
and for the first time he cursed the
benign laws of his country. At length
he fell asleep; woke up to find it daylight
and leaped to his feet in a horrible
scare. But a sight of his watch reassured
him. It was only five o’clock.
At half-past he put on a set of bathing
things and sat down by the window to
watch the hall door of the Hôtel Splendide.
At six out came the familiar figure
of the little princess draped in her
white peignoir. She glanced up at Somerset’s
window. He waved his hand,
and in a minute or two they were standing
side by side at the water’s edge. It
was far away from the regular bathing
place marked by the bathing cabins, and
further still from the fishing end of the
beach, where alone at that early hour
were signs of life visible. The town
behind them slept in warmth and light.
The sea stretched out blue and unrippled
in the still air. A little bank of
purple cloud on the horizon presaged a
burning day.

The little princess dropped her peignoir
and kicked off her straw-soled
shoes and gave her hand to her companion.
He glanced at the little white
feet, which he was tempted to fall down
and kiss, and then at the wistful face
below the blue-silk foulard knotted in
front over the bathing cap. His heart
leaped at her bewildering sweetness.
She was the morning incarnate.

She read his eyes, and flushed pink.

“Let us go in,” she said.

They waded in together, hand in121
hand, until they were waist deep. Then
they struck out, making for the open
sea. The sting of the night had already
passed from the water. To their young
blood it felt warm. They swam near
together, Ottilie using a steady breast
stroke and Somerset a side stroke, so
that he could look at her flushed and
glistening face. From the blue of the
sea and the blue of the sky and the
light blue of the silk foulard, the blue
of her eyes grew magically deep.

“There seems to be nothing but you
and I in God’s universe, Ottilie,” said
he. She smiled at him. He drew quite
close to her.

“If we could only go on straight until
we found an enchanted island which we
could have as our kingdom!”

“The sea must be our kingdom,” said
Ottilie.

“Or its depths. Shall we dive down
and look for the ‘ceiling of amber, the
pavement of pearl,’ and the ‘red gold
throne in the heart of the sea’ for the
two of us?”

“We should be happier than in the
world,” replied the little princess.

They swam on slowly, dreamily, in
silence. The mild waves lapped against
their ears and their mouths. The morning
sun lay at their backs and its radiance
fell athwart the bay. Through the
stillness came the faint echo of a fisherman
on the far beach hammering at
his boat. Beyond that and the gentle
swirl of the water there was no sound.
After a while they altered their course
so as to reach a small boat that lay at
anchor for the convenience of the
stronger swimmers. They clambered
up and sat on the gunwale, their feet
dangling in the sea.

“Is my princess tired?” he asked.

She laughed in merry scorn.

“Tired? Why, I could swim twenty
times as far. Do you think I have no
muscle? Feel. Don’t you know I
fence all the winter?”

She braced her bare arm. He felt the
muscle; then relaxing it by drawing
down her wrist, he kissed it very gently.

“Soft and strong—like yourself,” said
he. Ottilie said nothing, but looked at
her white feet through the transparent
water. She thought that in letting him
kiss her arm, and feeling as though he
had kissed right through to her heart,
she was exhibiting a pitiful lack of
strength. Somerset looked at her
askance, uncertain. For nothing in the
world would he have offended.

“Did you mind?” he whispered.

She shook her head and continued to
look at her feet. Somerset felt a great
happiness pulse through him.

“If I gave you up,” said he, “I should
be the poorest-spirited dog that ever
whined.”

“Hush!” she said, putting her hand
in his. “Let us think only of the present
happiness.”

They sat silent for a moment, contemplating
the little red-roofed town of
Illerville-sur-Mer, which nestled in
greenery beyond the white sweep of the
beach, and the rococo hotels and the Casino,
whose cupolas flashed gaudily in
the morning sun. From the northeastern
end of the bay stretched a long line
of sheer white cliff as far as the eye
could reach. Toward the west it was
bounded by a narrow headland running
far out to sea.

“It looks like a frivolous little Garden
of Eden,” said Somerset, “but I
wish we could never set foot in it
again.”

“Let us dive in and forget it,” said
Ottilie.

She slipped into the water. Somerset
stood on the gunwale and dived.
When he came up and had shaken the
salt water from his nostrils, he joined
her in two or three strokes.

“Let us go round the point to the
little beach the other side.”

She hesitated. It would take a long
time to swim there, rest and swim back.
Her absence might be noticed. But she
felt reckless. Let her drink this hour
of happiness to the full. What mattered
anything that could follow? She
smiled assent, and they struck out steadily
for the point. It was good to have
the salt smell, and the taste of the brine,
and the pleasant smart of the eyes; and
to feel their mastery of the sea. As they
threw out their flashing white arms and
topped each tiny wave, they smiled in122
exultation. To them it seemed impossible
that anyone could drown. For the
buoyant hour they were creatures of the
element. Now and then a gull circled
before them, looked at them unconcernedly,
as if they were in some way
of his kindred, and swept away into the
distance. A tired white butterfly settled
for a moment on Ottilie’s head;
then light-heartedly fluttered away seaward
to its doom. They swam on and
on and they neared the point. They
slackened for a moment, and he brought
his face close to hers.

“If I said: ‘Let us swim on for ever
and ever,’ would you do it?”

“Yes,” she said, looking deep into
his eyes.

After a while they floated restfully.
The last question and answer seemed to
have brought them a great peace. They
were conscious of little save the mystery
of the cloudless ether above their faces
and the infinite sea that murmured in
their ears strange harmonies of love
and death—harmonies woven from the
human yearnings of every shore and
the hushed secrets of eternal time. So
close were they bodily together that
now and then hand touched hand and
limb brushed limb. A happy stillness
of the soul spread its wings over them
and they felt it to be a consecration of
their love. Presently his arm sought
her, encircled her, brought her head on
his shoulder.

“Rest a little,” he whispered.

She closed her eyes, surrendered her
innocent self to the flooding rapture of
the moment. The horrors that awaited
her passed from her brain. He had
come to the lonely child like a god out
of heaven. He had come to the frightened
girl like a new terror. He was by
her side now, the man whom of all men
God had made to accomplish her womanhood
and to take all of soul and body,
sense and brain, that she had to give.
Their salt lips met in a first kiss of passion.
Words would have broken the
spell of the enchantment cast over them
by the infinite spaces of sea and sky.
They drifted on and on, the subtle, subconscious
movement of foot and hand
keeping them afloat. The little princess
moved closer to him so as to feel more
secure around her the circling pressure
of his arm. He laughed a man’s short,
exultant laugh, and gripped her more
tightly. Never had he felt his strength
more sure. His right arm and his legs
beat rhythmically, and he felt the pulsation
of the measured strokes of his companion’s
feet, and the water swirled past
his head so that he knew they were
making way most swiftly. Of exertion
there was no sense whatever. He
met her eyes fixed through half-shut
lids upon his face. He lost count of
time and space. Now and then a little
wave broke over their faces and they
laughed and cleared the brine from
their mouths and drew more close together.

“If it wasn’t for that,” she whispered
once, “I could go to sleep.”

Soon they felt the gentle rocking of
the sea increase and waves broke more
often over them. Somerset was the
first to note the change. Loosening his
hold of Ottilie, he trod water and looked
around. To his amazement, they were
still abreast of the point, but far out to
sea. He gazed at it uncomprehendingly
for an instant, and then a sudden
recollection smote him like a message
of death. They had caught the edge of
the current against which swimmers
were warned, and the current held them
in its grip and was sweeping them on
while they floated foolishly. A swift
glance at Ottilie showed him that she,
too, realized the peril. With the outgoing
tide it was almost impossible to
reach the shore.

“Are you afraid?” he asked.

She shook her head. “Not with
you.”

He scanned the land and the sea. On
the arc of their horizon lay the black
hull of a tramp steamer going eastward.
Far away to the west was a
speck of white, and against the pale sky
a film of smoke. Landward, beyond
the shimmering water, stretched the
sunny bay, and the Casino was just visible.
Its gilt cupolas shot tiny flames.
The green-topped point, its hither side
deep in shadow, reached out helplessly
for them. Somerset and Ottilie still123
paused, doing nothing more than keeping
themselves afloat, and they felt the
current drifting them ever seaward.

“It looks like death,” he said, gravely.
“Are you afraid to die?”

Again Ottilie said: “Not with you.”

He looked at the land, and he looked
at the white speck and the puff of
smoke. Then suddenly his heart leaped
with the thrilling inspiration of a wild
impossibility.

“Let us leave Illerville and France
behind us. Death is as certain either
way.”

The little princess looked at him wonderingly.

“Where are we going?”

“To England.”

“Anywhere but Illerville,” she said.

He struck out seaward, she followed.
Each saw the other’s face white and set.
They had current and tide with them,
they swam steadily, undistressed. After
a silence she called to him.

“Vince, if we go to our kingdom under
the sea, you will take me down in
your arms?”

“In a last kiss,” he said.

He had heard—as who has not?—of
love being stronger than death. Now
he knew its truth. But he swore to
himself a great oath that they should not
die.

“I shall take my princess to a better
kingdom,” he said, later.

* * * * *

Presently he heard her breathing
painfully. She could not hold out much
longer.

“I will carry you,” he said.

An expert swimmer, she knew the
way to hold his shoulders and leave his
arms unimpeded. The contact of her
light young form against his body
thrilled him and redoubled his strength.
He held his head for a second high out
of the water and turned half round.

“Do you think I am going to let you
die—now?”

The white speck had grown into a
white hull, and Somerset was making
across its track. To do so he must deflect
slightly from the line of the current.
His great battle began.

He swam doggedly, steadily, husbanding
his strength. If the vessel justified
his first flash of inspiration, and
if he could reach her, he knew how he
should act. As best he could, for it
was no time for speech, he told Ottilie
his hopes. He felt the spray from her
lips upon his cheek, as she said:

“It seems sinful to wish for greater
happiness than this.”

After that there was utter silence between
them. At first he thought exultingly
of Bernheim and the Princess
Rabomirski, and the rage of their
wicked hearts; of the future glorified
by his little princess of the unconquerable
soul; of the present’s mystic consummation
of their marriage. But
gradually mental concepts lost sharpness
of definition. Sensation began to
merge itself into a half-consciousness
of stroke on stroke through the illimitable
waste. Despite the laughing
morning sunshine, the sky became dark
and lowering. The weight on his neck
grew heavier. At first Ottilie had only
rested her arms. Now her feet were
as lead, and sank behind him; her clasp
tightened about his shoulders. He
struggled on through a welter of sea
and mist. Strange sounds sang in his
ears, as if over them had been clamped
great sea shells. At each short breath
his throat gulped down bitter water. A
horrible pain crept across his chest. His
limbs seemed paralyzed, and yet he remained
above the surface. The benumbed
brain wondered at the miracle.

The universe broke upon his vision as
a blurred mass of green and white. He
recognized it vaguely as his kingdom
beneath the sea, and, as in a dream, he
remembered his promise. He slipped
round. His lips met Ottilie’s. His arms
wound about her, and he sank holding
her tightly clasped.

* * * * *

Strange things happened. He was
pulled hither and thither by sea monsters
welcoming him to his kingdom. In
a confused way he wondered that he
could breathe so freely in the depths
of the ocean. Unutterable happiness
stole over him. The kingdom was real.
His sham princess would be queen in
very truth. But where was she?

124
He opened his eyes and found himself
lying on the deck of a ship. A
couple of men were doing funny things
to his arms. A rosy-faced man in
white ducks and a yachting cap stood
over him with a glass of brandy. When
he had drunk the spirit, the rosy man
laughed.

“That was a narrow shave. We got
you just in time. We were nearly
right on you. The young woman is
doing well. My wife is looking after
her.”

As soon as he could collect his faculties,
Somerset asked:

“Are you the Mavis?”

“Yes.”

“I felt sure of it. Are you Sir Henry
Ransome?”

“That’s my name.”

“I heard you were expected at Illerville
to-day,” said Somerset. “That is
why I made for you.”

The two men who had been doing
queer things with his arms wrapped
him in a blanket and propped him up
against the deck cabin.

“But what on earth were you two
young people doing in the middle of the
English Channel?” asked the owner of
the Mavis.

“We were eloping,” said Somerset.

The other looked at him for a bewildered
moment and burst into a roar
of laughter. He turned to the cabin
door and disappeared, to emerge a moment
afterward followed by a lady in a
morning wrapper.

“What do you think, Marian? It’s
an elopement.”

Somerset smiled at them.

“Have you ever heard of the Princess
Rabomirski? You have? Well,
this is her daughter. Perhaps you know
of the Count Bernheim, who is always
about with the princess?”

“I trod on him last winter at Monte
Carlo,” said Sir Henry Ransome.

“He survives,” said Somerset, “and
has bought the Princess Ottilie from her
mother. He’s not going to get her.
She belongs to me. My name is Somerset,
and I am foreign subeditor of
the Daily Post.”

“I am very pleased to make your acquaintance,
Mr. Somerset,” said Sir
Henry, with a smile. “And now, what
can I do for you?”

“If you lend us some clothes, and
take us to any port on earth save
Illerville-sur-Mer,
you will earn our eternal
gratitude.”

Sir Henry looked doubtful. “We
have made our arrangements for Illerville,”
said he.

His wife broke in:

“If you don’t take these romantic beings
straight to Southampton, I’ll never
set my foot upon this yacht again.”

“It was you, my dear, who were crazy
to come to Illerville.”

“Don’t you think,” said Lady Ransome,
“you might provide Mr. Somerset
with some dry things?”

* * * * *

Four hours afterward Somerset sat
on deck by the side of Ottilie, who,
warmly wrapped, lay on a long chair.
He pointed to the far-away coast line
of the Isle of Wight.

“Behold our kingdom!” said he.

The little princess laughed.

“That is not our kingdom.”

“Well, what is?”

“Just the little bit of space that contains
both you and me,” she said.


125

The Most Exclusive City in America
By
Anne Rittenhouse

The Most Exclusive City in America, by Anne Rittenhouse
T

THE mighty colony of
rich tourists who go
South with the birds
have begun to love two
quaint, historic Southern
cities. One hears
gossip and anecdote of
them in the Fifth
Avenue clubs and the Philadelphia and
Chicago drawing rooms. Many a man
has become instantly persona grata in
Northern centers because he registered
from one of these towns.

Each city has recognized this advent
of an army of Northerners in a different
way—a way which indicates the
heart and soul of the people. Charleston
sits and smiles behind its jalousie blinds—a
conservative relic of Huguenot
days. Augusta leaps eagerly forward
to meet them, commercially, if not always
socially.

The difference between these two
cities lying so close together, separated
by the great yellow Savannah River,
which leisurely picks its way among the
rice savannas, is understood but not defined
by the tourists. They are more
desirous to enter into the social life, of
these two places than they are of any
other winter resort, for, while the South
is honeycombed with Northern hotels,
they are usually laid along the lines
that will make capital for promoters.
Beyond the climate and the visitors,
there is nothing.

Palm Beach is an imitation of Monaco.
It is not a city. It is without history.
New Orleans is the quaintest city
alive in America, but its horizon is
broader, its basis more substantial, than
any other Southern city, and it is not
such a Mecca for the casual traveler.
Neither is Richmond, with all its history
and picturesque tradition.

Atlanta is the Chicago of the South,
and is too busy with its future to remember
it has not a cobwebbed past.
Aiken, the best-known cottage resort of
the South, is a suburb of Augusta. It
is but a village in the pines.

This is the reason Charleston and
Augusta stand with the Northerners
for character study, history and individual
charm. Yet thousands of travelers,
eager as they are about it, know almost
nothing of the core of these two
cities. They dwell lovingly on the
quaint houses of the one and the great
street of the other, but the blinds are
jealously down. The wooden shutters
of the domestic life are kept closed. So
they miss that which is most exquisite,
most appealing, in any city—personality.

Charleston is, without doubt, the
most exclusive city in America. It
gives nothing out to the stranger beyond
its physical beauty and tempered
climate. One keen observer said of it:
“It has only one equal—a German principality,
where almost everyone is royal
and noble and all intermarried. Other
places and social codes exist, of course—New
York, Chicago, Denver—but
not for Charleston.”

A small child of that city was asked
where Charleston was placed. Proudly
she said, “It is between the Cooper and
the Ashley Rivers, which join and
form the ocean.”

When the Bostonian speaks grandly
of the Mayflower, the Huguenot of
Charleston smiles. He is remembering
that Jean Ribaut landed a Huguenot
emigration in Port Royal fifty-eight
years before the Puritans landed in
Massachusetts Bay. The Knickerbocker
has no boast to make before the
South Carolinian, because the Dutch126
settled New York over half a century
later than Port Royal was begun.

Charleston was settled by aristocrats
from France, and later from England—men
who came from the court and
wore the garments and spoke the language
of the world’s highest circle.
Like New Orleans, it sprang into life
as a cultured community. It had not
the struggle upward for social position.
The great names it held then are its
first names to-day. And the world recognizes
the bearers of these names as
those who have the hallmark of admission
into the reserved social corners of
America.

The St. Cecilia Society exists in all
its former charm and exclusiveness.
It is the oldest dancing club in America,
as far as the Charlestonian has any
record, although the Philadelphian
claims this honor for the Quaker City’s
famous Assemblies. It has not changed
in one iota since the early days of the
eighteenth century, and, as far as possible,
the names of its managers have
continued the same.

Josiah Quincy, who went to Charleston
in 1773, says of the city, in his
diary: “It far surpasses all I ever saw
or ever expect to see in America.”

As early as January, 1734, Charleston
had its drama, which was probably the
first theatrical performance in America.
Its citizens went to college in England;
and Mr. Snowden, who knows his
Charleston as Thackeray knew his
London, says South Carolina headed all
the colonies in the list of the London
Inns of Court, and up to the time of the
Revolution had forty-five law students
there.

When the Philadelphian speaks serenely
of the Liberty Bell, the Charlestonian
smiles and remembers that in
1765 South Carolina took the first step
for a Continental Union, and that in
Charleston was formulated the first independent
constitution in any of the
colonies; also that she furnished three
of the signers of the Declaration of
Independence—Arthur Middleton,
Thomas Heyward and Thomas Lynch,
Jr. To the world of art it gave Charles
Fraser, the great miniaturist; and Malbone
also did his work there. The private
houses held Gainsboroughs,
Stuarts, Romneys and Wests in the
eighteenth century.

These are a few of the reasons that
give the Charlestonian that serene pride
in self, country and relatives. This serenity
broods over the city; and the
shock of wars, earthquakes, tidal wave
and stupendous fires has not shaken it.

Its laws of behavior and its rules of
society are without change. Whatever
happens in the rest of the world need
not be followed there. There is a story
told of the sexton of the famous old St.
Michael’s, the notable church, and of
Crum, the negro whom President
Roosevelt made collector of the port.
Crum brought several Northerners in a
carriage to the door. It was at an hour
when no one was allowed in the church.
Crum insisted upon going in and taking
his guests to the belfry to see the famous
bells. The sexton declined to allow
it.

The negro collector drew himself up
and said to the sexton:

“You surely don’t know who I am.
My name is Crum.”

“Well, you could be the whole loaf
and you wouldn’t be allowed in St.
Michael’s,” was the laconic answer.

It is easily inferred that the sexton
was none too sorry to give a verbal
blow to the negro collector who persuaded
white men from the North to be
his guests.

The Charleston negro who belongs to
“the quality” shares and echoes his master’s
pride of birth and social tradition.
The man who for decades has delivered
invitations for all the exclusive parties
prides himself on knowing every person
worth speaking to in the city. A certain
Northern woman, who was kindly received
in Charleston, gave a large ball.
She asked this colored man to carry the
invitations for her. In looking over the
list, he made several suggestions concerning
people who should be crossed
out, and those who should be put on.

The Northern woman asked if he was
quite sure he knew where all these people
lived. His answer was delightful.

“Madam,” he said, “if there is any127
person in Charleston who lives where I
don’t know, that person shouldn’t be invited
to your ball.”

Another colored retainer of a famous
family has a stiff-necked belief that
nothing can happen to such aristocracy.
A fire broke out in an adjoining house
on a back street, burned through the dividing
fence and destroyed the carriages
in the stable. The master upbraided
the old negro for allowing it
to happen when he could easily have
removed the traps. He said: “Massa,
who’d ever t’ink dey fire would come in
we yard!”

Another negro butler, who dominated
the household of a certain judge, was
serving at table one day when a second
judge from up the State was present.
Both men were equally well-born of an
ancient and honorable ancestry, but the
up-country man had not the graces of
table etiquette.

When the fish course was served, he
said to his host:

“Judge, I’d like to have some rice
with this fish.”

“Did you hear the judge?” was asked
the negro butler by the host.

The man gave a certain look at his
master, then one of extreme annoyance
at the guest. Leaning over, he whispered
distinctly in the ear of the up-country
judge:

“We don’t serve rice with fish in
Charleston.”

The inner life of this Huguenot city
is little known to the public, because
Charleston won’t have it known. The
same exclusiveness and privacy pervade
her social and domestic system in
the beginning of the twentieth as in the
eighteenth century.

No detailed description of this feeling
could so firmly fix it in the mind of
the stranger as a remark made by a
member of one of the oldest families in
the city. When a certain history of the
Revolution was published, it had a chapter
on the part played in it by men of
South Carolina. Included in this was
an intimate description of the bravery
of a Charleston general. An ancestor
of this man wrote at once to the publisher:

“You will be so kind as to leave out
in your next edition all allusions to my
ancestor, General ——. What he did in
the Revolution is a purely private and
family matter, and we do not wish it
boldly displayed for the public to read.”

In the next edition of the book the
career of the Charlestonian was left
out!

This pride, however, works in another
way. The well-born Charlestonian
expects the world to know who he is
and whence he sprang.

This story is told—possibly as a joke,
by Charlestonians—of an elderly man
at the head of a family a member of
which signed the Declaration of Independence.
He presented a check to be
cashed at a bank in another Southern
city. The cashier told him he would
have to be identified. To which he replied:
“My God, has it come to this,
that a M——n must be identified in
America!”

Socially, Charleston exercises a spell
over the visitor. A famous Northern
lawyer, who went South last winter for
the first time, could not make up his
mind to step off the train into the
Charleston station because of his rebellious
feeling against that first shot at
Sumter; so he went on to Florida.
Coming back, he determined to conquer
his prejudice and take a look at
the Battery and St. Michael’s. He remained
for days. His observant criticism
for once failed him.

“What people! What culture! What
society!” This was all he could say, but
his exclamation points grew larger and
longer after each phrase.

The first evidence of social quaintness
in the town is the way the first
families live. Here comes the strain of
French blood. The venerable houses
are placed among dense foliage, the
side, never the front, of the house facing
the street. In this side are the parlor
and upper bedroom windows, which are
never open to the public streets, but
covered with wooden shutters. Instead
of a front doorbell to ring, there is a
small gate with a bell. This you tinkle,
and a servant lets you in. There is a
long piazza running the full side length128
of the house, which is often used as a
sitting room. The piazza is usually protected
by jalousie blinds. If the formal
caller finds it deserted, he is shown in
the reception room, with closed shutters,
but in the warm days all informal entertaining
is done on the piazza.

A Western visitor said he knew it
would not be as hard for a stranger to
pass St. Peter as to get by one of the
heirloom butlers at a Charleston gate.

Some of these houses are nearly two
centuries old, and in many of them the
family name has been unchanged in that
time. To sit on those “galleries” of the
Charleston aristocracy in the fragrant
days of early spring is one of the social
memories that cling for life. There
are the wonderful voices of the people
who are talking. The accent is without
imitation. It stands aloof as a
study in folklore from any other accent
in the South. It is a perceptible
mixture of French and English, impossible
to imitate or classify.

The air is salty with the breezes that
drift past Sumter from the sea, and keen
with roses, jasmine and magnolias. The
Spanish moss, trailing to the ground
from sturdy oaks, is silver in the moonlight,
mysterious in the shadow.

The pathways called residence streets
are lines between lawns and flowers.
There is something here of the
atmosphere of New Orleans, something
of the pungent odor and nerve-soothing
softness, but the Charlestonian is
reposeful and the Creole is nervous and
staccato.

You feel that here is a corner where
things need not change, where evolution
is not worship, where the strenuous
life is not considered and may be
thought a trifle vulgar.

It is not the simplicity of the simple-minded,
not the stolid repose of the uneducated.
It is the calmness of those
who have helped to make history, who
have achieved much, and who, believing
they have no superiors, are not made
restless with social ambition.

The stranger who can lead those on
the “galleries” to talk of days that have
gone, of characters who exist, of quaint
traditions that are kept, is fortunate.
He has lifted a veil that hides much that
is delightful and unique.

It is told of the Charlestonian by his
neighbors, that he often criticises some
improvement in another part of the
South with the remark, “If that change
is progress, I want to progress backward.”

Charleston protects her age and her
traditions against all newcomers. She
is not poor, she has few vagrants, she is
not without a solid bank account, she
is the greatest phosphate shipping port
in the world, but, as a New York editorial
writer said of her, “no tragedy
that has passed over her, or no change
that has been made in America, has ever
been able to interrupt her prosperity or
discourage her fixed purpose to be comfortable.”
She would no more change
her architecture, or willingly introduce
new blood into her best families, than
she would uproot the gravestones of
her first inhabitants, who rest in St.
Michael’s, or remove the shells of the
bombardment from her walls.

Her manners, her society, her behavior
in drawing room, ballroom and
street, are those of an older and more
elegant world. Why should she change?
The girls in all other parts of the South
may go unchaperoned to balls, but she
does not allow her girls to do it. Neither
does the exclusive Philadelphian
nor the Knickerbocker of New York.

Other clubs use their windows as
lounging places for the curious, where
idle men may sit and stare at the parade
of women who pass on the street.
Charleston considers this vulgar. The
front windows of its club have drawn
blinds. It is also regarded as beneath
a gentleman to mention a woman’s
name in the club.

Promoters can talk all they wish, but,
charm they never so wisely, they can’t
persuade the Charlestonian to welcome
with delight a horde of unidentified
tourists. Cottages are rented here and
there for writers and artists and quiet
people, but Charleston shakes her head
when approached on the subject of huge
hotels which will accommodate the
man with millions from the swarming
centers of America. She does not want129
her streets, her shops or her atmosphere
invaded by aliens.

It is almost impossible to think of her
graciously accepting new blood and new
customs. The most notable person who
came there would, if accepted, owe his
reception to the fact that one of her
own had said something of him. In
this she has her counterpart in the
creole of New Orleans.

General John B. Gordon described
this feeling in the French city with a
story of the Civil War. A Virginia soldier
was boasting of General Robert E.
Lee during the first year of the war.

“Lee? Lee? I think I have heard
General Beauregard speak well of Lee,”
answered the Creole zouave, as he
rolled his cigarette.

Even the best lovers of innovation
should eagerly desire Charleston to retain
its serenity. New ways would
mean tearing down old places, not at
once, but in the end. And this would
mean historical desecration.

St. Michael’s, its famous Episcopal
church, should never be swamped by
incongruous buildings, as New York’s
famous old churches have been.

It is to be preserved not only because
of its socially exclusive congregation,
but because of the manifold troubles it
has outlived.

Among its own people it is jestingly
referred to as the Chapel of Ease of the
St. Cecilia Society, but every South
Carolinian ardently loves the old building.
It was first opened for service in
1761, and is still the finest piece of
church architecture in the South. In
1782 the English took possession of the
bells, and sent them to Great Britain.
The next year they were bought and
sent back to Charleston. When General
Sherman was an unwelcome guest
in 1865, two bells were stolen and the
rest made useless. These were sent to
England, and a new set recast by the
firm which had made them in 1764.
The same patterns were exactly followed,
and the bells replaced in 1867.
During the great earthquake of 1886,
the bells and belfry were fearfully
shaken, but no harm came.

Augusta is not without her fine old
past, too, but she is sharply different in
her modern standpoint from her sister
city across the Savannah. She gives
Charleston the same adjective that New
York kindly bestows on Philadelphia—the
word “slow.”

Augusta is a modern. She eagerly
discusses and adopts that which is new.
She says of the Huguenot city that she
“is joined to her idols, let her alone.”
And while she may now and then run
after new gods, she valiantly protects
herself from any such reputation, and
refers to Atlanta, the capital city, as
“new, so new.”

If Charleston says, “Oglethorpe—adventurers,”
too often, Augusta daringly
answers back that the morals of the
court of Louis were not quite swamped
in the French émigrés by Calvinism.

But it is a merry war, a family tiff,
in which let the outsider beware of interfering.

Back of the rows of oaks are some
splendid specimens of the finest early
architecture for residence purposes;
spacious homes, with rounded, vaulting
white columns to support the arched
façades which project over the windows
of the second story.

In one of the great houses a ball was
given last winter, where six spacious
rooms on the lower floor were thrown
open to the dancers, two square halls
were given over to foliage, loungers
and orchestra, and about three hundred
guests were easily seated for an elaborate
course supper.

These Augustans know how to entertain.
They are a prosperous people,
and they spend willingly and widely in
New York on all the paraphernalia that
goes to enhance the modern table. The
women buy their clothes in New York
whenever possible, and important dressmaking
and tailor firms think it worth
while to open up for part of the season
at the two hotels that lure the Northern
traveler. It is not the Northerner they
cater to, but the Augustans.

Their social life is lavish and strenuous.
The St. Valentine Ball, held once
a year, is their oldest and most exclusive
social function. While it has on
its list the first families, still it is not130
such an institution as Charleston’s St.
Cecilia, and there is constant talk of
its being dissolved. It has an exclusive
series during the season of dinner
dances at its Country Club, which is one
of the handsomest in the South.

Far from discouraging tourists’ hotels,
Augusta is anxious for them.
When the winter emigrants from the
ice-swept North come well recommended,
they are received into the fashionable
life of the place. These people
are always dazed at the magnitude and
charm of the social life. Less the millionaire
splendor, a season in Augusta
is quite as time-absorbing as one in New
York or Boston.

A New York bride who went there
for two weeks on her honeymoon last
year attended five balls and dances,
twelve luncheons, ten afternoon teas
and as many suppers, with a dozen invitations
for morning card parties. The
bridegroom naïvely remarked, “I’ve
never been on a honeymoon before, but
this one doesn’t seem like the real
thing.”

It is almost certain that no town with
equal population in the East compares
socially with the brilliancy of private
life in this town on the Savannah.

The tea and sandwich afternoon “at
homes” of the East are poverty-stricken
affairs in the mind of an Augusta hostess.

“I wouldn’t treat a casual caller worse
than that,” one of them remarked, after
looking at the fare provided at a smart
Northern afternoon affair, where the
daughter of the house was being introduced
to society.

At an Augusta “tea” one receives the
daintiest dishes the markets offer, with
wines and punch, prepared so as to follow
out some artistic color scheme.
Massive silver, candelabra, mahogany,
lace and embroidered damasks, and profusion
of Southern flowers, make these
dining rooms a pungent memory with
those who have had the good fortune
to be asked behind the closed shutters.

Augusta is so modern in its desires
and endeavors that it makes two tourists’
hotels, which crown its hills, a part
of its social life. One is in Georgia, one
in South Carolina, for the city is built
on both sides of the Savannah River;
and in these are given smart dinners and
dances by the residents.

It is true they often refer to the
guests of the hotels and to the Aiken
cottagers as “the Yankee millionaires,”
as though they belonged to another flag,
and knew not the star-spangled banner.
But if these people have anything to
teach, Augusta wants to learn it.

Commercially, she is rapidly going
ahead in an extensive cotton and manufacturing
business, but her business
streets do not give any idea of how
progressive is her financial and personal
element. There is still the dolce far
niente
to be expected in every Southern
town except Atlanta and Richmond.
The victorias still stop in front of drug
stores and wait for the clerks to bring
soda water out to the occupants on
thirsty days; even occasionally one sees
an ox team on the central street; but the
personal element, the people, have a
zestful, sprightly contact with modern
life, and leap forward to meet its requirements
and demands. The Augustan
is modernizing himself and his
home. Rapid transit in the business atmosphere
may come later. It is bound
to come, for the soul of the people has
reached out toward it. It now remains
merely a question of money; and Augusta
is frankly striving after money,
and making it.

The Easterner and Westerner do not
see beneath the surface of the seeming
commercial indolence. They are used
to their own spick and span little towns,
filled to the brim with bustle, noise, activity
and the whoop-la of American
get-ahead-of-your-neighbor atmosphere.

It may be that this will never be quite
duplicated in a sub-tropical climate. But
the business is there, even if the men do
walk slowly.

The tourist, looking at commercial
externals only, naturally marvels at the
gowns of the women, the artistic and
lavish homes, the unbridled entertaining
and the constant touch its richer members
keep with New York, nearly nine
hundred miles away. Its people discuss
the last play, the best opera and the131
newest dishes at Sherry’s as easily as
they do home gossip. Naturally, this is
not true of all the people, but it fairly
represents the attitude of the leading set.

The New York trip has been made
easy by the “Yankee millionaires,” who
have made Augusta part of an elaborate
railway and hotel system.

Of course there remains—and praise
be that it is so—those of the old régime.
They are not altogether carried away
by this elated modern spirit. They do
not entertain tourists or the passing cottager.
They are not quite sure but
the new spirit may bring the Newport
morals. They recoil from the constant
phrase, “They do it in New York.”

They remind the imitative younger
generation that a well-born Southerner
has nothing to learn in manners and
morals, and that progress is not always
improvement.

They point to Charleston as the dignified
ideal of all that is old and best.

They sigh, and say, “Things are not
as they used to be.”

To which Punch would again reply,
“They never were.”


THE GATE

I WHO had wandered a weary mile, harkened a voice and knocked.

Lo, Love answered, with song and smile,

Though the wind of autumn mocked;

All in the dawn I beheld Love’s face, set in a rose of flame—

Oh, song is sweet in a lonely place

And Love called me by name!
“Stay while the rose and the song are one, linger with Love for a day!”

“And what of the heart at set of sun

When it fares on its lonely way?”

“Nay, bide with Love in the flower of dawn, only the dawn with me!”

“And what of the heart when it wanders on?

And what of the night to be?”
“Think not of night, but of Love’s fair face, thine for a golden morn!”

Oh, song is sweet in a lonely place,

But I turned to the rock and thorn.

For had I lingered a fleeting while, what of the Road of Years?

I, who had wandered a weary mile,

Fared on to the Well of Tears.
Virginia Woodward Cloud.

132

The Way of A Man
By Robert Adger Bowen

The Way of A Man, by Robert Adger Bowen
T

THE beach was comparatively
deserted. After
the week-end, which
had been unusually
gay, the few scattered
groups gathered under
the hired umbrellas,
with here and there the
flash of an individual crimson or green
parasol, scarcely served to populate the
stretch of hot sand.

Near his stand, the Harvard student
who was serving as life-guard during
the summer months stood, bronzed and
athletic, talking to a young fellow whose
scant bathing costume revealed the lines
and muscles of an Antinous.

“It is the day like this that strains my
nerves,” the guard was saying. “When
the surf is filled with people, even if
some one goes under, there are a score
of hands to give rescue, but that girl out
there now, beyond the breakers, makes
me uneasy.”

“Swims like a fish,” responded the
Antinous. “I’ve watched her for days.”

“But she isn’t a fish, and if the realization
came to her out there in the
water, she’d be altogether like a woman.”

“Since you are ill at ease about her,
suppose I swim out, just to relieve your
mind?”

The guard nodded. There was the
suspicion of a smile about his lips, but
he continued to watch the woman in
question.

The distance to which the venturesome
swimmer had gone was greater
than had been apparent from the beach,
and before Merrington had made half
of it, the eyes of all those upon the sand
and of those in the surf were upon the
woman and himself. Only the swimmers
themselves remained oblivious of
the general interest.

Merrington swam on with the free,
easy strokes of one to whom deep water
conveys no terrors. The very touch of
the sea was tonic that July morning, and
he stretched his sinuous limbs with the
overbounding energy and delight of a
perfect manhood. The thought of danger,
even to another, seemed an absurd
thing to him, so sang the lusty blood in
his veins. Yet he swam with unerring,
cleaving strokes after the woman, who
still went outward.

It was not until he had almost overtaken
her that it occurred to him that it
might be necessary to formulate an excuse
for his following. The action had
been so direct as to admit of no misunderstanding.
Consequently, as she
turned, and found him near her, Merrington
spoke.

“Miss Selwyn, if you will pardon me,
it is not without danger that you come
so far out from shore. My name is
Merrington—Geoffrey Merrington.”

She flushed slightly under the clear
tan of her skin; then she bowed her
crimson ’kerchiefed head gravely.

“Thank you for your trouble, but I
have never been drowned yet.”

“Nor have I,” he affirmed, laughing,
keeping stroke with her. “Nor do I
want to be to-day.”

For answer, she turned her back upon
him, and deliberately swam seaward.
Merrington followed.

“Miss Selwyn,” he said, presently,
when her audacity sent queer sensations
about his heart, “may I remind you that
this coast has many counter-currents?
Believe me, you should not venture out
further—not half so far.”

If she heard, she made no sign of133
doing so. Merrington, with an added
determination, cast a glance to shore,
where he could see small forms standing
together in a way that, even at that
distance, spelled anxiety. He caught a
glimpse of the guard, erect upon his observation
stand. Then he threw out his
splendid limbs in strokes that sent him
beyond the girl, and, turning, faced her.

“Miss Selwyn, the entire beach is
watching us. They will send a boat for
us in a moment, and compel our return.”

At that she looked him squarely in
the eyes, the fire in her own blazing into
full wrath.

“This is an unwarrantable liberty.”

Merrington smiled. It had frequently
been said that his smile made him irresistible
for any purpose he might have
in mind. In all her anger, Jacqueline
was conscious of the full-throated tones
of his voice.

“It has the highest warrant—that put
upon it by Miss Selwyn herself.”

Perhaps it was his words, or, more
probably, the masterful man himself,
that made her color vividly. Merrington
held his clear, bold eyes upon her
as she hesitated.

“If I promise you to return now, will
you leave me?” she asked, slowly.

“No, Miss Selwyn.”

“Look!” she commanded, imperiously,
pointing to the shore.

When Merrington turned his face a
second later there was no sign of the
girl. It seemed to him minutes before
he caught sight of the familiar crimson
head, freshly risen from the sea, some
distance off. His own existence was
apparently forgotten.

At this point of the game something
altogether unexpected came over the
youth, favored of gods and man, and
accustomed to getting what he would.
The remembrance of the scorn in the
dark eyes that had flashed into his stung
him. The recollection of the defiance
in the face and a something bewitching
in the taunting curves of the full lips,
sent a fire that was far from unpleasant
through his blood. He stretched out
the supple muscles of his arms, and
gave chase.

“That was very neatly done, Miss
Selwyn,” he said, when his vigorous action
had brought them together again.
“I think I may safely promise, however,
that you will not outwit me again.”

She raised her eyebrows ever so
slightly. He was sure there was a twinkle
in the downcast eyes, but it was
equally evident that the girl did not intend
to encourage his presumption by
any speech. As he watched her with
a swiftly increasing interest, she turned
over upon her back with a complacence
that was a rebuke, floating unconcernedly
past him.

Merrington followed. That he was
being remorselessly snubbed for his
pains was giving him a novel sensation
of self-pity that did not seem to affect
his genial humor very acutely. It
served to keep him silent, however.
When Jacqueline sat up suddenly, the
first thing that she saw was Merrington’s
gleaming eyes looking into her
own. He had been so near to her, when
she unexpectedly faced him, that she
could not ignore his presence. Had he
spoken, she might have used silence to
positive purpose. As it was, she said,
coldly:

“You are strangely persistent.”

“I am never conquered,” he boasted.

For a brief moment she let her glance
sweep over him as he lay in the transparent
shadow of the waves. A sense
of vexation at his superb virility, at his
assured mastery of the situation, left
her trembling. Merrington misconstrued
the reason.

“You are becoming chilled. We are
a long way from the shore. If you were
to have a cramp now!”

“You’d have the cheap distinction of
being a hero of the beach,” she ejaculated,
uncompromisingly rude.

“The poor opinion of the beach
would not affect me in the least,” he
laughed, softly, “if you did not share
it.”

“Mr. Merrington,” she flashed, “if
you will swim back to the shore, I shall
follow you at an agreeable distance.”

“You have given me the slip once,”
he said, slowly. “I am acting ex officio;
I fear I must be the judge of the134
agreeableness of the distance.” Abruptly
his banter fell from him. The dancing
light in his large eyes darkened into
intensity. “Won’t you let me see you
safely in, Miss Selwyn?”

“Have your own way, then,” she
said, with swift impatience, turning toward
the land. Merrington kept but
an arm’s-length between them.

As they came out of the water, a little
distance apart, a tall woman separated
herself from a group standing to
one side, and bore down upon Jacqueline.

“What a fright you have given us!”
she cried. “I came down to the beach
to find you, and found instead everyone
watching your rescue in mid-ocean.
Who was your deliverer?”

“Be sensible, Peggie. I do not know
who it was that drove me in by his officious
intrusion.”

“Intrusion! Good gracious, Jacqueline,
do you think you own the Atlantic?”

Mrs. Le Moyne turned to look at the
man, who, having accomplished his purpose,
was making his way to the stand
of the guard once more. She gave a
little cry of surprise, which arrested his
attention.

“Geoffrey! Where in the world did
you come from?”

“Peggie!” Merrington cried, gleefully.
“You don’t mean to say you’re
here?”

“I never make useless remarks, Geoffrey.
How good you are looking! Of
course I needn’t introduce you now to
Miss Selwyn. Jacqueline, this is Mr.
Merrington, my only and best cousin.”

Jacqueline bowed stiffly, without looking
up. She was wringing the water
from the skirt of her suit.

“Of course,” Mrs. Le Moyne laughed,
“it’s absurd to introduce people that
have been across seas together, but
Jacqueline said she didn’t know you,
Geof. When did you come down, and
where are you? But it doesn’t matter.
You must come to my cottage. I am
just next door to Jacqueline—plenty of
room for you.”

Merrington looked at the girl, who
apparently did not hear. In a moment
she turned, and joined the group which
Mrs. Le Moyne had forsaken.

“She will never forgive me for intruding
upon her out there,” Merrington
said, indicating the sea by a sidewise
motion of his head. “She was really
in danger, but wouldn’t acknowledge
it.”

“And you want her to forgive you!
I can see that with half an eye. What
a boy you are still, for all your body
and legs! Have you let her see that
you care for her?”

“Hold on, there,” he laughed, folding
his arms as he stood dripping before
her. “Don’t be in such a hurry.”

She looked him over carefully.

“Of course you made love to her
more or less earnestly,” she said, frankly.
“It may only have been with your
eyes, but it is a tendency you can’t resist.
The only trouble is, you never
mean it.”

“If I did, Peggie, she would have
none of me, and I did not mean to, because——”

“Why?”

“I should rather do it to better purpose
later on.”

“Really!” laughed his cousin. “That
is the first time I’ve ever known you
willing to put any purpose in the indulgence.”

The gravity of his manner made her
serious also.

“Peggie, old girl, this is the first time
the indulgence has become a necessity.”

Mrs. Le Moyne glanced over the
wide beach, and above, at the almost
deserted board walk. Her party had
withdrawn under the shade of the
promenade, and the bathers had all disappeared.
She and Merrington were
alone except for a few outstretched
figures, their faces covered with newspapers.
She turned to her companion.

“Go and get on some clothes,” she
said, a hint of amusement about her
eyes. “It’s absurd to talk love to a
man in such a state of nature as his
bathing suit.”

II.

Merrington had not been slow to
avail himself of Mrs. Le Moyne’s invitation135
to transfer his things from the
hotel to her cottage. Any hesitation
he might have felt at abandoning the
bachelor freedom of the public hostelry
was quite overcome when she pointed
out to him, from the windows of the
room she offered, a view of the Selwyn
cottage, just across a plot of trimly kept
grass.

For the first few days the move did
not seem to profit him any in his desire
to see more of Jacqueline. Once he had
met her on her way to the beach, and
she had given him a bare nod of recognition.
Now and again he caught
glimpses of her on the neighboring
veranda, but she never let her glances
stray in the direction of Mrs. Le
Moyne’s cottage. Several times when
he had passed her on the board walk at
the promenade hour, she had not cared
to notice him, and never with anything
but a bow so formal as to make it evident
that she did not cut him entirely
merely because of his cousin’s introduction.
Merrington knew, for the first
time in his enviable life, the pangs of
misprized love.

His cousin was watching the course
of his malady with interest.

“What do you know about Jacqueline?”
she asked him one morning, as
they sat upon their veranda, and in response
to his reiterated determination
to conquer that young lady’s aversion
and make her his wife.

Merrington leaned forward, his boyish
face radiant, the bronze of his skin
dark against the white suit he wore.
His cousin let her eyes rest on him with
an admiration he was too modest to
detect.

“Nothing and everything,” he returned,
after a time. “She is the most
striking girl I’ve ever seen. She is
plucky and daring and defiant.”

“Charming qualities for a wife! Is
that all?”

“I can’t put the rest in words,” he
answered, coloring swarthily.

Just then the latch of the Selwyns’
front gate clicked, and Jacqueline appeared
on the shaded street. Peggie
came to a speedy resolution.

“Jacqueline!” she cried. “Wait a
minute until I get my hat. I want to
join you.”

As the girl stopped at the foot of the
path, Merrington went briskly toward
her. She met him with grave annoyance.

“We have become near neighbors,
Miss Selwyn.” There was not a trace
of nervousness in the clear tones.

“That is a seaside perquisite. Asbury,
especially, makes the whole world
kin.”

He could not have said that she was
rude, but every word was a rebuff and
a disclaimer of intimacy. His instinct
told him it was not rudeness of which
she was accusing him. So much, at
least, had his introduction to her
wrought. The reflection made him
smile genially, and she noted how dazzling
his even teeth were in his suntanned
face.

“Miss Selwyn, I wish you would forgive
me.”

“Really there is nothing to forgive.
Do you think Mrs. Le Moyne has forgotten
me?”

“I am sure she has not. Do you
know that is the first friendly remark
you have made me?”

He saw her brows arch themselves
slightly while her glance sought him an
instant.

“To be frank with you,” she said, “I
do not know that I meant it to be particularly
friendly.”

“It wasn’t, but you have been so particularly
unfriendly.”

She flushed, turning long before she
needed to greet Peggie, who came leisurely
down the walk with book and
parasol, and tossed a cap to Merrington.

“We are all going to listen to the
music, isn’t that it?” she asked. “The
orchestra is really worth hearing this
year—too good, indeed, for the crowd
that goes to the pavilions.”

“I am going in the water,” Jacqueline
said, laying an accent of defense on the
pronoun. They walked on together,
Peggie in the middle.

“Let us all go,” Merrington urged.
“It is a gorgeous day. The sea is absolutely
singing to us.”

When they reached the board walk,136
the sea stretched out before them resplendent
in the sun. There were a few
bathers at the upper lines, but lower
down, the beach could be seen already
dotted by the patrons of the more central
baths. In the glare of the hot sun
the walk was empty, but in the grateful
coolness of the pavilions many had
gathered to hear the music. Peggie
espied an acquaintance on the platform
above them, and ran thither. Jacqueline
was plainly provoked.

“If Peggy deserts us,” Merrington
said, sententiously, “why should we not
desert Peggie?”

Jacqueline frowned.

“Need I detain you?” she asked. “I
was coming here alone when your
cousin stopped me. That is, I mean, I
was going in the water. I had no intention
of stopping in this sunless dampness.”

“I hate it, too. Why should we
stop?”

The girl looked at him intently, her
heart quickening with an emotion that
she could not have defined, so complex
was it, indeed, of many emotions.
Mingled with her anger and annoyance
was an almost imperceptible tremor of
fear which made her catch her breath.

Merrington waited patiently for her
answer. There was nothing in the bold
squareness of his youthful attitude to
betoken the uncertainty of mind in
which she was holding him. On the
contrary, he smiled with well-assumed
assurance, his eyes frankly admiring
in their gaze. Jacqueline spoke, suppressing
partially her irritation:

“How dull you must be finding the
time! Do you know no one down
here?”

“I have forgotten time and people.”
The meaning in his look and voice sent
the blood to the girl’s face. She glanced
about her uneasily, but Peggie’s back,
and the animation with which she was
talking to her friends, gave no encouragement.
She turned, impulsively.

“Come,” she said, imperiously
enough. “We will go in the water for
a little while.”

To Merrington’s surprise, when he
appeared on the beach in his swimming
suit, Jacqueline was already in the surf.
This tacit avoidance of him banished
the smile from his lips for a moment
as her more positive combativeness had
not been able to do.

That he was really in love at last,
Merrington knew beyond the possibility
of a doubt. He knew it, because in all
the twenty-six years of his petted life
he had never experienced anything like
this peaceful elation underlying all the
tremor of his senses. Jacqueline disdained
him; he recognized that fact, but
it caused him no more genuine annoyance
than the breaking upon him, when
he entered the surf that was now rolling
in before him, of the waves which
his manhood delighted to buffet and
overcome. For much favoring had
never spoiled the sweetness of his character,
and he met resistance with a
healthy determination.

He strolled into the surf, and a great
billow lifted Jacqueline into his arms.
He held her firmly as another followed
close upon.

“I hate the surf,” she gasped, blinded
and helpless. “It does exactly with you
what you do not want.”

“Do you think so? Now rise to this
one.”

He lifted her over a magnificent
roller, turning to watch it break, and
sweep inward the less daring bathers
near shore.

“Why did you not wait for me?” he
asked.

“I never for a moment thought it
necessary.”

He looked delighted.

“Is it very hard for you to accept
the inevitable, Miss Selwyn?”

“In what way, Mr. Merrington?”

“In the way of my devotion?”

She hesitated, not daring to take him
seriously. He still held her hands, and
the depth of the water at its smoothest
was up to her neck as they stood.

“We must look like a pair of jumping-jacks
from the shore,” she said,
with a swift remembrance of his deserved
punishment at her hands, and of
their present position. His strong
muscles never seemed to tire of lifting
her to each succeeding billow. She137
hardly knew how her reticence had
slipped from her, but now, at the risk
of being bowled over by a wave, she
released her hands from his. He turned
back with her.

“Do not let me take you in,” she said,
politely formal. “You have had no
swim at all.”

“There is always the ocean,” he replied.

III.

It was easier for Jacqueline to assure
herself that she would discourage
Merrington’s obvious attentions than it
was in fact possible for her to do so.
With every meeting she was finding it
harder to hold her own against him.

It was his imperturbable good nature
that defeated her. If she could have
provoked him to anger or even to
moodiness, she would have found it
easier to forgive his original offense.
Moreover, underlying all of the determined
deference of his bearing to her,
there was that which brought an undefined
thrill of fear, that touch of primitive
mastery in his wooing with which
a man of strong virility may yet transfuse
his personality through the pallid
conventions of the centuries. It was
but a small consolation that she could
still deny him the invitation to call upon
her at her father’s house, without which
even so frequent an intercourse as theirs
had become remained but a street acquaintance.

Things had reached this pass when,
one Saturday afternoon, Jacqueline
found herself threading her way among
the crowds that packed the station
awaiting the incoming trains from New
York, bringing their loads of week-end
guests. As she wedged her way to the
front, a little bewildered by the jam, she
espied Merrington’s broad shoulders at
the outermost edge of the crowd. At
the same instant he saw her, and in a
moment was beside her.

“This is worse than the breakers,” he
said, with a nod of his capped head at
the surging crowd, “and almost as dangerous,
and, of course, you are to be
found at the outer verge.”

“Do you think they all have friends
coming? What an elastic place it is!”

“Mere idle curiosity brings many of
them, a summer idleness to see new
faces. It brought me.”

“I came to meet a cousin,” she said, a
little sharply.

“Then I shall be handy with bag and
baggage. Even in these days, I believe,
ladies carry things when they
travel.”

Jacqueline looked at his gray eyes
with an expression that baffled him. At
length she spoke.

“My cousin happens to be a man. He
doubtless will carry the regulation
dress-suit case, which he is quite able to
manage himself.”

Merrington let her irony pass unnoticed.

“How little you have allowed me to
learn about you,” he said, holding her
sunshade so as to break the glare in her
eyes, “and we have known each other—how
long?”

“Over two weeks,” she replied, instantly,
and then shut her lips tight,
coloring crimson.

“And it seems to me for always. Do
you think time has anything to do with
feelings of intimacy?”

“Oh, yes. There is the summer-time
intimacy which the cool weather and
return to town put an end to.” She
leaned past him with regained composure,
looking down the cinder-strewn
tracks, over the shining rails of which
heat devils shimmered upward.

“You are thinking of the summer girl
and her beaux,” he said, softly. “I
wasn’t.”

“Neither was I.”

“Tell me about your cousin,” he
asked, demurely. “Isn’t it strange that
you and Peggie should both have cousins?”

“My cousin is a very nice man. He
is not a bit like you.” Then her audacity
wavered. “He is very blond.
Is the train late?”

“I hope so.”

“I hope not.”

It was not, and in a minute more it
rolled in, distractingly long and overflowing
with eager passengers.

138
“How shall I ever find him?” Jacqueline
cried, in dismay. “He may be
already out of a dozen cars and lost in
the mob, and he doesn’t know the way.”

“What is he like?” Merrington asked.

“Oh, he is tall, like you, and square-shouldered
and very good-looking, only
his hair isn’t like yours.”

“Then I’m to look for some one like
me with blond hair, is that it?”

“Of course not,” she exclaimed, indignantly.
“He isn’t at all like you,
but you offered to help, and you are
tall.”

Merrington, curiously happy, he
could not just know why, looked around
over the sea of people.

“There is some one I know with yellow
hair,” he said, presently.

“I wouldn’t acknowledge it if I did,”
Jacqueline replied, with stiff propriety,
but for once Merrington was unmindful
of her words, and was waving his
hand with facile grace above his head.

“There’s Dick, now!” the girl cried,
as a tall, blond young fellow bore down
upon them; then she stood still in
amazement as the two men seized hands.
“You two know each other!” she exclaimed.

“Know each other! I should say we
did. Didn’t we ‘do’ Europe together
for a year, and then dine with each
other the night we got home? How’s
that for a test, Jack?”

“Splendid,” Jacqueline responded, but
she was not feeling very comfortable.

When they reached the waiting trap,
and Merrington had helped Jacqueline
up, Brinton turned to his friend.

“Where are you staying?”

“My cousin, Peggie Le Moyne, is
down here. I am with her.”

In spite of her reluctance, Jacqueline
spoke.

“Mrs. Le Moyne’s cottage is next
door to ours, Dick.”

“Good!” exclaimed Brinton. “I say,
Jack, have him over to dinner to-night.”

Jacqueline turned to Merrington.
“Will you come?” she asked, a lovely
smile adding to the beauty of her
blushes.

Merrington hesitated. He felt that
the invitation had been forced.

“Peggie will spare you,” Jacqueline
urged, “and old friends do not turn up
every day.”

“Thank you,” said Merrington. “I
will come.”

IV.

“You are a very lucky young man,”
said Peggie Le Moyne to her cousin,
when he had told her of the invitation.
“Of course Jacqueline was cornered,
and gave it perforce, but there is a potency
in hospitality that works both
ways. Besides, when a man has seen
a woman in her home she can never be
altogether formal to him again.”

“I feel as though I were sneaking in
through the back door, all the same,”
Merrington replied, more moodily than
was his wont.

Notwithstanding his misgivings, Jacqueline
met her guest with a graciousness
that made her adorable in his sight.
Driven from her vantage ground
though she was by her cousin’s outspoken
invitation to Merrington, there
was no hint of anything but cordiality
in her welcome.

It was her more strictly feminine side
that she exhibited that evening. There
was nothing about her save the delicate
tan of her skin to remind Merrington
that the girl of the surf and sun-flooded
beach was one with the dainty and
charming woman in the trailing muslin,
with the soft masses of her hair dark
above the small head.

“Why did you never mention to me
your friendship with my cousin?” she
asked him after dinner, finding herself
for the moment alone with him in the
dimly lit parlor. He answered with native
frankness:

“You never encouraged me to talk
about myself, and, to tell you the truth,
I never thought of anyone when with
you—except yourself.”

“Dick has been telling me of your
long friendship.”

“It has never brought me anything
that I would less wish to part with than
this pleasure to-night.”

“I do not know,” she said, musingly,139
yet with a precision nearer akin to her
former treatment of him than she had
shown that evening, “that pleasures are
what we should value most in our
friendships. You remember what
Burns says about them?”

“Is that a hint or a threat?” he asked,
smiling.

She colored slowly and threw him a
question that changed the subject.

“Will you go with Dick and me to
see the mob to-night? He does not
know the delights of this place. Indeed,
I think he came down resigned
to boredom, until he met you.” She
appealed to Brinton for confirmation of
her remark as he sauntered in.

“Don’t make me fib after a full dinner,
Jack,” he protested. “Besides, it
isn’t anything like what I expected.”

“There,” she laughed, rising; “but
now we are going to take you out and
realize your expectations, Mr. Merrington
and I.”

As they walked along under the pulsing
stars, the void of the sea broken
before them in crested waves that
gleamed ghostly, a strange disinclination
for speech beset Merrington. The
fact that he could, without any sense of
restraint, rather with a feeling of intimacy
that sent delirious thrills along his
veins, be with Jacqueline as one sharing
her mood and interest so surely that he
turned to silence in preference to words,
placed, as it were, a bewitching perspective
to his love. The mood changed,
indeed, by the time they reached the
crowded portion of the board walk, for
it was not Merrington’s nature to keep
silence long in the midst of jollification,
and the Saturday night spirit was
abroad. Moreover, he suddenly found
himself alone with Jacqueline.

“I never had a brother,” she remarked,
coming to a standstill by the
railing of the walk, “but if they hold
themselves any freer to do cavalier
things than cousins, I am glad I hadn’t.”
She showed annoyance in the glance
she sent at the laughing party her
cousin had joined. “Maybe he will
leave them soon,” she added.

“I hope not. I am sure he won’t.
The taste of cousins and brothers is
always poor, but it is to be depended
on.”

“You are right,” she said, severely.
“He does not deserve to have us wait
for him.”

Under the lower pavilion, the band
was playing a Hungarian rhapsody,
and the crowd had packed itself close
to listen. Merrington followed Jacqueline
slowly through the current moving
in the middle. She stopped so abruptly
that he pressed upon her, and steadied
himself by a touch upon her arm.

“Why should we go on?” she asked,
facing him. “Dick is joined to his idols,
let him alone. Shall we walk back
where we may be quiet? Or do you
care for the crowd?”

He did not heed her last question, so
rapturous was the music of her other.
He led her through the slowly moving
impact of people, impatient until he
might get her beyond and to himself.
Neither said very much until they were
where the crowd ceased to make itself
felt, and the night reclaimed its darkness
from the glare of the many electric
lights of the gala part of the town.

He was madly palpitant under the
almost somber calm which he preserved
outwardly. His passion, like a fever
long incubating, leaped suddenly into
full force by no conscious volition of
his own. That evening, with Jacqueline
in her home, the spell of the woman
with the halo of domesticity around
her had swept his love into an ardent
desire—the desire of the man to have
the woman he loves in a home of his
own. And now he was with her alone
under the throbbing stars, and something
other than her former intolerance
of him was keeping Jacqueline
wordless. He knew that it was something
very different, knew it by the instinct
of the lover, and his heart
bounded at her silence. When he spoke,
Jacqueline shivered at the ground-roll
of emotion which his words seemed to
break into a momentary surge.

“I am very glad that Brinton came today.”

She nodded, acquiescent. She had
meant to speak, but the words stuck.

“When the avalanche is ready,” he140
murmured, “or the sea is at the flood,
a touch of nature’s breath—and the
thing is done.”

“How prosaically you drop your figures,”
she said, with a nervous laugh.
“What are you trying to say?”

“Jacqueline!”

She started away from him, her face,
very white, turned to his.

“Do I frighten you?”

“Yes,” she whispered, her eyes held
by his penetrating gaze.

Merrington smiled.

“And yet,” he said, so low that the
words seemed to her almost as breathing
in her ears, “I would give every
drop of blood, every fiber in my body,
to make you happy, for I love you with
every drop of my blood.”

“Mr. Merrington——” she began, but
he cut her short.

“Listen to me,” he said, guiding her
into the little balcony that projected
from the walk just where they were,
and overhung the beach. “No man,
since man and woman were made for
each other, has wanted a woman more
than I want you. Every bit of myself,
body and soul, soul and body, I
offer you, Jacqueline, in return for your
love.”

“I have no love for you,” she
breathed, slowly.

“You must have. Such love as I
have for you compels love in return.”

She looked away, struggling with
herself. At last her words came,
strained and muffled.

“I have always disliked you. You
know it.”

“I would rather have your love at
once, of course,” he said, with a patience
that sat well upon his power,
“but I am not afraid of your dislike.”
He held out his hands impulsively.
“Jacqueline, you must be my wife. You
are going to be my wife.”

She was silent, accepting, with a dullness
of compliance, the overmastering
sense of his determination, her will for
the moment existing as something benumbed
within her. The dashing of
the sea beneath them broke through its
own monotony, and, with her consciousness
of it, a remembrance of
Merrington’s early words rushed to her
mind. She drew herself up with a snapping
of the spell that had held her.

“You told me once that you had never
been conquered, but the days are past
when a man carries a wife by storm.
Shall we go on, Mr. Merrington?”

“Jacqueline, do you love me?”

She had started forward, but at the
tense question, fell back against the
railing of the balcony. There was that
in the calm of Merrington’s manner that
left her breathless.

“I believe you do love me in your
heart of hearts,” he said, the passion of
his tones thrilling through the words,
though he stood rigidly erect before
her. “You may not know it, but you
do, and I am going to make you know
it, because I cannot live without your
love, which, being mine, you shall not
keep from me.”

“Oh!” she cried, facing him at her
full height, “how I hate you for that!
Love you! From the first moment you
spoke to me I have disliked you. You
are a cave-dweller! A savage! Such
men as you don’t want wives. They
want mates.”

V.

The next day Jacqueline was not on
the beach, but as the day was Sunday,
and as he knew her aversion to holiday
crowds, Merrington did not take
this as any indication that she especially
desired to avoid him. In the afternoon
Peggie, who always did what she
was wanted to do without asking, proposed
to her cousin that they stop with
their roadcart and take up Jacqueline
and Brinton. But Jacqueline had a
headache, so Brinton said, as he
mounted to the seat beside Peggie, leaving
Merrington in solitary state behind
the grays all the way to Seabright
and back. When he dropped in casually
that evening to see his friend, Mr.
Selwyn met him with the intelligence
that Jacqueline and her cousin had gone
out for an informal tea with friends.
Things began to look serious. Peggie,
whose ears and eyes had been open,
hailed Merrington as he sauntered
slowly up her front walk.

141
“No one at home but papa, eh, Geof?
I felt that headache of Jacqueline’s was
a bluff. What gave it to her?”

“Don’t ask questions,” he returned,
a little disconsolately.

“Oh, dear!” she sighed, as he seated
himself on the low railing before her,
“why did you do it in this heat? Men
are so impatient.”

“It wasn’t anything I asked her. It
was the statement of a fact that offended.”

“Of course you told her you loved
her, but that implied a question, didn’t
it?”

Merrington lit his pipe with deliberation.
In the light of the match Peggie
saw his eyes, bright and humorous,
fixed on her face.

“I told her she loved me,” he said, between
puffs. “What does that imply?”

“You didn’t!” was Peggie’s unsatisfactory
answer. Then she was silent
for quite five minutes. She entirely approved,
however, of his purpose, expressed
a little later, to go up to the city
for a few days.

“And take my advice,” she said, rising
to leave him, “and forget that you
ever laid eyes on Miss Selwyn. You’ve
done the one unpardonable thing in a
woman’s sight.”

* * * * *

After his luncheon the next day,
Merrington was aimlessly standing on
the corner of Broadway and Twenty-sixth
Street when the clang of bells
and the shriek of a fire-engine whistle
dashed the purposeless hour with an
instant’s interest. By some occult
power, the drivers of several coupés and
hansoms, impelled by the same thought
of safety and curiosity, turned their
vehicles into the short side street between
Broadway and Fifth Avenue,
pausing there to see the engine tear by.
By a further process of this psychic
power, one and all suddenly became
aware that the street they blocked was
the street for which the rapidly driven
horses were heading. Merrington, with
a quick thrill of excitement, straightened
his height, watching the now thoroughly
frenzied impasse. At that moment
a swiftly driven hansom turned
for refuge into the congested street, the
clatter and frantic signals of the engine
just behind. Then his heart leaped,
and fell down, for the girl in the hansom,
heedless of her danger, was Jacqueline.

How he forced his way through the
crowd that had gathered before him,
sprang before the rearing and terrified
horses of the engine checked in full
flight, tore open the doors of the hansom
and lifted out the girl, Merrington
could not have said. As he did so,
however, the engine tore on, carrying
with it a wheel of the hansom. Jacqueline,
white and shaken, stood in his
arms.

“You!” she gasped.

“I might say the same,” he answered,
the blood coming back under his bronze,
but he seemed to speak with a very dry
humor, indeed, for his eyes were fixed
upon her, dark almost beyond her recognition.
Her own drooped, as she
shuddered slightly. “Don’t faint,” he
begged, in quick alarm. She shook her
head.

“I thought you were down there,”
she murmured.

“I came away that you might have
the sea to yourself. That is, I thought
I came. It must be that I was sent.”

“I came away for the same reason,”
she confessed. She was quite aware
that the colors of her resentment against
him were flying very low, but two
things, at least, kept her humble. She
had been badly frightened, and her hat
was awry. Somewhere about her there
was a third reason that, as she became
conscious of it, made her abruptly stand
away from him and at once cloak her
humility.

“I need not trouble you any more.
You have been very good.”

His lips tightened grimly. He was
not yet altogether over his alarm.

“You needn’t have troubled me at all—if
you care to call it trouble—for
you need not have come to town at all.
Your hansom is wrecked, however.
Shall I call another?”

“Let us walk,” she returned, with a
meekness that made his heart throb
wildly.

142
Merrington dismissed the cabman,
giving him such a tip and such a berating
for his carelessness that the man
was left pondering whether he was considered
a hero or a fool. Jacqueline
was looking on with a new light in her
regard. How big and strong he was,
she thought. No wonder he was so
masterful. Her cheeks were flushed
when he turned to join her.

“Where is it?” he asked, taking his
place beside her.

“Anywhere. I was just killing time.”

“And do you mean to say that
thought of meeting me actually drove
you from one place to another?” The
reproach in his voice fed her humility
hugely, but she even tilted her head
back on the firmness of her neck, and
became perverse.

“I was really enjoying my day in
town. I like to see New York in midsummer.
It is like meeting a woman
you have known only superficially, suddenly
in negligée. Don’t you think
so?”

“I had never thought of it in that
way. Maybe my lack of experience
puts a damper on my imagination.”

She stopped with admirably feigned
compunction.

“I am afraid I am keeping you from
an engagement.”

“You are.”

She drew her brows together, puzzled,
more hurt than provoked at his
candor. “Then please go,” she pleaded.
“Was it very important?”

“Essentially so; to me, at least.”

She shrank somewhat from the look
in his eyes, but held out her hand with
an accession of friendliness. The broad
avenue was nearly deserted at the moment.

“I have been thoughtless, but you
said—that is, I thought you, too, were
just putting in your time to-day.” She
smiled at him a little shyly.

“The engagement I had in mind can’t
possibly come to pass without you.”
He was holding her hand, and looking
from it to her face, as though uncertain
of this new graciousness in her.

She laughed, attempting to withdraw
her hand.

“Mr. Merrington, while no one in
sight would suspect the absurdity of
our conversation, suppose we walk on.”

“Now, if I were that poor cave-dweller
you likened me to,” he said, not
at all balking at the allusion, “I’d take
you to the Little Church Around the
Corner.”

“Take me, anyway, will you not?”
she surprised him by saying. “I am
fond of that little church.”

* * * * *

They were alone. Into the cool
gloom the light of the outer day fell
through windows of exquisite dyes.
Jacqueline sighed with a sense of relief
that was greater than she had anticipated.
She made up her mind that
when she left the church she would go
straight to the boat. In the meantime,
she felt sure that Merrington, if somewhat
restless, would, at least, not pursue
his determined wooing.

It nonplused her to realize in what
a different spirit she was accepting that
wooing. It did not seem to be within
the range of her emotions to summon
up against him even a pale reflection of
the fierce anger with which she had met
his first declaration, only two evenings
before. It was hard to believe that it
had been only two evenings ago. In
some indefinable way, she knew him so
much better to-day. During the long
hours of the previous day, when she
had avoided him with persistent purpose,
her anger had not abated, nor
yet this morning, when she turned her
back on the sea, and put the breach of
other surroundings between him and
herself. Now she knew, with a warm
wave of color, that there had been no
breach all this time in her thought of
him, even when she had most sought to
have him think she was unmindful.

Under the force of this consideration,
she slipped into a pew and sat down,
watching Merrington, as he stood with
his back to her, a shaft of topaz light
outlining the firm, square cut of his
profile and the lithe blocking of his
figure. Something in his attitude of
vigorous yet refined enjoyment of the
painted window showed him to Jacqueline
in a new phase of his character.

143
He turned abruptly to appeal to her,
and his hand rested on hers as it lay
on the top of the pew. She had withdrawn
her glove, and the cool, dry
touch of his flesh affected her strangely.
She rose quickly, but her hand still lay
beneath his.

The words he had been going to say
died upon his lips. What he saw in the
girl’s face made him forget the art of
the world in the magnetic thrill of their
young nature.

“It is another omen,” he murmured,
his strong fingers closing about the
slimness of her hand. “Even unconsciously
we find each other.”

For a moment she did not resist his
pressure. Then she drew her hand
away. He noticed that she was paler
than her wont.

“I am not a bit superstitious,” she
said, softly but clearly. “I could never
detect an omen, good or bad.”

“I have the faculty. It will serve for
both.”

“You are not religious.” She spoke
with a hint of reproach in the statement
that was really to him a caress. He
let her pass by him out into the aisle,
and walked with her toward the chancel,
taking up her words.

“I am reverent, and I love.”

She shook her head, but made no
other answer. Her heart was beating
until she dared not speak, and she
walked on because she dared not stop.
In the extreme corner of the chapel-like
annex she came to a standstill, facing
him with a timidity that appealed unnoticed.

Merrington himself had followed, his
senses tingling and his vision a blur.
When they stopped, his heart flamed
into words.

“Do you not see that it must be, because
it is?” Resting both hands on
the backs of the pews between which
she stood, he held her prisoner.

She implored him silently.

“You think I am not in earnest, that
I am impetuous, that I do not know
you, do not know my own mind, perhaps.
I did not need to know you as
the social man knows women. At the
first moment I spoke to you I knew
what it had been that, ever since I first
saw you, had filled me with a newness,
a joy, a something that has no name
because it underlies and embraces all
things—love, love, the love of a soul for
a soul, of a heart for a heart, of a man
for the woman of all women for him.
Jacqueline!”

He bent to see her averted face, but
she held up her hand, entreating. He
seized it in his own.

“That avalanche I spoke of the other
night is started again. You did not
stop it. You cannot stop it. If you do
not hear me now, the moment will come
at another time. It is the fulfillment of
my being, to love you as you never
dreamed of love, as no one else will
ever love you, and to tell you so, over
and over again, until it is music in
your ears.”

He was close to her. In the gathering
twilight of the church her face
seemed very white, and she was watching
his lips with a species of enchantment.
She did not see the ardor in
his eyes that made them glow as with
fire, but as he ceased speaking, her
lashes quivered and fell.

“I shall never give you up,” he whispered,
his lips near her ear. “The bud
comes no surer to the tree, the rose
comes no surer from the bud, than my
love will awaken love in you. Is it
not so?”

The swift color darkened her face
to the heavy shadow about her brow,
and she pressed her hand against his
breast resistingly. But at the touch he
took her in his arms.

“Jacqueline,” he cried, “tell me that
you love me.”

She lay very still, suddenly finding
it good to be thus vanquished.

“Jacqueline,” he repeated, and bent
his head to catch her words.

“You are a tyrant, but I am afraid
I do.”

And then, his lips on hers, their
world stood still.


144

THE INCOMPATIBILITY of the CATHERWOODS
BY VIRGINIA NILES LEEDS

The Incompatibility of the Catherwoods, by Virginia Niles Leeds
W

WHEN Katherine Corning
married Dick Catherwood
people predicted
they would not
live together five years,
and they didn’t. The
five years were up and
so was the marriage.

Dick was the most charming fellow
in the world, when you were not married
to him. As a companion for life
he was intolerable. He was far handsomer
than a Greek god, but when you
find your Greek god full of mundane
ungodliness you cannot help regretting
that so much charm should be wasted
on merely outward appearance.

Yet, in spite of her thorough understanding
of his character, Katherine
could not help going back sentimentally
to the time she first met and loved the
man from whom she was now separated.
He had attracted her with a
magnetism no other man had ever inspired.
She felt him looking at the
back of her head before she had ever
seen his face. It was at the opera, and
later, when Mrs. Wesley introduced
him, she knew instinctively she had met
her fate.

His wooing was prompt and picturesque.
But possession with him was
ennui, and in the most childish fashion
he ceased to prize the thing he obtained,
and treated it with as much indifference
as he had sought it with zeal.

Katherine, finding marriage an irremediable
failure, had at length resorted
to that haven for the incompatibles—the
divorce court.

From a crude Western town, where
they had cyclones for breakfast, she had
only recently emerged, chastened in
spirit and with a very formal red-sealed
document in her keeping.

It was what she had waited so patiently
for, yet now that it was in her
possession she felt like going into
mourning. It seemed indecent to act
as though nothing had happened. She
kept Dick’s old letters and cried over
them, and wore a picture of him—taken
during their happy engagement—in a
heart-shaped locket inside her bodice.

Quite unusual with young and handsome
divorcées, there was no other man
in the case. She had not divorced Dick
to marry some one else, but because of
their incompatibility, which absolutely
prevented their living together in harmony.

But no sooner was she settled in her
old home than she began receiving proposals.
Her old beaux came flocking
around her, in more or less damaged
condition, and there seemed a general
belief that she had divorced Dick only
to try it again with a new candidate for
Dick’s shoes.

Her women friends were as bad.
They would not permit her to pass into
retirement, but insisted upon her accepting
invitations. “Now you are
free,” they told her, “you must make up
for that miserable period of your married
life by being as gay as possible.”

They turned a deaf ear to remonstrances.

Katherine could not deny that a wonderful
peace was settling over her soul,
freed from the wearing grind of Dick’s
perpetual bickerings, and she tried to
blot out the memory of his faults and
to think of him kindly as one does of the
dead. But she lived in the dread of
meeting him, for she knew he still was145
in town, where he had remained
throughout, gallantly permitting her to
secure the decree without a contest.
Poor Dick, how like him! For, whatever
his faults, he was always a gentleman.
She trembled at the thought of
meeting him, for, unmarried to him, it
was easier to think of his fascinations
than of his shortcomings. It had never
become possible for her to treat the
matter as some of her similarly placed
women friends and to joke flippantly
about “my former.”

Among the beaux of the past who
had promptly presented themselves, on
her return from the West, was Willis
Shaw. She had come nearer accepting
him than any of the others in the
old days; and had it not been for Dick
and his compelling magnetism, Shaw
would have won out. He had shown
himself a man of worth, and had made
a name for himself, remaining, as some
of the others had not done in spite of
protestations of hearts broken past
mending, a bachelor. He was among
the first to send up his card; and Katherine,
in her black frock, went down
with a sober face to receive him. She
expected sympathy, and received—a
proposal.

Shaw could not but see the shock in
her face.

“Forgive me,” he begged, becoming
at once as grave as she; “I have been
too precipitate and have hurt you. I do
not take back the words—I cannot do
that; but keep them in your mind and
think them over, and, when you feel
ready, give me an answer. Although
women parted from their husbands have
come to be an everyday occurrence, I
cannot help regarding them with pity.
They seem so defenseless, so unprotected,
and the world is so unsparing in
its treatment of unprotected, defenseless
things. It pains me to think of you who
ought to be so tenderly cherished and
shielded occupying in any way an equivocal
position. But you must not think
that pity is my reason for putting the
question to you again. It is the same
reason which prompted me five years
ago, and which has never altered nor
lessened in the years. I wish you could
give me a different answer, for I feel
that I could make you happy. You deserve
happiness, and your failure to
secure it makes me the more anxious to
mete it out to you in fullest measure.”

He left her a shade graver than he
found her, but she only came to appreciate
his considerateness when other
men pranced in, assumed easy positions,
talked jauntily about their blighted state
and made more or less rakish proposals.
One had even genially suggested that
if she were disappointed in him she
could easily have recourse to the divorce
court again. “It’s always a handy
fire escape,” he added, pleasantly.

She took Dick’s picture into her confidence.
Of course she had no love
for Willis Shaw; she should never indulge
in that confiding, girlish thing
again; but she respected him, and felt
that with him she would at least be
safe. Her position certainly was equivocal.
There were always people who
had been abroad or something, and had
not heard of her decree, and who were
forever rushing up in public places and
asking how her good husband was, and
if he were as devoted as ever. It would
be embarrassing, of course, to have to
explain that another husband was now
displaying that devotion, but not nearly
so embarrassing as to confess to no husband
at all—even in these days of rapid
conjugal changes.

Katherine was going through the tortures
of the sensitive divorced. One
day, returning from her lonely drive, a
note was handed her, and she recognized
Mrs. “Billy” Wesley’s characteristic
hand.

“Mrs. William Wesley requests the
pleasure of your company at dinner on
Monday, November 16th, at half after
seven”; then down in the left-hand corner
the words: “Vaccination at ten.”

It was sure to be something out of
the ordinary—all of Mrs. Billy’s affairs
were—and at first she had no idea of
accepting. Then Mrs. Wesley called
her up on the telephone and insisted
upon her coming, drawing her attention
to the fact that several cases of
varioloid in the upper part of town had
made her hit upon the idea of the vaccination,146
and that it would not only be a
pleasure but a precaution to accept. She
also impressed upon Katherine the necessity
of a sleeveless bodice for the occasion.

It was not until she had finally
yielded that it suddenly occurred to
Katherine that Dick would certainly be
at the dinner. Mrs. Wesley had retained
her friendship for both, and it
would be just like her erratic fancy to
bring them together. In the women of
Mrs. Billy Wesley’s set that sort of
thing passed for chic. At first a hot
wave of resentment rose in her breast,
and she was on the point of calling Mrs.
Billy up and, incidentally, of calling her
down; then all at once a curious reaction
came about. It was no less than a
mad desire to see Dick again. The
immodesty of the thing appalled her,
but the desire remained.

Not even in the rosy days of her engagement
had she longed with such
eagerness to spend an evening in his
society, and as the night drew near
she found herself making the foolish
preparations of a débutante for her first
ball.

She engaged a dressmaker, who
turned her out a purely classic costume;
and with a pedestal and the limelight
upon her, she might have played Galatea
with enthusiastic applause from the
house. When fully arrayed on the
evening of the dinner, she surveyed
herself in the glass, and trembled.

Mrs. Billy greeted her effusively.
She herself was prepared for the surgical
part of the entertainment with an
arrangement of pearl chains which attached
her bodice to her person across
the upper part of the arms.

“A dream, darling!” she cried, in the
caressing, coddling tone she used to
all. “I vow I could eat you!” and so
saying, she dipped down, kissed Katherine
with a light peck on each shoulder,
then passed her on, to fall on the neck
of the next.

Katherine glanced about the room
with a beating heart. At first she saw
no one whose presence caused her agitation,
and her spirits sank. Then all
at once a voice fell upon her ear which
sent the blood mantling to her cheeks
and brought a faintness to her breast.
A man had just entered, and was paying
his respects to Mrs. Wesley—a man
like unto whom there was not another
in the room. Such an air! Such grace!
Bayard himself, who, historians agree,
was an ideal knight in every particular,
was possessed of no more graceful
bearing, comeliness of person and affability
of manner.

Katherine stood up and shivered.
She might have been transformed to
Galatea then and there, so statuesque
her pose. She was totally unconscious
that every eye in the room was wandering
with prying curiosity from her to
Dick.

Then he saw her.

For a moment he hesitated, but a moment
only.

He sped to her with as much empressement
as he had shown in the most
zealous days of the courtship; his expressive
eyes and face were aglow with
eagerness.

Katherine remained perfectly still,
but two little pulses beating visibly in
her temples told whether she was indifferent.
“You will speak to me!” he
cried, in eager entreaty, under his
breath. “If you want me to die in
an hour, treat me as a stranger!” He
was holding out his hand, and, mechanically,
and because she was suddenly
aware of the scrutiny of the
room, hers went out to it. When Dick
clasped it, and she felt the familiar contact
of his flesh, she thought she was
going to faint.

“Take me away,” she gasped, “into
the air.”

He drew her arm quickly through his
and led her to a seat in a bay window,
screened from the rest of the room by
curtains.

Dick stood over her, breathing quickly.
“I never thought it would be like
this,” he said, brokenly. “I fancied I
should never see you again, and that
in time I would get over it, like other
men who have lived down their sorrows.
But coming upon you unexpectedly
like this takes it out of me.
Look up,” he begged; “let me see your147
eyes, and try if I cannot find there some
trace of the old affection. When I see
you in the flesh I forget your cruelty,
your unkindness—how you have made
me suffer. I can only remember the
happy days when you were loving and
affectionate, and wanted me by your
side. Have you forgotten? Tell me
that, Katherine, have you? To think
that, after all your vows of love, you
should have grown tired of me!”

Katherine dared steal a look at him.
Reproach met her view.

Yet this was the man who had made
life so unbearable that she was forced
to appeal to the courts for relief!
Strangely enough, she could only remember
his faults in the vaguest way,
and it did not seem at all incongruous
that he should be reproaching her.
Never was his fascination more dangerously
potent, his charm of person
more alluring.

“Forgive me, Dick,” she found herself
murmuring.

She held out her hands, and he drew
them to his breast.

She did not know what might have
followed had not the voice of Billy
Wesley’s butler, announcing dinner,
fallen upon her ear at the moment.

After dinner,” whispered Dick, with
significance; then offering her his arm,
they emerged from their retreat with
assumed sang-froid.

“Been kissing and making up?”
asked Mrs. Billy, with frank indelicacy;
but she was not indelicate enough to
place them together at dinner, although
her decadent ideas made her quite capable
of things of the sort. Instead, she
had separated them by the entire length
of the table. But over the orchids and
the electric bulbs, with the glint of glass
and silver between, Katherine could feel
Dick’s eyes upon her, and her flesh
warmed beneath that gaze as Galatea’s
when her sculptor breathed life into her
with the passion of his glance. It was
when the glass bells were brought in
that she caught his eye fully and realized
with a thrill that he had not forgotten
her relish for champignons under
glass.

In return, she flashed him a glance
letting him know she had not forgotten
his partiality for canvasbacks, and after
that the rest of the dinner was a telegraphic
communication between the pair
of recognized intimacies of their married
life.

The dishes sometimes choked her
with a too vital remembrance.

“But we can’t sit here all night!” exclaimed
Mrs. Billy, suddenly. “There’s
Dr. Webb coming to vaccinate us!”

“Madam,” said the butler, “Dr.
Webb is in the drawing room.”

The men were permitted to carry
their cigars with them, owing to the
curtailing of the dinner, and the whole
party passed into the drawing room.
Dr. Webb had been dining also, and
was in evening dress, a messenger having
brought his instruments and the
virus.

“Let’s see,” said Mrs. Billy, running
her eye over her list, which she found
in a rose jar, “who’s to submit first?
It wouldn’t be polite for me in my own
house; won’t you lead the way, Katherine?”

Katherine was just stepping boldly
forward when she drew back in alarm.
“Oh!” she cried, “it might hurt, and I
don’t like being hurt!” and she drew
her beautiful bare arm close to her, and
stood nursing it.

Immediately Dick pressed forward.
“And she shall not be hurt!” he proclaimed,
with authority. “It would be
a shame to disfigure such an arm, even
as a precaution. I must ask you, Mrs.
Wesley, not to insist upon Mrs. Catherwood
submitting to the operation.
Let me be the first victim;” and hastily
throwing off his coat, he appeared before
the company in his well-made
waistcoat and faultless shirt sleeves.
The latter he began rolling up coolly,
and when the cuff refused his elbow,
he drew out his penknife and slit the
linen along the seam. “Now, then, doctor,
I am ready for you,” he said, unconcernedly.

Everyone looked on with admiration,
but particularly one to whom the sight
of him in the familiarity of shirt sleeves
brought back the past with even more
moving and electrifying vividness.148
How many a time had that same splendid
arm been about her, and how often
had she pillowed her head in its bend!

“A fine development,” said Dr. Webb,
appreciatively. He then took out his
point, and with a deft touch injected the
virus, while Dick looked on, smoking an
Egyptian cigarette.

Emboldened by his example, Katherine
insisted upon submitting next,
and, reclining on a gilded couch, she
bravely held out her lovely left arm. It
was clear the doctor was quite as appreciative
of its perfection as he had been
of the one before it, though he forbore
any comment. The scraping produced
a faintness, and her eyes sought Dick’s
pleadingly. In a flash he was at her
side, and supporting her head against
his shoulder, where it rested until the
doctor had drawn a drop of crimson
to the ivory surface. A glass of water
was brought, and she quickly recovered.

The guests after that began submitting
in turn, with more or less merriment
in the matter, until one Mrs. St.
Cyr Smith cast discredit upon the party
by refusing to be vaccinated on the
arm.

Discussion arose on every side, and
under cover of it Dick sought Katherine.

“Come,” he begged, not feeling at all
interested in the location of Mrs. St.
Cyr Smith’s vaccination. “I did not
finish what I had to say before dinner;”
and, gently shielding her newly
scratched arm, he led her back to the
curtained recess.

Katherine let him guide her where
he would, as completely under his spell
as in the first days of his magnetic attraction.

“You were so brave,” she murmured,
“and so handsome!”

He drew the curtains before he answered.

“Then you do cherish some little
memory of the old days?” he asked,
with indescribable persuasion. “You
have not forgotten? Yet you tired of
me, Katherine; cast me off like a worn
glove. Oh, but you were cruel to the
man you swore to love and honor!”

She tried to look him in the face, but
her eyes fell before the passionate reproach
of his.

“Dick,” she managed to gasp, “don’t
blame it all on me. You forget how
soon you tired of me.”

“I tire of you!” he cried. “Never,
Katherine.” He knelt on the window
seat, speaking in words that came warm
and panting from his lips to her shoulder.
“It isn’t possible you ever imagined
such a thing? I love you now—to-night—this
minute—as I have loved
you always, and as it is given to man
to love but once in a lifetime. I never
so appreciated your beauty, never so
longed for the privilege of owning it.
Oh, beautifulest”—the name he had
given her in the happiest days of the
courtship—“I want you, want you,
want you! You are the very breath of
me, and unless I can have you back,
I swear to put an end to myself!”

His arm found her waist as it had
in the old days, and before she was
aware, he had her close against him and
was kissing her.

The never-to-be-forgotten essence of
his lips suddenly brought her to a realizing
sense of the situation. He had no
right to embrace her. It was an impropriety
as great as though any
stranger in the room beyond had presumed
upon such a liberty. In spite
of all they had been to each other in
the past, he was now no more to her,
legally, than any of the others, and there
was nothing to warrant such a course
of conduct. True, his lips were dearer
than anything this side of heaven, but
she had thought that once before, and
yet had lived to feel those same lips
grow cold and passionless, those strong
arms deny her protection. This sudden
return to his early ardor made her the
more mindful of the indifference that
had followed. In his impetuosity he
was forging the sequence that her mind
in its wrought up state had refused to
grasp. She tore herself with quickly
summoned force from his embrace.

“For God’s sake,” he cried, hoarse as
in the old days, when his feelings rent
him, “don’t refuse me! Haven’t you
made me suffer enough?”

149
“You forget,” she reminded him, a
shiver running along her frame and her
words coming thinly, “that we are legally
separated, and that you have no
right to the privileges you have presumed
upon. You are not my husband.
In the law we are strangers.”

Yet always that magnetic influence
which drew her with supernatural force,
and which she had to fight with all the
strength of a body and a mind which
had no inclination to fight; and, even
while she remonstrated, she found herself
drifting to him slowly, until, without
power or volition of her own, she
sank into his arms. He spoke mad,
wild words in her ear; and she listened,
thinking mad, wild things herself.

Inferior people have their place in the
world. They save their superiors from
grave situations. It was the Wesley
butler who again interposed to save
Katherine from an impending fate. He
came to the curtains, coughing, in the
respectful manner reserved for upper
servants, to say that her maid had come
for her early, as she had requested.

Dick caught her hand. “Let me take
you home!” he entreated.

But the presence of Dunn, with his
eyes that saw nothing and his mouth
that never relaxed, helped Katherine,
and she could command herself even
with an upholstered lackey for inspiration.

“No,” she said, firmly; “that is out
of the question.”

“But you cannot leave me like this,”
he persisted, refusing to release her
hand; “you will kill me with your cruelty.
If you will not let me see you home,
let me come to you to-morrow—you
surely will not refuse me that!”

“Well,” she yielded, in a hurried undertone,
“to-morrow evening at nine.”
Then she passed out and made a hasty
adieu to Mrs. Billy.

Dick did not stop much longer, and
went to his hotel a bit fagged but exultant.
He had not lost his old power
over Katherine, that was clear, and he
desired her with all the craving that
non-possession brought him.

Meanwhile Katherine went home and
thought—thought till her brows ached,
and until she had sounded the very
depths of her reasoning powers. The
burden of her thoughts was much the
same as his—that Dick had not lost his
old influence. The next day found her
still thinking, yet uncommonly active
and busy. Indeed, it was quite the busiest,
most breathless day of her life.
Time went rushingly, and when nine
o’clock chimed from the cathedral clock
in the library she was still busy.

Dick was prompt. His eagerness
manifested itself in his simultaneous
ring at the bell with the chiming of the
clock.

Katherine, in a brilliant evening
gown, with some long-stemmed roses
on her breast, heard the ring and started
up with an excited flush.

Dick hurried in, groomed and perfect.
He did not stop for conventionalities
of greeting, but let all the high
pressure under which he was laboring
appear in his eloquent eyes. He had
brought her violets, but he dropped
them from his fingers, and held out his
arms with entreaty.

“Soul of my soul,” he cried, “there
are to be no more separations! You belong
to me, and you cannot live without
me any more than I can without you.
Last night proved that, and that I have
not lost your love. I have come back,
and you are never going to be cruel
again.” But to his astonishment Katherine
did not yield to the arms that
begged, did not pale to marble as she
had the night before when he had
brought the same influence to bear.

Instead, she stood off, without a sign
of weakening, and smiled as conventionally
as she would to the merest
chance visitor.

The sight maddened him, and he
sprang forward to take her by force.

But Katherine held off with a strange
new imperiousness that was not to be
trifled with. “You came for your answer
this evening, Dick, and I have it
ready for you—the answer that will determine
the future for us both beyond a
question;” then she held herself a little
straighter and spoke distinctly:

“I was married to Willis Shaw at
three this afternoon.”


150

DRAMATIC FLASHES FROM LONDON & PARIS
By
ALAN DALE

Dramatic Flashes From London, by Alan Dale

Some plays in Paris. “Ces Messieurs” at the Gymnase, once prohibited
by the Minister of Public Instruction, is unsatisfactory, but well acted.
Little theaters, like the Berkeley Lyceum, immensely popular in Paris.
In London one feels more at home because the dramatic atmosphere seems
more wholesome. Alfred Sutro’s play at the Garrick, “The Walls of Jericho,”
the most successful of the season. Other plays and some players

T

TWO distinct sets of impressions
were carried
away from the Paris
season by two distinctly
different individuals.
One pure and conventional
set was borne by
that extremely nice and
unsophisticated young man, the King of
Spain; the other by that not-so-nice,
more sophisticated, less-young person
whose name appears at the head of this.
We jostled each other—the little juvenile
king and myself. He, poor young
man, was taken by thoughtful people,
who had his welfare at heart, to that
over-advertised home of mediocrity,
the Théâtre Français, and to a “gala”
performance at the Opéra; I—well, I
went where I liked. Not being a young
king, it was not necessary that my impressions
should run along conventional
grooves.

The King of Spain saw what he
could see anywhere, and would probably
avoid seeing in his own country.
I was able to select my own dramatic
fodder. Possibly we were each equally
glad when we had done our duty and
were allowed to proceed. If the King
of Spain rejoiced more than I did, then
he must have been exceedingly exultant.
We found the Paris season quite disordered
and fatigued. The Grand Prix
was in the air; open-air vaudeville was
hurling defiance at the drama; Bernhardt
and Réjane were packing themselves
off to London; it was all very
comfortless and noisy. I felt sorry for
the little King of Spain, as I saw him
bowling along the Rue de Rivoli bound
for the Français. I was on my way to
the Gymnase to see the new shocker
called “Ces Messieurs.”

The most uncomfortable and gloomiest
theater in Paris has given itself up
to the laudable purpose of stirring up
dissension. Last year it was “Le Retour
de Jerusalem” that aimed at fomenting
anti-Semitic feeling; this year
it is “Ces Messieurs,” the sole object
of which is to stir up anti-clerical strife.
Perhaps the Gymnase needs this sort of
“attraction.” I cannot imagine anybody
sitting tortured in its stuffy, ill-kept,
poverty-stricken auditorium for
mere restful enjoyment.

“Ces Messieurs,” from the pen of M.
Georges Ancey, was prohibited for a
long time by the minister of public
instruction, a benign censor, who objected
to the play because it attacked the
priests. His decision was, of course,
bitterly resented; and it was asserted
that Molière in “Tartuffe” had done a
similar thing, and was a classic. Possibly
we should have urged the same arguments
in New York if—let us say—Mr.
Theodore Kremer had woven a
brand new melodrama around the
theme of Shakespeare’s “Cymbeline,”
and it had been “stopped” on the
ground of impropriety.

The drama at the Gymnase seemed to
me rather a pitiful effort at sensation.
There is but one way of treating a priest151
upon the stage, and it is by placing him
in juxtaposition with a woman. He is
rarely allowed to be interesting in any
other shape. Among actors there is a
superstition that regards every play
with a priest in it as “unlucky.” The
cleric is supposed to “hoodoo” the
drama. If I were a playwright I think
I should elect to be on the “safe side.”
I should take no risks, for very rarely
does a priest-ridden drama succeed.
“Ces Messieurs” certainly seems to be
a case that justifies the actors’ superstition.

The heroine of the piece is a young
widow, who, after the loss of her husband
and child, has given up mundane
pleasure. She lives in the provinces,
with a large and singularly talky family,
and has “taken up” religion. Upon
the scene comes the Abbé Thibaut, a
young priest with good looks and even
better intentions. He is eloquent and
mystic; Henriette interests herself in
him immediately, and gives him funds
for his schools and benevolent institutions.
Thibaut is ambitious, and he
needs the money. The man and woman
are soon embroiled in an “affair,”
though they are both unconscious of
that fact.

Other priests occur. One—the villain
of the piece—reports Thibaut to
the other, a benevolent Monsignor,
who is displayed in a luxury of “monsignor”
robes. Pettiness, intrigue,
jealousy, hatred, malevolence, are ascribed
to the Abbé Morisson, who is as
deep-dyed a villain as one could wish
to find in the Third Avenue Theater or
the Grand Opera House. Through a
sea of talk, the audience is carried to
the fourth act—which is the act—where
Henriette learns that Thibaut is to be
removed from her clutches to another
scene of action. Then the storm bursts,
and the air is cleared with much electrical
sensation.

It is not necessary to go into details.
All that a woman can say who has horridly
mixed up the religious with the
secular, the carnal with the mystic,
Henriette says, in an ecstasy of exclamation
points. Thibaut was essential
to her, for she could not pray
without him! He was part of her life,
both earthly and heavenly. In an exasperation
of anguish she develops a
sort of insanity that makes a plausible
excuse for the ugly irreverence and the
blasphemy of the playwright.

Blasphemy always seems to me the
weakest sort of sensation. Any idiot
can blaspheme, and most of them do.
It is the keynote of “Ces Messieurs.”
The priest is the target at which the
woman hurls her ugly shafts. Sensuality
masquerading in the cloak of religion
renders this heroine as disagreeable
as any I have ever seen staged. And
this—with nothing more—is M. Ancey’s
case against the priests. The
Abbé has accepted Henriette’s money
for his works of benevolence, and she
had given it not because she was actuated
by religion, but because she was
hopelessly in love with the priest himself,
who had involuntarily inspired the
sentiment.

There was nothing at all in the play
but this fourth act, that gave you mingled
sensations of disgust and shock.
Moreover, nothing happened. After
Henriette’s insanity, during which she
threatened the priests with all sorts of
scandals, she calmed down, went back
to the family, devoted the rest of her
life to her little nieces and nephews,
and lived happily ever afterward. The
moral—as far as I could see—was that
women menace the life of priests, and
not, as M. Ancey tried to insist, that
priests threaten the welfare of women.
The minister of public instruction, who
must be as silly as the London censor,
objected to the piece because it was
supposed to malign the priesthood, and
to hold it up as something to be ousted
from the domestic hearth. The piece
taught me quite a different lesson. It
was that priests should beware of designing
but apparently perfect ladies.

Fortunately “Ces Messieurs” was
well acted. Madame Andrée Mégard
played Henriette with exquisite distinction
and much dramatic power. André
Hall was the Abbé Thibaut, and into
the rôle he managed to infuse a good
deal of picturesque mysticism. The
other priests were assigned to M. Arvel152
and to M. Jean Dax, who resisted the
temptation to cheapen a cheap subject.

The cream of Paris—generally called
tout Paris,” which is quite a mistake,
because the underlying milk is more important—no
longer goes to the big,
usual, conventional theaters. Little
nooky places have become immensely
popular here, and are gaining ground
all the time. The Grand Guignol, the
Boite a Fursy and the Mathurins are
always packed to their tiny little doors,
and the idea is to present varied dramatic
entertainments in capsule form.
It is the idea that Mr. Frank Keenan
essayed so unsuccessfully at the Berkeley
Lyceum in New York last season.
Paris is fatigued, and finds no trouble
in digesting tabloids. New York, still
young, vigorous and hale, prefers its
drama in lumps, and suffers from no
dyspeptic results. We are not yet ready
for drama in whiffs. In Paris that is
the approved style of taking the medicine.

While the little King of Spain was
inhaling grand opera, I took five dramatic
pills at the Mathurins. It is
such a tiny little place that at first I
thought I had gone wrong, and was in
an antechamber. Plain papered walls,
ascetic chairs, a moldy piano, and a
couple of usherettes seemed extremely
bare. The price of admission did not
suffer in the same way. It was exorbitant.
The Mathurins was crowded
with a swagger-looking collection of
men and women. Above its doors appeared
the following, that you may
translate for yourselves:

Ici point de facheux, ni de mine bourrue

Laissez, avant d’entrer, vos soucis dans la rue.

The five plays at the Mathurins were
“Retour de Bal,” by Claude Real; “Oui!
Benoist,” by Rito de Marghy; “Le Chasseur
de Tigre Blanc,” by Tristan Bernard;
“La Rupture,” by M. Nozière,
and “Le Pyjama,” by Jules Rateau.
Two of these, the second and fourth,
were blood-curdlers, in the style of Edgar
Allan Poe, with modern improvements
and a Parisian outlook.

“Oui! Benoist” was a frenzied effort
to be grewsome. The title represents
the incessant remark of a country clodhopper
to his “boss.” This “boss” was
in love with a stout siren, who preferred
a neurasthenic gentleman perpetually
haunted by a particular melody. This
melody had got on his nerves and had
made him insane. (I couldn’t help
wondering if he had enjoyed a season
in musical comedy in New York, for,
if so, I could quite understand his case.)
Mathyas, as he was called, was trying
to live down the melody, and nobody
dared to hum it in his presence. He
was made up with a white face, and
dark rings under his eyes. The siren
was most solicitous for his welfare.

Then came the innings of Benoist,
the jealous “boss.” There was a well
upon the stage, very deep and dark,
and—in dismal conspiracy—he prevailed
upon the country clodhopper to
go down into the well and from its
depths sing up the forbidden melody till
it reached the neurasthenic gentleman.
The scheme worked. No sooner was
the invalid upon the stage than from
the bowels of the well the luckless dirge
emerged. Instantly the patient was
stricken. In wild insanity, he took a
huge stone, and flung it into the well to
kill the music.

Groans and anguish from the clodhopper.
Agony all over the stage.

“Are you mortally hurt, Joseph?”
asked the guilty “boss,” peering into
the depths.

And from the well came up the halting
murmur, “Oui, Benoist!” as the
curtain fell.

The other blood-curdler was “La
Rupture,” which introduced Mme.
Polaire, a lady who has had a multi-colored
career. At one time she was a
sort of rival of Yvette Guilbert. At
present she does the melodramatic
upon the slightest provocation. Her
“attraction” is her ugliness—her extreme
and unmitigated homeliness.
Even that sort of thing is popular in
fatigued Paris. A woman who is
homely to the verge of distraction may
be as great a draw as her sister who
is just as bewilderingly beautiful. It is
the extremes that meet.

153
In “La Rupture” Mme. Polaire played
the part of a woman with a poor lover.
She was very fond of him, but he was
impecunious, and she was expensive
and terribly jealous. So she listens to
the suit of a disgusting old fossil, who
is smitten with her charms. Her repulsion
is displayed with startling realism,
and it furnishes the cue to the lover,
who darts out and stabs the old man
in the back. He falls dead, and there
is a panic-stricken scene between the
lovers. The woman is terrified; the
man is horror-stricken; the corpse lies
before them. There is a dark green atmosphere,
full of the hoarse whispers
of the guilty couple, in recrimination
and disgust. There is no end to “La
Rupture.” It leaves off suddenly; the
curtain falls. You spear a sensation,
but it is half-fraudulent.

Across the Channel, and to London.
It seems healthier, even if it isn’t. At
any rate, one feels more at home there.
The American manager stalks through
the English land, with his pocketbook
in evidence, and his plans neatly newspapered.
He is a bit lost in Paris, because
he can’t produce the plays offered
there without adapting them, and in the
adaptation much is lost, and nothing
takes its place. He sees a Parisian success,
but the hero and heroine are never
married. That is the stickler. A wedding
ring would ruin them, and we have
our little prejudice in favor of that
magic circlet. The wedding ring may
not be artistic—that is the Parisian answer
to our plaints—but until we have
discovered something that will aptly
take its place, we prefer it. The American
manager dare not fly in the face of
the wedding ring, and that is why he
shuffles about rather uneasily in Paris.

Sometimes he takes his adapter with
him to see these French plays. Even
that is unsatisfactory. The adapter is
human, and he wants some work to
do-o-o. He scents “possibilities,” and
he is not afraid to say so. But French
plays are becoming more and more impossible
for New York. An American
audience will not stand talk, and a
French audience enjoys it when it hovers
around the one eternal theme. Then
the French idea of ending happily differs
so essentially from the American
notion, which is indissolubly allied with
the wedding ring. The merry peals of
nuptial bells ring no music into French
ears.

The one attraction of the London
season that has “attracted” is Mr. Alfred
Sutro’s play at the Garrick Theater,
called “The Walls of Jericho.”
Mr. James K. Hackett, who has hitherto
contented himself with being merely
beautiful, in the rôles of fanciful and
highly upholstered kings, and the daredevil
idiots of cheap, book-tweaked
“romance,” has secured the play for
New York. Mr. Hackett will have to
forego his gilt and plush adornments,
the silken tights that he has worn so
long and so lovingly. He will have to
dress as a modern man, and to blazon
forth the persistent and hackneyed criminality
of that section of humanity
known as “society.”

Society, as we are all aware, has an
irresistible attraction for the “kid-glove”
playwright. Whether it be a
case of “the fox and the grapes,” or a
mere gallery desire to cater to the multitude,
certain it is that the dramatist,
skilled or unskilled, delights in portrayal
of the alleged smart set; even if he be
forced to approach the tinsel glories of
Mayfair and Fifth Avenue by the way
of the scullery door. Even if all his
“points” be obtained from a communicative
Jeames or a not-too-reticent
Sarah Jane, he is not dismayed.

Society must be shown up and periodically
exposed; its vagaries must be
held up to ridicule; it must be set forth
as degenerate; it must be made to suggest
the effeminacy and luxury of Rome
at the time when Mr. Gibbon made it
“decline and fall.” How to do this
perpetually, and with a “new wrinkle”?
The playwright in reality has no grudge
at all against “society”—that is blissfully
unaware of his very existence. His
object is merely to evolve some sort
of a “roast” that has a semblance of
novelty. In London there are penny
papers devoted purely to “society gossip”
that are boons to the ambitious
playwright—and to Sarah Jane.

154
Mr. Alfred Sutro, author of “The
Walls of Jericho,” was in luck. In
England at the present time there lurks
a horrible disease known as “bridge.”
It is a kind of mania on this side of the
pond, and, although it is quite as middle
class, and even lower class, as it is
smart set, naturally Mr. Sutro need
not notice that unimportant fact. That
society plays bridge is no more remarkable
than that society golfs and motors.
Mr. Sutro’s point—very far-fetched,
cheap and sensational—is that Mayfair
has undermined and corrupted itself by
the game. According to “The Walls of
Jericho,” bridge seems to be responsible
for childless women, sexless ladies,
an unmoral outlook and other ills from
which society—in novels and on the
stage—is bound to suffer.

From what I have seen of the game—and
I am not a card player—it seems
to be nothing more than disagreeable in
a very ordinary way. Every fellow
hates his partner, and dogs certainly delight
to bark and bite—for is it not their
nature to? But, as for any illicit after-effect,
I cannot imagine where it can
come in. Bridge players appear to me
to be far too engrossed in bickering and
fault-finding to worry about immorality
and laxity.

You will pardon this apparent digression.
“The Walls of Jericho” being a
long, preachy and rather foolish tirade
against a game of cards, my apparent
digression is necessary. The success of
the play with the pit and gallery in
London shows that the game is popular
with the butcher, the baker and the candlestick
maker. Otherwise, these would
fail to understand the second act, as—I
candidly admit—I did.

In this act, various ladies of rank and
title, including a duchess, are displayed
in the act of playing bridge, in Lady
Alethea Frobisher’s
boudoir. They are
all handsomely gowned, and exceedingly
“bong tong,” but nothing happens at
all. Mr. Sutro undoubtedly intends
that the picture shall be extremely infamous,
and prepare us for the subsequent
rebellion of Lady Alethea’s nauseatingly
right-minded husband. To
my mind, Lady Alethea was but a weak
and wishy-washy version of a certain
Lady Teazle, and if Jericho could fall
so easily there must have been Buddensiecks
in those days. It deserved to fall.

I should like to come down to mere
facts, but in “The Walls of Jericho”
there are so few that they are scarcely
worth mentioning. Viewed from the
standpoint of one immune from the
bridge germ, it is a dull and preachy
succession of platitudes. Jack Frobisher,
the righteous hero, has made his
money in Queensland, with sheep. Perhaps
that is why he baas through four
acts. He is the husband of Alethea.
They have a son. She is too absorbed
in her “set” to pay much interest to the
child, who—thank goodness!—does not
appear.

In the third act Frobisher announces
his intention of returning to Queensland
and “nature,” and of taking her with
him. Queensland, under any circumstances,
must be horrible, but with such
a prig as Mr. Sutro’s hero, it would be
so loathsome that my sympathy was entirely
with Lady Alethea, when, like a
Laura Jean Libbey lady, she “drew herself
up to her full height” and refused
to go. In the last act she changed her
mind, and went. Mr. Frobisher blew
the trumpet, and the walls of Jericho
fell. There is the play. As the comedian
in the piece remarked—and it is
the only phrase you carry away—“Jericho
must have been jerry-built.”

Mr. Arthur Bourchier, who, I understand,
is reveling in the fact that he
“discovered” Mr. Alfred Sutro, played
Frobisher. Mr. Bourchier is an actor-manager
of much talk and self-importance.
As the righteous husband of a
butterfly wife, and the adoring father
of an unseen brat, he was lacking in
lightness and “sympathy.” The playwright’s
point—always presuming that
he had one—went hopelessly astray.
Mr. Bourchier was a bore, rather than
a bridge-pecked husband, and his
preachiness was appallingly tedious, his
delivery savoring of that supposed to
be popular in the House of Commons.
I could have slept through it; I think
I did.

Miss Violet Vanbrugh, popular in155
London as the actor-manager’s wife, is
a clever actress marred by mannerisms
which would make her impossible outside
of London. The affectation of her
speech, the peculiarity of her stare and
glare, give the casual spectator a curious
sensation. There is a good deal
of the freakish in her method; it is not
natural, wholesome and universal. Yet
beneath the surface one realizes that
Miss Vanbrugh is an artist, who has
evolved marvelously since New York
saw her in a silly play called “The
Queen’s Proctor.” The other puppets
in this bridge bout included Miss Muriel
Beaumont, a little ingénue who is
charming; H. Nye Chart, Sydney Valentine,
O. B. Clarence—one of the conventional
senile bores—and Miss Lena
Halliday.

Stamped as a London success—and
the stamp is genuine—it will be curious
to watch the fate of “The Walls of
Jericho” in New York. Possibly Mr.
Hackett may do more for it than Mr.
Bourchier, for he has played so many
inane heroes that one more cannot hurt
him; but he will have to work very
hard, and I do not envy him his job.

The second play I saw after my arrival
in London was “What Pamela
Wanted,” at the Criterion Theater. Of
course I had no idea what Pamela did
want. I had a vague notion what I,
myself, wanted. It was a good play,
and I’m sorry to say I didn’t get it,
and the piece has since been withdrawn.
It was a so-called comedy from the pen
of Mme. Fred de Gresac—author of
“The Marriage of Kitty”—and that
weakest of French writers, Pierre Veber.
These twain were done into London
by Charles Brookfield.

Mme. de Gresac is an amusing Parisienne,
who has played some merry
tunes on the marriage theme. She is
a bit flighty, according to our notions,
and inclined to regard the wedding
ring as a huge joke, but she is really
humorous, and with a clever adapter
has possibilities. We realized that fact
when we saw “The Marriage of
Kitty.” “What Pamela Wanted” was
unfortunately used as a vehicle for
Miss Ethel Irving, who—unlike Marie
Tempest—was by no means ready to
emerge from the slough of musical
comedy. In an effort to make the piece
fit Miss Irving, Mr. Brookfield failed
to make it fit her public.

Pamela was introduced as a bread-and-butter
miss, who, after a few moments’
talk with a strange young man,
agreed to marry him, on the understanding
that both should gang their
ain gait. Pamela had just left school
as she met the youth, and the character,
translated into English, was not plausible
enough to be funny. There must
be plausibility before comedy can take
root. The foolish husband, jealous of
Pamela, and the badly drawn Pamela,
jealous of the foolish husband, all leading
up to a happy understanding,
which was “what Pamela wanted,” left
gaps in an evening’s entertainment.

The piece was eked out by conventionally
stupid characters, including
one of those nasty old fathers that our
sense of propriety will not tolerate; the
usual “dashing” young actress, a
French maid, and a skittish widow.
The only type that amused was a flabby
dude, and this was funny only because
it was so well played by Mr.
Lennox Pawle. Miss Ethel Irving herself,
so charming in musical comedy,
was heavy, stodgy and uninteresting.
As a “star,” she was so lacking in all
essentials that she reminded me of New
York rather than of London. She recalled
my favorite “rushlights,” and I
didn’t cross the Atlantic to sample
them anew.


156

For Book Lovers
Archibald Lowery Sessions

For Book Lovers, by Archibald Lowery Sessions

The part played by “high life” in fiction. The significance of its popularity
as a theme for new novels illustrated by recent books. “The
Marriage of William Ashe,” “Belchamber,” “The Dark Lantern.”
Other books. The twenty-five best selling books of the month

T

THERE is at least one
field in fiction that will
probably never be exhausted;
at any rate,
not until the distinctions
that have always
divided human beings
into classes become
obliterated. High life has always possessed,
as it does to-day, peculiar attractions
both for the novel writer and
the novel reader. Whatever may be
the truth about the importance of the
part played by the devotees of society
from a purely utilitarian point of view,
whatever may be said about their follies
and extravagances and even immoralities,
it still remains true that their doings
and characters constitute a theme
in fiction which is perennially active.

Other “types” come and go as manners
and methods change, just as, in
recent years, we have seen the development
of the “industrial” or “commercial”
novel, but the society story still
flourishes, as it always has. The Englishman
is not the only one who dearly
loves a lord. Though we have no nobility
on this side of the water, there
is no lack among us of interest in the
class that in America supplies its
place. The society columns in the daily
newspapers furnish sufficient evidence
of this, for it is not to be presumed that
so much space would be devoted to a
topic if there were not a widespread
interest in it.

What is done by the votaries of fashion
is of little importance, so long as
they do something. It may be that they
shock sober-minded people and supply
material for satirists. Their scandals,
of which probably they have no more
than their fair share, and their monkey
dinners, may be offenses against propriety
and good taste, but those who
object still consume the news that
comes from Fifth Avenue and Newport
and Belgravia, whether it is told in
newspapers or in the latest novel.

The significance of all this is that,
even if we ourselves have not the time
for play in our strenuous lives, we still
like to hear about those whose chief
pursuit is entertainment and recreation.
The leisure class in every community
is the conspicuous class, just as is the
successful man. The toilers and the
failures may be sure that they will be
undisturbed and forgotten, and take
what comfort they can in the knowledge
that their right to privacy will be respected.

But social leaders must pay the penalty
of their leadership. The publicity
that those in humbler walks of life
shrink from, they must accept as part
of the day’s work. They must submit
to satire, caricature, and even slander,
without concern. They must not complain
if, as has recently been intimated,
envious novelists misrepresent them
and their customs and traditions. They
are to remember that they exist, not157
only to entertain and amuse themselves,
but to do the same for the lookers-on,
who are not part of the show.

* * * * *

Mrs. Humphry Ward has outdone
herself in the interest aroused by “The
Marriage of William Ashe,” Harpers,
and the book has kept readers and reviewers
busy, with many editions, since
its publication. The surmise that its
author provided herself with some historical
backing for her portraiture of
Lady Kitty and Geoffry Cliffe, in the
characters of Lady Caroline Lamb and
Lord Byron, by no means diminishes
admiration of her creative powers. The
background of reality merely serves to
protect her from the charge of over-exaggeration,
while the personality of
the restless and many-sided little heroine
herself takes too strong a hold upon
all readers to leave much room for
criticism in this respect.

Ashe is, as the best type of English
gentleman and statesman, capitally
done. Mary Lyster would have been
as perfect a portrait of the same class
of social product but for the author’s
inartistic slip in degrading her unexpectedly
to the rôle of stage villain, the
jarring note in this clever story. Logically,
Mary would have been William’s
wife but for Kitty’s appeal to the latter
at a time when his sympathies were
most vulnerable. Their marriage is,
from the first, an incongruous one;
Ashe’s indulgence and blindness throw
Kitty’s absurdities into increasingly
conspicuous relief, and his absorption
in political exigencies is broken only
at intervals by some startling misdemeanor
on her part, resulting in scenes
of passionate and half-remorseful affection.
Cliffe’s strange influence upon
Kitty forms a powerful developing
force upon her destiny. Her occasional
revolt against it is quite in keeping
with the strength which now and then
manifests itself in her untrained and
abnormal make-up. The character of
Lady Caroline is followed in main
events; seldom overdrawn, though in
the capacity of hostess she is now and
then allowed to lapse into a lower grade
of social standards than one would expect,
and her heartlessness toward her
child seems inconsistent with certain
other outbreaks of maternal passion.

The gentle, worldly-wise little Dean
must not be passed over. Perhaps the
strongest point in the whole story is
laid in the closing scene, where he
brings home to Ashe the latter’s terrible
responsibility for his wife’s degradation
because of the poverty of a love
which has taken no account of the soul
and its claims in his policy of blindness
and indulgence. Poor Lady Kitty
discovers that same soul, too late for
the discovery to be of much use either
to herself or her husband, but one is
rather relieved to leave them reconciled,
even with the interruption of Lady Kitty’s
demise, and to wish William a more
serene period of existence. For Mrs.
Ward’s heroes and heroines are very
real people, moving in familiar paths,
and the charm of her stories is that one
forgets the fictitious in a thoroughly
absorbing interest.

* * * * *

“A Dark Lantern,” by Elizabeth
Robins, Macmillan Company, is another
story of English society, and involves
a somewhat striking study of character,
though that is by no means all there
is to the book.

Katharine Dereham is a very human
and a very charming personality, in
spite of the almost incredible inconsistencies
which mark her relations with
Prince Anton of Breitenlohe-Waldenstein
in the beginning, and Garth Vincent
at the end. It is not altogether
incomprehensible that she should have
been both attracted and repelled by the
prince, when one considers the innate
deceitfulness of his nature, and perhaps,
after her experience with him, it is not
so strange that she should have turned
with relief to Vincent, whose sincerity
was indomitable, even if it was habitually
brutal.

Probably the feminine reader will
more thoroughly understand and sympathize
with Kitty Dereham’s distress158
of mind and spirit in her struggles with
the problems presented to her, and even
with her unconditional surrender to
Garth Vincent.

If so, it will be because women lay
greater stress upon uncompromising
truthfulness in a man than in a mere
artificial exterior.

These three characters are the predominating
ones in the book, and they
are drawn with a good deal of skill;
those who assume the minor rôles are
used with good effect to carry on the
action and develop the story naturally
and logically.

The style of the narrative is a little
vexatious at times, but, on the whole,
the story is extremely well told, and
there is a succession of more or less
dramatic episodes that make the book
very interesting reading.

* * * * *

It happens, sometimes, that a novel
is written for the publication of which
no good reason can be given. Fortunately,
such occurrences are rare, even
in these days of “the literary deluge.”
One such book has lately appeared
from the press of G. P. Putnam’s Sons,
under the title of “Belchamber,” the
author of which is Howard Overing
Sturgis.

The book is one of undeniable literary
excellence in many respects, a
fact which merely adds to the regret
one must feel at its equally undeniable
immorality in tone, its artistic iconoclasm,
its distinctly pessimistic tendency,
and its deplorably bad taste in its
frank discussion of conjugal matters,
some of which are commonly referred
to only in treatises on physiology.

It is a story of English society, and,
notwithstanding all the unpleasant
truths that have been and may be told
of this branch of “high life,” it is
difficult to believe that any such considerable
portion of it as Mr. Sturgis
deals with is so destitute of attractive
characters. It is for this reason that
the book cannot be read without a
feeling of depression. People as depraved
as Cissy Eccleston and Claude
Morland, so sordidly unprincipled as
Lady Eccleston, so uselessly selfish as
Arthur, so nearly degenerate, physically
and mentally, as Sainty, the hero, is
intentionally represented to be, should,
if they are to be used in fiction at all,
be subjected to the counterbalancing
influence of decent people; but in “Belchamber”
there is no such relief.

Sainty, otherwise Lord Belchamber,
in spite of the fictitious virtues with
which his creator seeks to invest him,
cannot but repel the healthy-minded
reader by his pitiable weakness of character,
to say nothing of his physical
infirmities, the more that they are the
consequences of the excesses of his
progenitors.

* * * * *

A superficial reading of “The Fire
of Spring,” by Margaret Potter, D. Appleton
& Co., might lead to the conclusion
that the book is very different from
“The Flame Gatherers,” the last work
of the same author, which was published
a year ago, but, as a matter of
fact, they are, in substance, not at all
dissimilar. In one respect, at least, they
are identical, and that is the point of
view from which the love element is
considered. The time and space which
separate the scene of the action of the
two stories have not modified the primitive
quality of the love which supplies
the motif. It is a love in which the
material predominates.

It must be confessed that there were
grounds for the doubt felt by Charles
Van Studdiford’s two companions as
to the possibility of his being in love
“with a young girl, of gentle birth and
highest breeding, as unassailable by the
coarser methods as the women Charles
had hitherto known would have been
by the finer.” Nevertheless, he cannot
justly be blamed for all of the trouble
that followed his marriage with Virginia
Merrill. As she took him obviously
for his money, her distress at the subsequent
discovery of his grossness is
not likely to provoke much sympathy
for her, and in becoming entangled
with Philip Atkinson, “the erotic man,”
she sacrificed her last claim to respect.

The theme and plot are more or less159
familiar, but the author has, with an
unusual subtlety and power, imparted
to them a vitality that not merely engages
the attention, but actually involves
the reader as an active participant.
She has given evidences of a
rather unique gift of magnetism, the
development of which will bear watching.

* * * * *

“Lady Noggs, Peeress,” by Edgar
Jepson, McClure, Phillips & Co.,
though a story of children, or, rather,
of a child, for her contemporaries play
an inconspicuous part through most of
the tale, is essentially a book for the
grown-ups, and unhappy must the man
or woman be who cannot enjoy it.
Lady Noggs, who would, if she were
actually what she is represented to be,
have her place in “Burke’s Peerage” as
Lady Felicia Grandison, is a delightful
mixture of dignity and impudence.
Full to brimming over with a harmless
mischief that is instinctive in a healthy,
normal child, yet when the occasion
requires she never fails to exact the
homage which she considers due to
her position as a peeress and her birth
as a British subject, as the Prince and
Princess of Meiningen-Schwerin found
to their cost.

If her uncle, the prime minister,
was invariably baffled and perplexed by
her vagaries and distressed by the consequences
of her escapades, Mr. Borrodaile
and Miss Caldecott had reason
to be grateful for her aid in straightening
out their affairs.

Mr. Beresford Caldecott’s dismay at
the openly expressed admiration and
persistent attentions of the Lady
Noggs, the Admirable Tinker and Elsie
will not excite much sympathy; on the
contrary, the emotions of the children
will be appreciated and shared by most
readers. For “a dapper little man with
a very red face and a very shiny top
hat” to assume such a sobriquet as
“Tiger Jake” is calculated to stir the
suspicions even of children; and when
such children begin to suspect that they
are being imposed upon, the results are
likely to be unpleasant for the offender.

“The Belted Seas,” by Arthur Colton,
Henry Holt & Co., is a story, or,
strictly speaking, a series of stories, told
in the course of a winter’s afternoon by
Captain Buckingham, who, with his audience,
was seated “by Pemberton’s
Chimney.”

“Pemberton’s” was a small hotel near
the village of Greenough, somewhere,
perhaps anywhere, on the southern
coast of Long Island, frequented mostly
by sailors, not superannuated exactly,
but at least of the age when men
who have had an active and adventurous
life like to sit around and tell of
what they have seen and done, or listen
while some one else tells of their experiences.
Of course, if a landsman happens
along, he hears many strange tales,
and, if he is an author, gets “copy.”
And on this particular winter afternoon
such a landsman was present while
Captain Buckingham talked. Hence
“The Belted Seas.”

The captain, according to his own
account, had had some extraordinary
adventures, shared by extraordinary
companions, Stevey Todd, Sadler and
Captain Abe Dalrimple. It seems
doubtful, however, if Captain Buckingham
would have had such a fund of
rich material to draw upon for his yarns
if it had not been for Sadler’s genius
for creating original situations. The latter’s
doings in Portale and Saleratus
would make a book of themselves, if
they were duly amplified.

The “Hotel Helen Mar” was an inspiration,
and only goes to show how
buoyant and optimistic dispositions
may, with a little ingenuity, turn disaster
into prosperity.

The stories are deliberately told, a
little too much so, perhaps, for sustained
interest, though it is to be remembered
that an old sailor cannot be
hurried while he is spinning a yarn.

* * * * *

Miss Marie Van Vorst, who collaborated
with her sister-in-law, Mrs. John
Van Vorst, in the authorship of “The
Woman Who Toils,” the book which, it
will be remembered, provoked President160
Roosevelt’s famous utterance concerning
race suicide, has published,
through Dodd, Mead & Co., a novel
that ought to make a permanent place
for itself, and add much to its author’s
fame.

If it can be classified at all, it must
be said to belong to the industrial type;
the scene of its action is laid in the cotton
mills of the South, and its special
problem is the employment of child labor—though
it is not to be understood
that it is a problem novel in the strict
sense of the term.

The degradation of Henry Euston,
his descent into the moral and physical
depths which he has reached at the
opening of the story, and his subsequent
regeneration; Amanda’s development
from a child of the “poor whites”
to the impressively elegant young woman,
are the main threads about which
the story is woven. Other matters,
incidents and characters alike, are subordinate
to these two, but are of a nature
to combine in making a very
strong story. The book is full of dramatic
climaxes, more or less strenuous,
and it cannot be said to be lacking at
any point in interest; it is a book to
be read more than once if it is to be
thoroughly digested and appreciated.

If it contains any faults, they are to
be found in the construction rather
than in conception or style. There is
rather forced upon the reader the impression
of deficiency in this respect,
which seems to be due to the author’s
failure to grasp thoroughly and hold
firmly at all times the details of the
plot, with a resulting lack of co-ordination
in the action.

* * * * *

It must be said of John F. Whitson’s
new book, “Justin Wingate, Ranchman,”
Little, Brown & Co., that in it
the author has failed to realize the
promise of his earlier book, “The Rainbow
Chasers.” This is partly due,
doubtless, to the fact that, compared
with the latter story, the theme of “Justin
Wingate” is more or less threadbare.
The lumber camps of Arkansas furnished
a new setting for a story, and
their customs and local color were intrinsically
interesting, even though,
aside from this, the story was a good
one.

But the sheep and cattle ranch, especially
the latter, and the cowboy, have
figured so often in novels, that to make
a commendable tale of such material
nowadays, there must be a decided human
and dramatic interest, and a considerable
degree of literary skill.

* * * * *

The Twenty-five Best Selling Books
of the Month.

“The Marriage of William Ashe,” Mrs.
Humphry Ward, Harper & Bros.

“The Masquerader,” Katherine C. Thurston,
Harper & Bros.

“The Accomplice,” Fred’k Trevor Hill,
Harper & Bros.

“The Orchid,” Robert Grant, Chas. Scribner’s
Sons.

“A Dark Lantern,” Elizabeth Robins,
Macmillan Co.

“The Game,” Jack London, Macmillan Co.

“The Life Worth Living,” Thos. Dixon,
Doubleday, Page & Co.

“The Clansman,” Thos. Dixon, Doubleday,
Page & Co.

“Sandy,” Alice Hegan Rice, Century Co.

“Mrs. Essington,” Esther and Lucia
Chamberlain, Century Co.

“Constance Trescot,” S. Weir Mitchell,
Century Co.

“Pam,” Bettina von Hutten, Dodd, Mead
& Co.

“The Purple Parasol,” George B. McCutcheon,
Dodd, Mead & Co.

“The Princess Passes,” C. N. and A. M.
Williamson, Henry Holt & Co.

“The Divine Fire,” May Sinclair, Henry
Holt & Co.

“Nancy Stair,” Elinor M. Lane, D. Appleton
& Co.

“The Garden of Allah,” Robert Hichens,
F. A. Stokes & Co.

“The Rose of the World,” Agnes and
Egerton Castle, F. A. Stokes & Co.

“The Man on the Box,” Harold McGrath,
Bobbs-Merrill.

“The Master Mummer,” E. Phillips Oppenheim,
Little, Brown.

“The Breath of the Gods,” Sidney McCall,
Little, Brown.

“The Great Mogul,” Louis Tracy, E. J.
Clode.

“Jörn Uhl,” Gustav Frenssen, Dana, Estes
& Co.

“For the White Christ,” Robert A. Bennet,
McClurg Co.

“The Ravenels,” Harris Dickson, J. B.
Lippincott Co.

Transcribers’ Notes

The articles in this magazine were written by different people,
and some of the articles contain dialect. So, inconsistent
punctuation, hyphenation, and spelling were not changed.

Page 1: The opening quotation mark of the first paragraph was
intentionally omitted by the original publisher.

Page 17: “CHAPTER VIII.” was misprinted as “CHAPTER VII.” and has been
corrected here.

Page 45: The closing quotation mark after “masculine point of view:” was
added by the Transcriber. It may belong after “dazzle me with light.”

Page 150: The introduction to “Dramatic Flashes from London & Paris” ends abruptly
after the word “players”.

Page 150: An unmatched quotation mark before “prohibited for a long time”
was removed by the Transcriber.

Page 156: The introduction to “For Book Lovers” ends abruptly after the word “month”.

Scroll to Top